CN1253644A - Method and system for processing supplementary product at point-of-sale terminal - Google Patents

Method and system for processing supplementary product at point-of-sale terminal Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN1253644A
CN1253644A CN 98803555 CN98803555A CN1253644A CN 1253644 A CN1253644 A CN 1253644A CN 98803555 CN98803555 CN 98803555 CN 98803555 A CN98803555 A CN 98803555A CN 1253644 A CN1253644 A CN 1253644A
Authority
CN
Grant status
Application
Patent type
Prior art keywords
upsell
price
lottery
processor
purchase
Prior art date
Application number
CN 98803555
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杰伊S·沃克
安德鲁S·范卢切纳
詹姆斯A·乔尔什
桑贾伊K·吉达尔
迪安A·阿尔德鲁奇
Original Assignee
沃克资产管理有限合伙公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports or amusements, e.g. casino games, online gambling or betting
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06QDATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS OR METHODS, SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL, SUPERVISORY OR FORECASTING PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL, SUPERVISORY OR FORECASTING PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/08Logistics, e.g. warehousing, loading, distribution or shipping; Inventory or stock management, e.g. order filling, procurement or balancing against orders
    • G06Q10/087Inventory or stock management, e.g. order filling, procurement, balancing against orders
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06QDATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS OR METHODS, SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL, SUPERVISORY OR FORECASTING PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL, SUPERVISORY OR FORECASTING PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06QDATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS OR METHODS, SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL, SUPERVISORY OR FORECASTING PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL, SUPERVISORY OR FORECASTING PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/08Payment architectures
    • G06Q20/12Payment architectures specially adapted for electronic shopping systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06QDATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS OR METHODS, SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL, SUPERVISORY OR FORECASTING PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL, SUPERVISORY OR FORECASTING PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/38Payment protocols; Details thereof
    • G06Q20/387Payment using discounts or coupons
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06QDATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS OR METHODS, SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL, SUPERVISORY OR FORECASTING PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL, SUPERVISORY OR FORECASTING PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce, e.g. shopping or e-commerce
    • G06Q30/02Marketing, e.g. market research and analysis, surveying, promotions, advertising, buyer profiling, customer management or rewards; Price estimation or determination
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06QDATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS OR METHODS, SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL, SUPERVISORY OR FORECASTING PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL, SUPERVISORY OR FORECASTING PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce, e.g. shopping or e-commerce
    • G06Q30/06Buying, selling or leasing transactions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07CTIME OR ATTENDANCE REGISTERS; REGISTERING OR INDICATING THE WORKING OF MACHINES; GENERATING RANDOM NUMBERS; VOTING OR LOTTERY APPARATUS; ARRANGEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS FOR CHECKING NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • G07C15/00Generating random numbers; Lottery apparatus
    • G07C15/005Generating random numbers; Lottery apparatus with dispensing of lottery tickets
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports or amusements, e.g. casino games, online gambling or betting
    • G07F17/3244Payment aspects of a gaming system, e.g. payment schemes, setting payout ratio, bonus or consolation prizes
    • G07F17/3248Payment aspects of a gaming system, e.g. payment schemes, setting payout ratio, bonus or consolation prizes involving non-monetary media of fixed value, e.g. casino chips of fixed value
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/32Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for games, toys, sports or amusements, e.g. casino games, online gambling or betting
    • G07F17/3244Payment aspects of a gaming system, e.g. payment schemes, setting payout ratio, bonus or consolation prizes
    • G07F17/3255Incentive, loyalty and/or promotion schemes, e.g. comps, gaming associated with a purchase, gaming funded by advertisements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F5/00Coin-actuated mechanisms; Interlocks
    • G07F5/24Coin-actuated mechanisms; Interlocks with change-giving
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F9/00Details other than those peculiar to special kinds or types of apparatus
    • G07F9/02Devices for alarm or indication, e.g. when empty; Advertising arrangements in coin-freed apparatus
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07GREGISTERING THE RECEIPT OF CASH, VALUABLES, OR TOKENS
    • G07G1/00Cash registers
    • G07G1/0036Checkout procedures
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07GREGISTERING THE RECEIPT OF CASH, VALUABLES, OR TOKENS
    • G07G1/00Cash registers
    • G07G1/12Cash registers electronically operated
    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07GREGISTERING THE RECEIPT OF CASH, VALUABLES, OR TOKENS
    • G07G5/00Receipt-giving machines

Abstract

一种POS终端确定所要提议的加售,作为与购买有关的对顾客找零值的交换。 One kind of POS terminals to determine upsells, as a link to the purchase of the customer exchange value of the change. 销售点终端最好保持一个数据库,该数据库包含至少一个加售价格和相应的要提议给顾客作为对其找零值的交换的加售。 The best point of sale terminal to maintain a database, which contains at least one upsell price and a corresponding proposal to upsell to customers the value of his change of exchange. 如果顾客接受该加售,则出纳员通过按下POS终端上的一个选择按钮来指示。 If the customer accepts the upsell, the cashier is indicated by pressing a selection button on the POS terminal. 然后将顾客所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格,而不是购买价格。 Then the customer the required payment amount to be equal to the rounded price, rather than the purchase price. 于是,顾客收到加售作为对找给他的硬币的交换,从而不需要在顾客和POS终端之间交换硬币。 Thus, the customer receives the upsell in exchange for looking to his coin, eliminating the need to exchange coins between the customer and POS terminals.

Description

在销售点终端处理辅助产品销售的方法和系统 In the method for processing point of sale terminal and system auxiliary product sales

本发明涉及销售点终端,特别涉及在销售点终端处理产品销售的方法和系统。 The present invention relates to point of sale terminal, particularly to a method and system for processing point of sale terminal product sales.

本发明涉及彩票交易系统。 The present invention relates to a lottery transaction system. 更特别地,本发明涉及使用销售点(POS)终端销售彩票的系统和方法,其中所述销售点终端产生既包含商品销售信息又包含彩票信息的销售收据。 More particularly, the present invention relates to systems and methods for using point of sale (POS) lottery sales terminals, wherein said point of sale terminal to generate sales receipts containing both merchandise sales information and lottery ticket information contained.

美国许多州以及一些外国国家都具有政府管理的彩票系统。 Many states and some foreign countries have government-run lottery system. 政府管理的彩票给公众提供了所需的产品(通常是赢得大额奖金的机会),并具有在不以附加税或提高税来加重公众负担的情况下增加政府税收的好处。 Government-run lottery provides the required product (usually a chance to win large bonuses), and has increased the benefits of government revenue without additional tax or to raise taxes to increase the public burden to the public. 在许多情况下,从政府彩票产生的税收是专用于一特定目的或目标的,例如改善教育系统或减少财产税。 In many cases, government tax revenue generated from the lottery is dedicated to a specific purpose or goal, such as improving the education system or reduce property taxes.

在一个典型的政府管理的彩票系统中,中央彩票计算机用于与专用彩票终端进行通信。 In a typical government lottery management system, a central lottery computer is used to communicate with dedicated lottery terminals. 赌彩票者在彩票选条(playslip)上选择号码,彩票终端操作员将彩票选条插入彩票终端的读取器,读取器应用公知的标记读出过程以光学方式读取彩票选条。 Selects a lottery ticket number is selected from the strip (playslip), the lottery terminal operator selected from the strip into the lottery ticket reader terminal, using a known mark-sense reader optically reads the lottery process selected from the strip. 专用彩票终端然后将赌彩票者的选定号码传送到中央彩票计算机,将其存储在那里。 The dedicated lottery terminal then selected by a lottery number is transmitted to the central lottery computer, which is stored therein. 在彩票号码已经被存储之后,专用彩票终端在中央彩票计算机的控制下打印并发出彩票。 , The dedicated lottery terminal printing and issue lottery under control of the central lottery computer after the lottery numbers have been stored.

一种流行的彩票游戏被称为“洛托”,一般需要赌彩票者从一至42中选择六个号码。 A popular lottery game called "Lotto", generally require a lottery to choose six numbers from 1-42. 然后在购买洛托票之后在某一特定时间和日期、通常每周一次或两次将选定的号码组与中奖彩票号码进行比较,其中中奖彩票号码已经从更多的赌注号码,从一至42中随机选择出来。 Then, after buying lotto tickets at a specific time and date, usually once or twice a week with a group of selected numbers winning lottery numbers are compared, in which the winning lottery number has more bets from numbers from 1-42 randomly selected. 为了赢得奖金,洛托票号码必须等于中奖彩票号码的全部或部分。 To win the prize, the winning Lotto ticket number must be equal to all or a portion of lottery numbers.

虽然赌彩票者可以选择他们自己的彩票号码,但大多数洛托游戏提供使中央彩票计算机系统选择随机“快拣(quick-pick)”彩票号码的选项。 While a lottery can choose their own lottery numbers, but most of the Lotto game offers the central lottery computer system to select a random lottery numbers option "quick pick (quick-pick)". 这节省了购买者的时间并省去了挑选他或她自己的号码的不方便。 This saves time and eliminates the need for buyers to choose his or her own number inconvenient. 这些自动彩票号码发生系统通常被称为“快拣”系统。 These automatic lottery number generation systems are often called "quick pick" system.

在典型的彩票上可以进行各种游戏。 On a typical lottery can be a variety of games. 在常规的彩票游戏中,赌彩票者购买彩票。 In a conventional lottery games, lottery of those who buy lottery tickets. 在这个彩票上记下的是一个或多个彩票号码和一个序号。 On this note of the lottery is one or more lottery numbers and a serial number. 该序号用作为防止欺诈行为的简单方法,因为它唯一地识别每个销售的彩票。 The serial number is used as a simple method to prevent fraud because it uniquely identifies each lottery ticket sales. 彩票号码也允许赌彩票者和彩票系统来识别中奖者;特别地,由赌彩票者将彩票号码与“中奖号码清单”进行比较,以确定赌彩票者是否中奖。 Lottery numbers also allow a lottery and the lottery system to identify who the winner; in particular, by the lottery of lottery numbers and will "list of winning numbers" are compared to determine whether a lottery jackpot.

还有一些即时彩票游戏,其中,在彩票销售之前其结果就已经确定。 There are also instant lottery game, which, prior to lottery sales as a result have been identified. 通过揭开在彩票上记录的被遮蔽的标记,赌彩票者可以在购买之后立即确定彩票是否中奖。 By uncover the obscured mark on the record of the lottery, a lottery may determine whether immediately after the purchase of lottery winners.

一些外国国家(例如,德国)允许赌彩票者购买分数部分的彩票。 Some foreign countries (eg, Germany) allow a lottery to purchase lottery tickets fractional part. 然而,这些彩票系统只允许赌彩票者购买某些高价彩票的固定分数部分(例如,彩票的一半或四分之一)。 However, the lottery system only allows a lottery to purchase some high-priced lottery tickets fixed fractional part (for example, half or a quarter of the lottery). 在这些情况下,如果彩票中奖,购买者将只能得到全部奖金金额的一半或四分之一。 In these cases, if winning the lottery, buyers will only get half or a quarter of all of the bonus amount.

大多数彩票是由杂货店、售酒和生活便利店销售的。 Most lottery is sold by grocery stores, liquor stores and convenience of living. 这些零售商店一般将专用彩票终端与用于商品交易的一个或多个POS终端分开放置。 These retail stores are generally dedicated lottery terminals and POS terminals for one or more commodity trading apart. 这种物理上的分开是为了确保商品交易的队伍不会被希望购买彩票的顾客减慢或阻塞。 It is to ensure that commodity trading team want customers to buy lottery tickets will not be slowed or blocked on this separate physical. 另外,由于彩票终端具有分离的和独特的记帐系统,所以不需要将POS终端和专用彩票终端放置在一起。 Further, since the lottery terminals have a separate and distinct accounting system, there is no need to POS terminals and dedicated lottery terminals placed together.

然而,一些顾客可能认为在同一家商店里在两个不同的终端上执行两个单独的交易(即商品和彩票)很令人烦扰。 However, some customers may think that the implementation of two separate transactions (ie, commodities and lotteries) is disturbing on two different terminals at the same store. 分开的终端可能还会迫使顾客在两个不同的队上排队等候,或者可能在一个商店店员在两个终端上执行两个分开的交易的时候减慢整个商品付款过程。 Separate terminal may also force customers to wait in line on two different teams, or possibly two separate transactions executed on the two terminals at a store clerk when to slow down the entire commodity payment process. 除了令只购买商品的顾客烦恼之外,这些不便还会减少彩票的一时冲动性购买,这又会导致政府和商店的收入损失。 In addition to the troubles so that customers only buy goods outside of, these inconveniences also reduce impulse buying lottery tickets, which in turn leads to loss of government revenue and shops.

使用两个分开的和独特的终端进行商品交易和彩票交易还存在其他缺陷。 The use of two separate and distinct commodity trading terminals and lottery transactions there are other defects. 政府通常负担购买、租借、安装和维护专用彩票终端的费用。 The government usually afford to buy, lease, installation and maintenance costs dedicated lottery terminal. 为每个专用彩票终端再供给彩票纸和墨也是一笔相当大的费用。 Lottery resupply of ink and paper are also sizable cost of each dedicated lottery terminal. 此外,许多具有多个付款列和付款机的零售商店(例如超级市场)没有在每个付款机处支持专用彩票终端的资源。 In addition, many retail stores have multiple columns payment and payment machines (such as supermarkets) do not support resources dedicated lottery terminals at each machine at the payment. 另外,专用彩票终端占用柜台空间,这些空间否则可以被用于创利商品的展示。 In addition, the dedicated lottery terminal occupy counter space that could otherwise be used to display merchandise profitability. 花费还比较大的是训练商店人员操作两种不同类型的交易终端。 Spending is still relatively large training store personnel to operate two different types of transaction terminals. 这些因素限制了销售彩票的地点的个数,减少了彩票对顾客的可供应性,从而减少了政府收入。 These factors limit the number of sites selling lottery tickets, the customer can reduce the supply of lottery tickets, thus reducing government revenue.

在经过了多年的利润稳定增长之后,许多州经营的彩票在利润上已经进入低迷时期。 After years of steady growth in profits, many state-run lottery profits have been on a downturn. 随着许多州正在使它们的彩票系统现代化,提高购买彩票的容易程度并提高它们的可供应性已经成为一个主要关注点。 With many states are making their lottery systems modernization, improving the ease of buying lottery tickets and increase their availability of supply has become a major concern. 当前的彩票系统不考虑在零售销售点终端的分数值彩票的销售。 The current lottery system does not consider the sale of fractional lottery ticket retail point of sale terminals. 丧失了这个购买分数值彩票的机会造成相当大的收入损失。 Forfeit the opportunity to purchase fractional lottery ticket resulting in considerable loss of income. 因此,需要一种解决上述问题的系统。 Therefore, the need for a system to solve the problem.

由顾客光顾的大多数商店具有一个或多个销售点(“POS”)终端,例如收银机。 Most shops frequented by the customer having one or more point of sale ( "POS") terminals, such as cash registers. 商店出纳员使用POS终端计算一次购买(一个或多个产品)的总价格和应付顾客的找零值。 Store cashier to calculate a purchase (one or more products) of the total price of the change and respond to customer value using POS terminals. 一些POS终端还跟踪所进行的购买,并因此调整商店存货的数据库。 Some POS terminal also track purchases carried out, and thus adjust the database of store inventory.

应付的找零值是购买价格与顾客支付值之间的差值。 Amount of change due is the difference between the purchase price and the value of customer payments. 顾客一般以纸币形式支付整数的现金值,而购买价格大多数常常是非整数值。 Customers generally pay cash integer value in the form of paper money, and the purchase prices of most often non-integer values. 因此,在POS终端应付给顾客的找零值一般包括一个或多个硬币,由POS终端或出纳员找给顾客。 Thus, in the POS terminal to cope with the amount of change to the customer typically includes one or more coins, to find the customer by the POS terminal or cashier.

收到和携带零钱、特别是硬币,对于许多顾客来说是件讨厌的事。 Receive and carry change, especially coins, for many customers, it is a nuisance. 因此,顾客为了处理掉他们不想要的硬币和/或减少否则会找给他们作为购物的零钱的硬币,常常不得不支付非整数的现金值。 Therefore, the customer in order to dispose of their unwanted coins and / or reduce otherwise it will look for them as a coin shop change, and often had to pay cash non-integer values. 由顾客支付的硬币和钞票由出纳员在POS终端收取。 Paid by the customer coins and bills charged by the cashier at the POS terminal.

将硬币找给顾客以及从顾客那里收取硬币都会增加出纳员处理一次购物所花的时间,并因此增加了顾客在POS终端排队等候的时间。 Customers looking for the coins to collect coins and will tellers from customers increased processing time shopping time spent, and therefore increase the customer at the POS terminal waiting time. 因此,商店必须为处理硬币所花的时间支付工资,并且顾客必须忍受硬币在出纳员和顾客之间的交换所造成的耽搁。 Therefore, the store must pay wages for the coin processing time spent, and the customer must endure delays coins exchanged between cashiers and customers caused.

另外,出纳员有可能会犯数学上的错误,找出错误的找零值。 In addition, the cashier is likely to make math errors, identify the wrong amount of change. 顾客常常预期到这种错误,数点他们的找零,以确保他们收到了正确的找零值。 Customers often expect to this error, the number of points they give change, to ensure that they receive the correct amount of change. 这些顾客一般会在离开POS终端之前数点他们的找零,就更延迟了其他顾客。 These customers typically give change their number of points before leaving the POS terminal, more delay other customers.

商店在处理硬币中招致了与数钱、滚动(rolling)、存入银行相联系的花费。 Shops incurred and the amount of money rolling (rolling), bank deposit cost associated handling coins. 据估计,商店每年仅仅处理硬币就要花费几十万个小时和几亿美元。 It is estimated that the store coin would cost only deal with every year hundreds of thousands of the hours and hundreds of millions of dollars.

总的来说,零钱、特别是硬币在顾客和POS终端之间的交换是花费大、耗时并且令人讨厌的。 Overall, the change, especially coins exchanged between the customer and POS terminals is costly, time-consuming and annoying. 不幸的是,现有的POS终端仅仅计算购物价格和应付的找零值,并不能减少应付的找零值,也不能减少硬币的交换。 Unfortunately, the existing POS terminals merely calculate purchase price and the amount of change due, it does not reduce the amount of change due, can not reduce the exchange of coins.

因此,提供一种减少应付的找零值、并因此减少在顾客和POS终端的出纳员之间的硬币交换的系统和方法将是很有益的。 Accordingly, there is provided a method of reducing the amount of change due, and thus reduce the system and method of coins exchanged between customers and cashiers of the POS terminal would be very useful.

彩票是非常普及的游戏,为提供这种游戏的主办州产生相当大的收入。 Lottery games are very popular, generate considerable income for providing such games organized by the state. 在一种典型的彩票中,赌彩票者(彩票持有者)购买具有票号和写有一个序号的彩票。 In a typical lottery, a lottery of those (ticket holder) has purchased ticket number and serial number written on a lottery. 票号使得彩票持有者和彩票代理商都能识别出彩票持有者是否中奖。 Ticket number so that the ticket holder and lottery agents can identify whether the winning ticket holder. 序号唯一地识别这个彩票,并且一般由彩票代理商进行记录,以便能够确认这个彩票。 Number uniquely identifies the lottery ticket, and is typically recorded by a lottery agency so that the lottery ticket can be confirmed. 例如,序号可用来核实写在彩票上的票号是否与彩票代理商记录的与该彩票相联系的那些票号相匹配。 For example, it can be used to verify the serial number written on the lottery ticket numbers those ticket numbers associated with the lottery lottery agency records and whether to match.

一个典型的彩票具有六个票号,每个都是从一个范围、例如从一到49这个范围选择出来的。 A typical lottery ticket has six ticket numbers, each of which is in a range from, e.g. selected from the range 1-49. 六个票号可以是由彩票持有者选定的,或者是应彩票持有者的要求由打印彩票的彩票终端随机挑选的。 Six ticket number can be selected by the ticket holder, or at the request of the ticket holder by printing lottery lottery terminal randomly selected. 在抽签日,彩票代理商随机地选择六个票号,这些票号被认为是“中奖”票号。 In the drawing date, the lottery agency randomly selects six ticket number, the ticket number is considered the "winning" ticket number. 带有与这些中奖票号的一些或全部相匹配的票号的彩票是中奖彩票,彩票的相应持有者则中奖。 Some or all of the lottery ticket number matches with the winning ticket with these numbers is the winning ticket, lottery ticket is winning their respective owners.

本发明的祖父申请、专利申请No.08/822,709的题目为“SYSTEMAND METHOD FOR PERFORMING LOTTERY TICKETTRANSACTIONS UTILIZING POINT-OF-SALE TERMINALS”,是1997年3月21日申请的,该申请公开了一种系统和方法,可以在销售点(“POS”)终端向顾客销售分数值彩票作为找零的交换。 Grandfather of the present application, Patent Application entitled No.08 / 822,709 for "SYSTEMAND METHOD FOR PERFORMING LOTTERY TICKETTRANSACTIONS UTILIZING POINT-OF-SALE TERMINALS", 1997 filed March 21, which discloses a system and the method may be sold to the customer terminal as a fractional lottery ticket in exchange for change due point of sale ( "POS"). 例如,一个顾客可以将所购物拿到POS终端,POS终端计算出所购物价格为$4.74。 For example, a customer can get the shopping POS terminals, POS terminals to calculate the purchase price is $ 4.74. 如果购物价格被四舍五入到最近的$1,则应找的零钱是$5-$4.74=$0.26。 If the purchase price is rounded to the nearest $ 1, they would find the change is $ 5- $ 4.74 = $ 0.26. 因此,顾客可以以购买$1彩票的26%来代替应找的零钱。 Thus, a customer can purchase 26% of $ 1 lottery ticket instead should be looking for change. 如果这个彩票中奖,则对应奖金的26%归这个顾客所有。 If winning the lottery, then the corresponding 26% owned by this customer bonus of all.

提供分数值彩票作为对找零的交换具有很多好处。 Provide a fractional lottery ticket in exchange for change due has many benefits. 如同本申请的父申请、1997年8月26日申请的标题为“METHOD AND SYSTEM FORPROCESSING SUPPLEMENTARY PRODUCT SALES AT A POINT-OF-SALE TERMINAL”的专利申请No.08/920,116所描述的,找出和收取硬币成本高又费力。 As a parent application of this application, the title August 26, 1997 Application for "METHOD AND SYSTEM FORPROCESSING SUPPLEMENTARY PRODUCT SALES AT A POINT-OF-SALE TERMINAL" as described in the patent application No.08 / 920,116, identify and collect coins high cost and laborious. 此外,许多顾客认为硬币很脏,不愿意摸它们。 In addition, many customers consider coins dirty, do not want to touch them. 于是,许多顾客会认为把找零交换为分数值彩票是非常可取的。 As a result, many customers will think the change due to exchange a fractional value lottery is highly desirable.

不幸的是,有些州的彩票代理商不愿意改变他们的习惯来发行分数值的彩票。 Unfortunately, some state lottery agencies reluctant to change their habits to the fractional value of the lottery. 这种州彩票代理商可能更喜欢只在少量的预定整数值提供彩票,例如只有$1、$2和$5的彩票。 This state lottery agencies may prefer to provide only a small amount of lottery predetermined integer value, for example, only $ 1, $ 2 and $ 5 lottery's. 在一些情况下,提供分数值彩票的能力可能需要对在一个或多个州使用的彩票终端的硬件和软件进行相当大的改动。 In some cases, the ability to provide a fractional lottery ticket may require hardware and software lottery terminals in one or more states use are considerable changes. 虽然这种改动可能最终是有利可图的,但最初的花费可能会被认为是特别难以承担的,并且要得到的最终的利益可能看起来太具有投机性。 Although this change may eventually be profitable, but the initial cost may be considered to be particularly burdensome, and ultimately to get the benefits may seem too speculative. 总的来说,州彩票代理商发行分数值彩票可能不是在所有情况下都实用。 Overall, the state lottery agencies issuing fractional lottery tickets may not be practical in all cases.

因此,在不需要对现有彩票系统作出明显改动的情况下简化分数值彩票的购买是非常有益的。 Therefore, to simplify the purchase of fractional lottery tickets without the need to make significant changes to the existing lottery system is very useful.

销售点(“POS”)终端、例如收银机在许多商店得到广泛使用,用于执行例如计算所购买(货物或服务)的全部价钱并计算找给顾客的零钱等处理。 Point of sale ( "POS") terminals, such as cash registers are widely used in many stores, for example, to perform the calculation of the purchase (goods or services) and calculate the full price to customers looking for loose change and other treatment. 这种POS终端还可以用于执行相关功能,例如通过跟踪已进行的购买并因此调节商店存货的数据库进行存货管理,这取决于它们的复杂程度。 This POS terminal can also be used to perform related functions, such as regulation and therefore database of store inventory tracking inventory management through the purchase has been made, depending on their complexity. 另外,POS终端可以与出售系统一起使用和/或用作为出售系统。 In addition, POS terminals may be used with systems sold and / or used as a sales system.

本申请的父申请、1997年8月26日申请的标题为“METHOD ANDSYSTEM FOR PROCESSING SUPPLEMENTARY PRODUCT SALESAT A POINT-OF-SALE TERMINAL”的专利申请No.08/920,116公开了一种系统,其中,在POS终端的顾客被提议一个“加售(upsell)”作为与应付给他的零钱的交换。 Parent application of the present application, the title August 26, 1997 Application for "METHOD ANDSYSTEM FOR PROCESSING SUPPLEMENTARY PRODUCT SALESAT A POINT-OF-SALE TERMINAL" Patent Application No.08 / 920,116 discloses a system in which the POS customer terminal is proposed a "upsell (upsell)" exchange payable to him as a small change. 如同这里所定义和使用的,加售意指与一次购买一起提议的产品(货物或服务)。 As used herein, is defined and upsell means a purchase proposal together with the products (goods or services). 加售类型包括(i)从第一产品到不同于第一产品的第二产品的升级,(ii)附加产品,(iii)可换回产品或其折扣的优惠券,以及(iv)赌金独得、竞赛、彩票或其他游戏的入场权。 Types of upsells include (i) the upgrade from a first product to a second product different from the first product, (ii) an additional product, (iii) or the product may be in exchange for a discount coupon, and (iv) Stake scored, contests, sweepstakes or other admittance to the game. 例如,购买价格为$1.74的第一产品的顾客可以被提议第二产品作为对$0.26(如果顾客支付$2.00,则为应付的找零)的交换。 For example, the purchase price of $ 1.74 for the first customer of the product can be proposed as a second product in exchange for $ 0.26 (if the customer paid $ 2.00, compared to cope with the change) is. 在不偏离本发明的范围和精神的情况下可以使用许多其他类型的加售。 You can use many other types of upsells made without departing from the scope and spirit of the present invention.

在上述父申请中还公开了在确定加售中可以使用许多不同的标准。 In the parent application also discloses a number of different criteria can be used in determining upsells. 例如,POS终端可以计算所购物的价钱,并将所购物价钱四舍五入至最接近的美元,以产生一个上舍入(找零)值。 For example, POS terminal may calculate the price of shopping and the shopping Price rounded to the nearest dollar to generate a rounded (the change) value. POS终端随后确定多种加售中的哪一个最适合于与上舍入值交换。 The POS terminal then determines which of a plurality of upsells in the most suitable for the exchange of the roundup.

提供确定加售的其他方法是很有益的。 Determining an upsell offer other method is very useful. 尤其有益的是,提供用于确定个人、例如商店管理人员或POS终端操作员可以容易地理解和调整的加售的方法和装置。 It is particularly advantageous to provide for determining the individual, such as a store manager or POS terminal operator can easily understand the method and apparatus upsell adjustment.

销售点(“POS”)终端、例如收银机广泛地用在各种商业中,用于执行诸如计算购买(货物或服务)的总价钱和计算应找给顾客的找零值等处理。 Point of sale ( "POS") terminals, such as cash registers are widely used in a variety of businesses for the implementation of such calculation of purchase (goods or services) and calculate the total price to the customer should be looking for value and so the change process. 有些POS终端还进一步地跟踪销售项并因此调整商店存货的数据库。 Some POS terminals further tracking of sales items and therefore adjust database of store inventory.

POS终端除了执行上述所列处理之外还可以执行一个辅助处理。 POS terminal in addition to performing processing listed above can also perform a secondary processing. 辅助处理可以提高销售,从而提高每次交易所得的平均利润。 Secondary treatment can increase sales, thereby increasing the average profit per transaction was. 在本申请的父申请、1997年8月26日申请的标题为“METHOD AND SYSTEMFOR PROCESSING SUPPLEMENTARY PRODUCT SALES AT APOINT-OF-SALE TERMINAL”的专利申请No.08/920,116中描述了一种这样的辅助处理。 In the parent application of this application, the title August 26, 1997 Application for "METHOD AND SYSTEMFOR PROCESSING SUPPLEMENTARY PRODUCT SALES AT APOINT-OF-SALE TERMINAL" patent application No.08 / 920,116 describes one such auxiliary processing . 其中所描述的辅助处理是,向在POS终端的顾客提议“加售”作为对应付的找零值的交换。 Auxiliary process described therein is to offer the customer at the POS terminal "upsell" in exchange for the amount of change due. POS终端根据顾客的购买确定加售,并根据所购物确定加售价格(应付的找零值)。 POS terminals upsell determined according to the customer's purchase, the shopping and determining an upsell price (amount of change due) based on. 例如,可以向购买价格为$1.74的第一产品并支付$2.00的顾客提议第二产品来替代$0.26的找零值。 For example, the purchase price of $ 1.74 for the first item and pay $ 2.00 a customer proposal to replace the second product change due $ 0.26. 于是,加售价格$0.26取决于购买价格$1.74。 The upsell price of $ 0.26 depending on the purchase price of $ 1.74.

另一种辅助处理是由计算机确定的“提示销售”。 Another secondary treatment is determined by the computer "prompt sales." 美国专利No.5,353,219描述了一种用于向顾客提示以常规的物品价格从主要分类中购买物品的系统。 US Patent No.5,353,219 describes a system for prompt regular price items to buy items from the main category to customers. 在本申请的父申请,1997年5月5日申请的题目为“METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELLING SUBSCRIPTIONSTO PERIODICALS IN A RETAIL ENVIRONMENT”的专利申请No.08/841,791中描述了又一个辅助处理。 In the parent application of the present application, entitled May 5, 1997 filed "METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELLING SUBSCRIPTIONSTO PERIODICALS IN A RETAIL ENVIRONMENT" Patent Application No.08 / 841,791 describes a further supplementary process. 其中所描述的辅助处理是向在POS终端购买期刊的顾客提供在此时购买订阅这个期刊的机会。 Auxiliary process described therein is to provide the opportunity to purchase a subscription to this journal at this time to customers to buy journals in the POS terminal.

这种辅助处理可以仅仅在POS终端本身内执行。 Such auxiliary processing may only be performed within the POS terminal itself. 例如,可以将收银机设计为计算应付的找零值,并确定一个提议的加售来与找零值交换。 For example, a cash register may be designed to calculate the amount of change due, and determine an upsell to offer to exchange the change due. 或者,辅助处理可以在一个与收银机通信的设备的帮助下执行。 Alternatively, the supplementary process may be performed with the aid of a cash register apparatus communicating machine. 例如,通过通信网络与收银机相连的远程服务器计算机可以确定提议的加售来与找零值交换。 For example, a remote server computer via a communication network connected to the cash register may determine an upsell to offer to exchange value change due.

在POS终端执行的辅助处理可能会不合需要地降低顾客交易完成的速度。 Auxiliary processing performed in the POS terminal may undesirably reduce customer transaction speed. 例如,操作POS终端的出纳员向顾客提议作为对找零值的交换的加售以及顾客决定是否接收这种提议可能需要几秒钟的时间。 For example, the POS terminal operation cashier proposed as an upsell exchange for change due the customer value and decide whether to accept such a proposal may take a few seconds to the customer. 向顾客提议对作为对找零值的交换的几个加售的选择会导致完成顾客交易的更长时间的延迟。 As several proposals for customers upsell options exchange value of the change will result in longer delay in the completion of customer transactions.

这种延迟在一些条件下是可以接收的,但在另一些条件下可能是非常麻烦的。 This delay is acceptable under some conditions, but under other conditions may be very cumbersome. 例如,在午饭或一天的其他时间,在POS终端可能会排很长的队。 For example, at lunch or other times of the day, the POS terminal may be a long row of teams. 此时还执行辅助处理来增加每个顾客排队等候的时间是不明智的。 At this time also perform a secondary process to add each customer queuing time is unwise. 然而,虽然除去辅助处理可能会提高顾客交易完成的速度,但丧失了从这种辅助处理导出的额外利润。 However, while the auxiliary treatment may improve the speed of customer transactions completed to remove, but lost from this complementary treatment to export additional profits. 因此,需要控制在POS终端的辅助处理的执行。 Accordingly, it is necessary to control the execution of the POS terminal of the secondary processing.

销售点(“POS”)终端、例如收银机广泛地用在各种商业中,用于执行诸如计算购买(货物或服务)的总价钱和计算应找给顾客的找零值等处理。 Point of sale ( "POS") terminals, such as cash registers are widely used in a variety of businesses for the implementation of such calculation of purchase (goods or services) and calculate the total price to the customer should be looking for value and so the change process. 有些POS终端还进一步跟踪所进行的购买并因此调整商店存货的数据库。 Buy some POS terminal further tracking carried out and therefore adjust database of store inventory. 如同在本申请的父申请、1997年8月26日申请的标题为“METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSINGSUPPLEMENTARY PRODUCT SALES AT A POINT-OF-SALETERMINAL”的专利申请No.08/920,116中所描述的,向在POS终端的顾客提议“加售”作为对应付的找零值的交换。 As in the parent application of this application, the title August 26, 1997 Application for "METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSINGSUPPLEMENTARY PRODUCT SALES AT A POINT-OF-SALETERMINAL" patent application No.08 / 920,116 described, to the POS customer terminal proposal "upsell" in exchange for the amount of change due. POS终端根据顾客的购买确定加售,并根据所购物确定“加售价格”(应付的找零值)。 POS terminals upsell determined according to the customer's purchase, according to the shopping OK "upsell price" (amount of change due). 例如,可以向购买了价格为$1.74的第一产品并支付$2.00的顾客提议或许是打了吸引人的折扣的第二产品来替代$0.26的找零值。 For example, the purchase price for the first item and $ 1.74 to pay $ 2.00 a customer proposal might be playing second product discounts attractive alternative to change due to $ 0.26. 于是,加售价格$0.26取决于购买价格$1.74;加售价格并不象大多数物品的常规价格一样是固定的。 The upsell price of $ 0.26 depending on the purchase price of $ 1.74; plus the sale price is not as regular as prices for most items are fixed.

如上述的父申请中所述,提议加售作为对找零的交换具有相当大的好处。 As described in the parent application, it offered upsells in exchange for change due has significant advantages. 例如,顾客一般不愿意处理零钱,会欢迎将其分发出去的机会。 For example, customers in general do not want to deal with change, would welcome the opportunity to distribute it out. 另外,顾客对于以吸引人的低价格进行的销售感到满意。 In addition, the customer is satisfied with the sales at low prices made attractive.

一般地,商店会有几个不同的加售可以被提议。 In general, the store will have several different upsells can be proposed. 事实上,对于任何特定的购买,都有可能提议几个不同的加售。 In fact, for any particular purchase, they are likely to propose several different upsells. 在实际上提议给特定顾客的特定加售可以取决于与该购买有关的多个标准,例如找零值、一天中的不同时间以及所购买的物品。 In particular upsell customers to a particular proposal actually may depend on a number of criteria related to the purchase, such as the amount of change, different times of the day and the purchased items. 由于可能有很多可能的加售提议给任何特定顾客,所以可能很难或不可能确定这个顾客最可能接受哪一个加售。 Since there may be many possible upsell offer to any particular customer, it may be difficult or impossible to determine which of the customers most likely to accept an upsell.

除了选择要提议的加售的困难之外,提议一个加售在某些情况下可能还需要时间。 In addition to the difficult choice to upsell proposal, a proposal upsell In some cases it may take time. 然而,无法担保花在提议加售上的时间会促使顾客接受该加售,并因此给提议者带来收益。 However, the proposal could not guarantee spend time on the upsell will prompt the customer to accept the upsell, and therefore bring benefits to the proposer. 于是,许多提议的加售会不被接受,从而导致时间和努力的浪费。 As a result, many upsells will not be accepted, resulting in wasted time and effort. 因此,消除在提议加售中所固有的不确定性将是非常有益的。 Therefore, the elimination of offered upsells inherent uncertainty will be very helpful.

销售点(“POS”)终端、例如收银机广泛地用在各种商业中,用于执行诸如计算购买(货物或服务)的总价钱和计算应找给顾客的找零值等处理。 Point of sale ( "POS") terminals, such as cash registers are widely used in a variety of businesses for the implementation of such calculation of purchase (goods or services) and calculate the total price to the customer should be looking for value and so the change process. 另外,POS终端还可以与一个提议系统一起使用,以便向顾客提供提议。 In addition, POS terminals may also be used with an offering system in order to provide offers to customers. 这种提议系统被打算用来提高销售,从而提高每次交易获得的平均利润。 This proposed system is intended to increase sales, thereby increasing the average profit per transaction.

在本申请的父申请、1997年8月26日申请的标题为“METHODAND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING SUPPLEMENTARY PRODUCTSALES AT A POINT-OF-SALE TERMINAL”的专利申请No.08/920,116中描述了一种类型的提议系统。 In the parent application of this application, the title August 26, 1997 to apply for the "METHODAND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING SUPPLEMENTARY PRODUCTSALES AT A POINT-OF-SALE TERMINAL" patent application No.08 / 920,116 describes a type of system proposed . 其中,在POS终端的顾客被提议一个“加售”作为对应找给他的零钱的交换。 Among them, the customer POS terminals proposed a "upsell" as the corresponding find his change of exchange. POS终端根据顾客的购买确定加售,还根据购买确定加售价格(应付的找零值)。 POS terminals upsell determined according to the customer's purchase, but also to determine the purchase price plus sale (amount of change due) based on. 例如,可以向购买了价格为$1.74的第一产品并支付$2.00的顾客提议第二产品来替代$0.26的找零值。 For example, the purchase price for the first item and $ 1.74 to pay $ 2.00 a customer proposal to replace the second product change due $ 0.26. 于是,加售价格$0.26取决于购买价格$1.74。 The upsell price of $ 0.26 depending on the purchase price of $ 1.74. 另一种类型的提议系统是由计算机确定的“提示销售”。 Another type of proposal is determined by the computer system "prompt sales." 美国专利No.5,353,219描述了一种系统,用于为顾客提示以常规的物品价格进行购买的物品。 US Patent No.5,353,219 describes a system for prompt customers to purchase items at regular price items.

在一个提议系统中,有许多可以提供给顾客的可能的提议。 In a proposed system, there are many proposals can provide to potential customers. 例如,在上述的加售提议中,许多不同的加售可以被提议给顾客,作为对特定的找零值的交换。 For example, in the above upsell offer, many different upsells may be proposed to the customer in exchange for a specific value of the change. 在快餐店对顾客的提议可以包括苏打水、大薯条或一份甜点。 Customers of the proposal may include soda, large fries at fast food restaurants or a dessert. 到底提议哪一个加售可以根据一个预定程序随机选择,或由管理人员或其他操作员手工选择。 In the end the proposal which upsell may be randomly selected according to a predetermined program, or by the manager or other operator to manually select.

不幸的是,提议的随机或手工选择并不一定确保“最好”(最高性能)提议被提供给顾客。 Unfortunately, the proposed random or manual selection does not necessarily ensure that the "best" (highest performance) proposal was provided to the customer. 可以相对于一个或多个标准评价构成“最好”提议的提议,从而为各种提议产生相应的“性能比”。 With respect to one or more evaluation criteria constitutes a "best" so proposed, to give the corresponding "performance ratio" for a variety of proposals. 例如,一个提议的接受率是可用于评价该提议的一个性能比,因为有些提议可能比另一些提议不易被顾客接受。 For example, a proposal acceptance rate is used to evaluate the performance of a specific proposal, because some of the proposals may not be easily accepted than others proposed by the customer. 另外,从一个被接受的提议得到的利润是可用于评价该提议的另一个性能比。 Further, from an accepted offer is obtained profits be used to assess the performance than other proposed.

对于管理人员或其他操作员来说,识别“最好”提议(具有最高性能比的提议)可能很困难或是不可能的。 For management or other operator to identify the "best" proposal (the proposal has the highest performance ratio) it may be difficult or impossible. 管理人员未必了解一组提议的真实性能比。 Managers may not understand the true performance of a set of proposed ratio. 管理人员也未必具有分析历史倾向以识别出最好提议的时间。 Managers may not have the best proposed time analyzing historical tendency to identify. 另外,在一天的不同时间或一星期的不同天内,某些提议可能比其它提议对顾客更具有吸引力。 In addition, different days at different times of the day or week, some of the proposals may be more attractive to customers than the other proposals. 不曾预料到的事件、例如高的州彩票累积奖金或杂志中的好商品也可以使某些提议更吸引人。 Unanticipated events, such as high state lottery jackpot or magazine, a good product can also make certain proposals more attractive. 这种情况阻碍了管理人员识别最好提议的企图。 This situation hinders the management identifies the best proposal attempts. 因此,需要控制在销售点终端提供的提议。 Therefore, the need to control the proposed point of sale terminal provides.

本发明的一个目的是提供用于在POS终端提议选定产品作为对应付找零值的交换的方法和系统。 An object of the present invention to provide a POS terminal for selected products proposed as a method and system to cope with the change of exchange values.

一般地,依据本发明的一个方面,POS终端确定一个加售作为对与顾客的购买有关的应付找零的交换。 In general, according to one aspect of the invention, POS terminal determines an upsell as to cope with the change of exchange associated with the customer's purchase right. 销售点终端最好保持一个数据库,该数据库包括至少一个加售价格和对应的要提议给顾客作为应付给他的找零值的交换的加售。 The best point of sale terminal to maintain a database, which includes at least one upsell price and a corresponding proposal to upsell to customers as the exchange payable to him the change values. 加售和加售价格被建立为使得加售被有利地与应付找零值进行交换,从而如果加售被接受,则为商店提供利润,为顾客提供帮助。 Upsell and the upsell prices are established so that upsell is advantageously exchanged cope with the change value, so that if the upsell is accepted, for the store offers profits to help customers.

当顾客将所购物带到POS终端时,POS终端产生购买价格,并设定等于购买价格的“所需支付值”。 When a customer will bring the shopping POS terminals, POS terminal generates the purchase price, and set equal to "required payment" of the purchase price. 所需支付值表示顾客需要支付的钱数。 Required to pay value represents the amount of money the customer to pay. POS终端然后产生一个舍入后价格,最好将购买价格上舍入到一个整数,并从其计算一个等于购买价格和舍入后价格之间的差值的上舍入值。 The POS terminal then generates a rounded price, purchase price is preferably rounded up to an integer, and a value equal to the rounded later on the difference between the price and the rounded price is calculated therefrom. 因此,上舍入值表示应作为找零的硬币。 Thus, to be represented by the roundup amount as the change of the coin.

通过将计算出的上舍入值与数据库中的加售价格中的至少一个进行比较,POS终端可以确定出上舍入值是否对应于加售价格中的一个。 By comparing at least one, POS terminals upsell price calculated roundup amount in the database may be determined in a roundup amount corresponds to the upsell price. 如果是这样,则POS终端识别出对应于这个加售价格的加售,并输出表示这个识别出的加售的信号。 If so, the POS terminal identifies the upsell corresponding to the upsell price, and outputs a signal of the identified upsell. 输出信号最好是显示的文本或图形,其向顾客和/或出纳员说明这个加售可以以该特定的找零值购买。 The output signal is preferably displayed text or graphics that explain to the customer and / or cashier that the upsell may be purchased at the particular amount of change due.

如果顾客接受该加售,则出纳员按下POS终端上的选择按钮加以指明。 If the customer accepts the upsell, the cashier pressing the select button on the POS terminal to be specified. 然后将顾客所需支付的支付值设定为等于舍入后价格,而不是购买价格。 Then the customer will pay the value to be paid is set to be equal to the rounded price, rather than the purchase price. 于是,顾客接收到加售作为对应找给他的硬币的交换,并且硬币不需要在顾客和POS终端之间进行交换。 Thus, the customer receives the upsell corresponding to find to his exchange of coins, and the coins need not be exchanged between the customer and the POS terminal.

附图简要说明图1是依据本发明的系统的方框图。 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 1 is a block diagram of the system according to the present invention.

图2是图1的POS控制器的方框图。 FIG 2 is a block diagram of the POS controller of FIG.

图3是图1的POS终端的方框图。 FIG 3 is a block diagram of the POS terminal of FIG.

图4是彩票数据处理系统的方框图。 FIG 4 is a block diagram of the lottery data processing system.

图5是显示在图3的POS控制器内的本地彩票数据库的表。 FIG 5 is a table of the local lottery ticket database within the POS controller of FIG.

图6是显示在图4的彩票数据处理系统内的彩票数据库的表。 FIG 6 is a table showing the lottery ticket database within the lottery data processing system of FIG. 4.

图7是显示在图4的彩票数据处理系统内的POS控制器数据库的表。 FIG 7 is a table showing the POS controller database within the lottery data processing system of FIG. 4.

图8是显示在POS终端的彩票交易的流程图。 FIG 8 is a flowchart of the POS terminal lottery transaction display.

图9是依据本发明的优选实施例的商店销售收据的一个例子。 FIG 9 is an example of a store sales receipt in accordance with a preferred embodiment of the present invention.

图10是POS控制器的操作的流程图。 10 is a flowchart of the operation of the POS controller.

图11是彩票数据处理系统的操作的流程图。 11 is a flowchart of the operation of the lottery data processing system.

图12是显示电话鉴别程序的流程图。 12 is a flowchart of the program displays the telephone authentication.

图13A是依据本发明提供的POS终端的示意图。 13A is a schematic view of a POS terminal of the present invention is provided.

图13B是图13A的POS终端的另一个实施例的示意图。 FIG 13B is a schematic diagram of the POS terminal of FIG. 13A according to another embodiment.

图14是显示本发明的用于在POS终端确定加售的方法的流程图。 FIG 14 is a flowchart of a method for determining an upsell of a POS terminal of the present invention.

图15是图13A的POS终端的存储区域的例示图。 FIG 15 is a diagram illustrating a storage area of ​​the POS terminal of FIG. 13A.

图16是图13A的POS终端的加售数据库的示意图。 FIG 16 is a schematic illustration of an upsell database of the POS terminal of FIG. 13A.

图17是图13A的POS终端的顾客数据库的示意图。 FIG 17 is a schematic view of a customer database of the POS terminal of FIG. 13A.

图18是图13A的POS终端的存货价格数据库的示意图。 FIG 18 is a schematic view of the inventory price database of the POS terminal of FIG. 13A.

图19是图13A的POS终端的报价价格数据库的示意图。 19 is a schematic offer price database of the POS terminal of FIG. 13A.

图20是显示本发明的用于为POS终端的加售评估还价的方法的流程图。 20 is a flowchart used to assess upsell POS terminal of the present invention, a method of displaying counteroffer.

图21是图13A的POS终端的标识符数据库的示意图。 FIG 21 is a schematic illustration of an identifier database of the POS terminal of FIG. 13A.

图22是与彩票数据处理系统相连的POS终端的示意图。 FIG 22 is a schematic diagram of the POS terminal is connected to the lottery data processing system.

图23是图13A的POS终端的顾客数据库的另一个实施例的示意图。 FIG 23 a schematic view of another embodiment of the POS terminal of FIG. 13A is a customer database of the embodiment.

图24A是显示本发明的用于存储顾客偏好的方法的流程图。 FIG 24A is a flowchart of a method for storing customer preferences according to the present invention.

图24B是显示本发明的用于存储顾客偏好的方法的流程图。 FIG 24B is a flowchart of a method for storing customer preferences according to the present invention.

图25是显示本发明的用于运用预先选择的顾客偏好的方法的流程图。 FIG 25 is a flowchart of a method of the present invention is the use of customers for the pre-selected display preferences.

图26是显示本发明的用于接收一个赠送加售的方法的流程图。 FIG 26 is a flowchart showing a method of receiving a donated upsell of the present invention.

图27是显示本发明的用于在POS终端确定加售的另一个方法的流程图。 FIG 27 is a flowchart of another method for determining an upsell of a POS terminal according to the present invention.

图28是依据本发明提供的POS终端网络的示意图。 FIG 28 is a schematic diagram of a network of POS terminals provided by the present invention.

图29是图28的网络的商店控制器的示意图。 FIG 29 is a schematic diagram of the store controller 28 of the network of FIG.

图30是图28的网络的POS终端的示意图。 FIG 30 is a schematic diagram of the POS terminal 28 of the network of FIG.

图31是图28的网络的POS终端的另一个实施例的示意图。 FIG 31 is a schematic diagram of a network of POS terminal 28 of another embodiment of FIG.

图32是图29的商店控制器的彩票供给数据库的示意图。 FIG 32 is a schematic view of the ticket supply database of the store controller 29 of FIG.

图33是包括图32的彩票供给数据库的例示性数据的示意图。 FIG 33 is a exemplary data for the ticket supply database of FIG. 32. FIG.

图34是图29的商店控制器的交易数据库的示意图。 34 is a schematic diagram of the transaction database stores the controller of FIG. 29.

图35是图29的商店控制器的分数值彩票数据库的记录的示意图。 FIG 35 is a schematic diagram of the recording of the fractional ticket database of the store controller 29 of FIG.

图36是包括图32的彩票供给数据库的又一些例示性数据的示意图。 FIG 36 is a schematic diagram of yet other exemplary data for the ticket supply database of FIG. 32 comprises.

图37是显示用于分配彩票部分的方法的流程图。 FIG 37 is a flowchart showing a method for allocating portions of lottery tickets.

图38是图29的商店控制器的中奖彩票数据库的示意图。 FIG 38 is a schematic view of a winning lottery ticket database of the store controller 29 of FIG.

图39是图29的商店控制器的常客数据库的示意图。 FIG 39 is a schematic diagram of a regular database of the store controller 29 of FIG.

图40是显示用于兑换分数值彩票的方法的流程图。 FIG 40 is a flowchart of a method used to redeem a fractional lottery ticket displayed.

图41是依据本发明提供的POS终端的示意图。 FIG 41 is a schematic diagram of a POS terminal of the present invention is provided.

图42是图41的POS终端的另一个实施例的示意图。 FIG 42 is a schematic diagram of the POS terminal 41 of FIG another embodiment.

图43是图41的POS终端的存货数据库的示意图。 FIG 43 is a schematic diagram of an inventory database of the POS terminal 41 of FIG.

图44是图41的POS终端的可能加售数据库的示意图。 FIG 44 is a schematic view of a possible upsells database of the POS terminal 41 of FIG.

图45是图41的POS终端的加售提议数据库的一个实施例的示意图。 A schematic of an embodiment of the upsell offer database 41 of FIG. 45 is a POS terminal of FIG.

图46是图41的POS终端的加售提议数据库的另一个实施例的示意图。 FIG 46 is a schematic diagram of another upsell offer database of the POS terminal 41 of the embodiment of FIG.

图47是图41的POS终端的加售提议数据库的另一个实施例的示意图。 FIG 47 is a schematic diagram of another upsell offer database of the POS terminal 41 of the embodiment of FIG.

图48是图41的POS终端的加售提议数据库的另一个实施例的示意图。 A schematic view of another embodiment of the upsell offer database 41 of FIG. 48 is a view of the embodiment of the POS terminal.

图49是显示用于在POS终端提供辅助产品销售的方法的流程图。 FIG 49 is a flow chart providing a supplementary product sale at a POS terminal method.

图50是依据本发明提供的POS终端的示意图。 FIG 50 is a schematic diagram of a POS terminal of the present invention is provided.

图51是图50的POS终端的另一个实施例的示意图。 FIG 51 is a schematic diagram of the POS terminal 50 of FIG another embodiment.

图52是显示依据本发明提供的用于控制辅助处理在POS终端的执行的方法的流程图。 FIG 52 is a flow chart of the present invention provides a method for controlling the auxiliary processing performed in a display of the POS terminal.

图53是显示依赖于一个POS终端的活动率的提议调度表的表。 FIG 53 is a table dependent on the activity of the proposed schedule of a POS terminal.

图54是图51的POS终端的否决判决管理器的示意图。 FIG 54 is a schematic diagram of the rejection decision manager of the POS terminal 51 of FIG.

图55是POS终端网络的示意图。 FIG 55 is a schematic diagram of the network of POS terminals.

图56是显示依赖于多个POS终端的活动率的提议调度表的表。 FIG 56 is a table showing the proposed schedule is dependent on the activity rate of a plurality of POS terminals.

图57是依据本发明提供的POS终端的示意图。 FIG 57 is a schematic diagram of a POS terminal of the present invention is provided.

图58是图57的POS终端的另一个实施例的示意图。 FIG 58 is a schematic diagram of the POS terminal 57 of FIG another embodiment.

图59是POS终端网络的示意图。 FIG 59 is a schematic diagram of the network of POS terminals.

图60是POS终端的存货数据库的示意图。 FIG 60 is a schematic illustration of an inventory database of the POS terminal.

图61是POS终端的舍入代码数据库的示意图。 FIG 61 is a schematic diagram of a rounding code database of a POS terminal.

图62是用于确定为所购物品和一个加售应付的钱数的数据的示意图。 FIG 62 is a schematic diagram for determining the purchased items and upsell a number of data of payable money.

图63是表示与交易有关的信息的示意图。 Figure 63 is a diagram showing the information related to the transaction.

图64是描述用于确定包括一个加售和一个或多个物品的购买的舍入后价格的方法的流程图。 FIG 64 is a flowchart for determining described comprising a rounded upsell and one or more items purchased price method.

图65是描述用于确定包括多个加售和一个或多个物品的购买的舍入后价格的方法的流程图。 FIG 65 is a flowchart of method for determining a rounded plurality of upsells and one or more items purchased price method comprises.

图66是用于确定为所购物品和多个加售应付的钱数的数据的示意图。 Figure 66 is a schematic diagram of the data and determine the number of items purchased more money to deal with upsell.

图67是依据本发明提供的POS终端的示意图。 FIG 67 is a schematic diagram of a POS terminal of the present invention is provided.

图68是图67的POS终端的另一个实施例的示意图。 FIG 68 is a schematic diagram of the POS terminal 67 of FIG another embodiment.

图69是POS终端网络的示意图。 FIG 69 is a schematic diagram of the network of POS terminals.

图70是显示提议数据库的一个实施例的表。 FIG 70 is a graph showing a proposed embodiment of a database table.

图71是交易数据库的一个记录的示意图。 FIG 71 is a schematic diagram of a record of a transaction database.

图72是显示用于控制在一个或多个POS终端提供的提议的方法的流程图。 FIG 72 is a flowchart of a method for controlling one or more POS terminals provided proposed.

图73是显示性能比数据库的一个实施例的表。 FIG 73 is a graph showing the performance ratio of a database table according to the embodiment.

图74是显示性能比数据库的另一个实施例的表。 FIG 74 is a graph showing the performance of the database table according to the embodiment than the other.

图75是在确定继续提供的提议中使用的数据库的示意图。 Figure 75 is a schematic diagram of the database proposes the continuation of the use of OK.

图76是在确定继续提供的提议中使用的数据库的另一个实施例的示意图。 FIG 76 is determined to continue to provide the proposed another database used in the schematic diagram of the embodiment.

图77是显示提议数据库的另一个实施例的表。 FIG 77 is a table showing another example of embodiment of the proposed database.

本发明针对用于在零售POS终端执行彩票交易的系统,从而使顾客不会被迫等候两个交易收据、或走到另一个付帐终端进行其他非彩票购买。 The present invention is directed to a system for performing lottery ticket transactions at retail POS terminals, so that customers will not be forced to wait two transaction receipt, or go to another terminal to pay other non-lottery purchase. 在POS终端将面包或牛奶记入收银机所花的大约相同的时间内,顾客还可以购买“快拣”彩票。 Approximately the same time in the POS terminal bread or milk recorded in the cash register spent, customers can also purchase a "quick pick" lottery tickets. 这种只停一次的(one stop)购物方式方便了彩票的销售,并提高了顾客的购物速度。 This stop only once (one stop) convenient way to shop the sales of lottery tickets, and improve the customer's shopping speed. 另外,本发明使顾客能够购买分数值彩票,这就进一步方便了彩票的销售。 In addition, the present invention enables the customer to purchase fractional lottery tickets, which further facilitates the sale of lottery tickets. 特别地,在顾客进行其他商品购买的情况下,他可以要求以购买分数值彩票(等于找零值)来代替找零。 In particular, the case of other commodities purchased by the customer, he may request to purchase fractional lottery ticket (equal to the amount of change) in place of the change. 因此,本发明向顾客提供了购买彩票的方便和有效的系统。 Accordingly, the present invention provides a convenient and efficient system to buy lottery tickets to customers.

术语“快拣”指的是其中的彩票号码由彩票系统为顾客随机产生的彩票。 The term "quick pick" refers to a lottery ticket in which the lottery numbers from the lottery system randomly generated for the customer.

分数值彩票是这样一种彩票,其中,根据为这个彩票所支付的与彩票的全价相比的分数部分,顾客只能收到中奖奖金的一部分。 Fractional lottery ticket is a lottery, which, according to the fractional part compared to the full price of the ticket for the lottery paid, customers can only receive a portion of the winnings. 例如,如果顾客花58分购买了一个分数值彩票,而彩票的全价是1美元,则如果这个彩票中奖,顾客将得到奖金的百分之五十八。 For example, if a customer to spend 58 minutes to buy a fractional lottery ticket, lottery tickets and full price is $ 1, then if the lottery, the customer will receive Fifty-eight percent bonus. 这里所用的术语“彩票”或其等同物包括分数值彩票。 As used herein, the term "lottery ticket" or the equivalents include fractional lottery tickets.

图1显示了本发明的一个优选实施例的整个系统的方框图。 Figure 1 shows a block diagram of a preferred embodiment of the system according to the present embodiment of the invention. 在这个实施例中,一个POS控制器20通过POS网络40与至少一个POS终端30相连。 In this embodiment, a POS controller 2040 is connected to at least one POS terminal 30 through the POS network. 在图1中显示了四个POS终端30,但可以使用任何数目的POS终端30。 30 shows four POS terminals in FIG. 1, but any number of POS terminals 30. POS网络40不一定必须是硬连线的网络,它可以包括适合于发送和接收数据通信的各种装置中的任何一种,这将在下面说明。 POS network 40 does not necessarily have to be a hard-wired network, it may comprise any of a variety of devices suitable for transmitting and receiving data in a communication, which will be described below. 彩票交易可以从任何一个POS终端30开始启动。 Lottery transaction can be started from any POS terminal 30. 启动彩票交易所需的信息通过POS网络40在POS终端30和POS控制器20之间传递。 The information required to start a lottery POS transactions transmitted through the network 40 between the POS terminal 30 and the POS controller 20. 应该理解,其他类型的信息也可以在POS终端30和POS控制器20之间传递。 It should be understood that other types of information may be passed between the POS terminal 30 and the POS controller 20. 例如,商品价格、购物券折扣以及销售事件信息也可以在POS终端30和POS控制器20之间传递。 For example, commodity prices, discount coupons and sales events information can be transmitted between the terminal and the POS controller 2030 in POS.

如图1所示,POS控制器20还通过数据网络50连接到彩票数据处理系统60,这将在下面详细讨论。 As shown in FIG. 1, POS controller 20 is also connected via a data network 50 to the lottery data processing system 60, which will be discussed in detail below. 数据网络50可以是能够进行数据通信的各种网络中的任何一个或多个。 Data network 50 may be capable of any one or more of a variety of network data communication. 例如,数据网络50可以是公共交换电话网76(PSTN)、综合业务数字网(ISDN)、分组交换网、个人数据通讯网、无线网或任何其他合适的网络。 For example, data network 50 may be a public switched telephone network 76 (PSTN), integrated services digital network (the ISDN), a packet switched network, the personal data communication network, a wireless network, or any other suitable network.

图1所示的POS终端30和POS控制器20可以以专门提供的实施本发明的硬件来实现。 FIG POS terminal 30 and the POS controller 20 shown in the present invention may be implemented in hardware specifically provided to implement. 或者,可以应用现有的收银机和中央店内(in-store)服务器来实施。 Alternatively, application of existing cash registers and central in-store (in-store) server to implement. 特别地,许多零售商店已经用计算机操作收银机,收银机与一个店内交易处理器相连,接收和发送商品价格和其他商品信息。 In particular, many retail stores have in-store transactions and a processor connected to the computer operating the cash register, cash registers, receive and send commodity prices and other product information. 这些系统的硬件可用于本发明。 These hardware systems may be used in the present invention. 为了包含本发明,对现有的店内交易处理器或商店网络服务器的改变可以以各种方式来完成,例如对现有的店内交易处理器重新编程,或增加一个另外的文件服务器。 For the present invention comprising, changes to the existing in-store transaction processor or store network server may be accomplished in various ways, such as reprogramming the existing in-store transaction processor, or addition of one another file server. 图2是POS控制器20的方框图。 FIG 2 is a block diagram of the POS controller 20. POS控制器20包括执行处理功能的CPU21。 POS controller 20 includes CPU21 performs processing function. POS控制器20还包括只读存储器22(ROM)和随机存取存储器23(RAM)。 POS controller 20 also includes a read only memory 22 (ROM) and random access memory 23 (RAM). ROM22用于存储将由CPU21执行的至少一些程序指令,例如操作系统或基本输入-输出系统(BIOS)的部分,RAM23用于数据的临时存储。 ROM22 for storing at least some program instructions executed by the CPU21 such as operating system or basic input - output section System (BIOS) of the RAM 23 for temporarily storing data. 时钟电路24提供CPU 21所需的时钟信号。 The clock circuit 24 provides a clock signal to the CPU 21 required.

POS控制器20还包括与数据网络接口71和POS网络接口72相连的通信端口25。 POS controller 20 also includes a POS data network interface 71 and network 72 connected to the communication port 25 interfaces. 通信端口25使CPU21能与POS控制器20的外部设备进行通信。 CPU21 so that the communication port 25 to communicate with the POS controller 20 of the external apparatus. 特别地,通信端口25允许与POS终端30进行通信,以及与彩票数据处理系统60进行通信。 In particular, the communication port 25 permits communication with the POS terminal 30, and with the lottery data processing system 60 to communicate. 虽然用于与彩票数据处理系统60建立通信的调制解调器(未显示)和专用电话线是最佳选择,但其他数据网络接口、包括与ISDN网络相连的ISDN终端、无线通信接口和因特网接口一样也可以使用。 Although for establishing communication with the lottery data processing system 60 modem (not shown) and a dedicated telephone line is the best choice, but other data network interfaces, including an ISDN terminal connected to the ISDN network, as a wireless communication interface, and Internet interface may be use.

CPU21还可以向数据存储设备26存储信息并从其中读取信息。 CPU21 can also read information from, and wherein the data storage device 26 stores the information. 数据存储设备26包括本地彩票数据库26a和其他数据库,其他数据库包括商店可以常规地保持的本地销售数据库26b。 Data storage device 26 includes a local lottery ticket database 26a and other databases, other databases including local sales database stores can be routinely maintained 26b. 本地彩票数据库26a在下面会进行说明。 Local lottery ticket database 26a will be described below. 另外,数据存储设备26包含能够被CPU21读取和执行的指令,从而使CPU21能够处理交易。 Further, the data storage device 26 includes instructions which can be read and executed by CPU21, CPU21 so that transactions can be processed. 虽然图2显示的是分开的数据库,但也可以使用包含两个功能的单个数据库。 Although Figure 2 shows the separate databases, a single database may also be used comprising both functions. 还可以根据需要增加另外的数据库,来存储其他目的所需的各种其他信息。 Additional databases may also be increased as needed to store a variety of other information required for other purposes.

图5是显示在本地彩票数据库26a中存储的信息和最佳布局的图示说明。 FIG 5 is an illustration of the optimum layout information stored in the local lottery ticket database 26a. 本地彩票数据库26a包括日期字段F1、销售收据号字段F2、购买彩票数目字段F3、销售量字段F4和彩票号码字段F5。 Local lottery ticket database 26a include date fields F1, sales receipt number field F2, the number of lottery tickets purchased field F3, F4 field sales and lottery number field F5. 在分数值彩票的情况下,销售量字段F4将包含由顾客购买的彩票的分数值(例如,六十八分)。 In the case of fractional lottery ticket, sales field F4 will contain score value by the customer to buy lottery tickets (for example, sixty eight).

虽然在图5中只显示了三个彩票交易的三个记录R1,但可以存储任何数目的记录。 Although only three three lottery ticket transactions record R1 in FIG. 5, but any number of records may be stored. 为了节省数据存储设备26上的存储空间,可以将记录传输到一个不同的存储设备上,或者在经过预定的时间间隔或经过预定事件之后(例如,在中奖彩票号码抽取之后)将其删除。 To save storage space on the data storage device 26, records may be transferred to a different storage device, or after a predetermined time interval or after a predetermined event (e.g. after the winning lottery numbers drawn) to remove it.

图3是最佳POS终端30的方框图,POS终端30可以位于超市、杂货店、饮料商店或执行顾客交易的其他任何地点。 Figure 3 is a block diagram of the best POS terminals 30, 30 POS terminals can be located in supermarkets, grocery any other place, drink or shop execute customer transactions. 如上所述,可以有任何数目的POS终端30与一个POS控制器20相连。 As described above, there may be any number of POS terminals connected to a POS controller 30 20. POS终端30包括CPU31、ROM32、RAM33、时钟电路34、通信端口35和数据存储设备36。 POS terminal 30 includes a CPU31, ROM32, RAM33, the clock circuit 34, communication port 35 and a data storage device 36. 通信端口35与POS网络40进行联系,有助于在POS终端30和POS控制器20之间的通信。 Communication port 35 to contact with the POS network 40 facilitates communication between the POS terminal 20 is 30 and the POS controller.

POS终端30包括从操作员接收输入的输入设备37。 POS terminal 30 includes an input device 37 receives input from the operator. 各种输入设备中的任何一种都适合于这个目的,例如,包括按压激励的按钮、按键、膜片、鼠标、触摸屏、条形码扫描器等等。 Any of a variety of input devices are suitable for this purpose, e.g., the excitation comprising pressing a button, keys, membranes, a mouse, touch screen, bar code scanner and the like. 输入设备37可以直接与CPU31联系,如图3所示。 The input device 37 may directly contact the CPU31, as shown in FIG. 或者,可以在CPU 31和输入设备37之间放置一个合适的接口电路。 Alternatively, a suitable interface may be placed in the circuit between the CPU 31 and the input device 37. POS终端30还包括用于向操作员,顾客或二者传达信息的显示设备38。 The POS terminal 30 further includes means for the operator, customer or both to convey information display device 38. 各种显示设备中的任何一种都适合于这个目的,例如,包括CRT、LCD、LED或薄膜晶体管板。 Any of a variety of display devices are suitable for this purpose, e.g., including CRT, LCD, LED or thin film transistor panel.

POS终端30还包括存储交易处理器指令的数据存储设备36。 The POS terminal 30 further includes a data storage device 36 stores the transaction processor instructions. 这些指令可以由CPU31读取和执行,使得POS终端30能够处理各种交易类型。 These instructions may be read and executed by the CPU31, the POS terminal 30 that can handle a variety of transaction types. 例如,这些交易类型可以包括“快拣”彩票、除“快拣”之外的彩票和商品交易。 For example, these types of transactions may include "quick pick" lottery tickets, in addition to the "quick pick" lottery and commodity trading.

POS终端30还包括一个用于记录由POS终端30执行的交易的打印机39。 The POS terminal 30 further includes a printer 39 for recording the transaction performed by the POS terminal 30. 打印机39可以直接与CPU31联系,如图3所示。 The printer 39 may directly contact the CPU31, as shown in FIG. 或者,可以在CPU31和打印机39之间放置一个合适的接口电路。 Alternatively, a suitable interface may be placed in the circuit 39 between the printer and the CPU31.

还应该理解的是,也可以使用POS控制器20和POS终端30的其他组合形式,这取决于特定企业的需要。 It should also be understood that other combinations may be used POS controller 20 and POS terminals 30, depending on the needs of a particular business. 特别地,POS终端30可以包含POS控制器20的一些特征,以使得集成的POS终端/控制器能够用作为一个独立单元。 In particular, the POS terminal 30 may include some of the features of the POS controller 20, so that the integrated POS terminal / controller can be used as an independent unit. 这种类型的终端对于只需要一个POS终端的企业是非常有利的。 This type of terminal is only required for a POS terminal business is very favorable.

图4中所示的是彩票数据处理系统60的方框图。 It is a block diagram of the lottery data processing system 60 shown in FIG. 4. 与上述的POS控制器20类似,彩票数据处理系统60包括CPU61、ROM62、RAM63、时钟电路64和通信端口65。 Similar to the above-described POS controller 20, the lottery data processing system 60 includes a communication port 64 and 65 CPU61, ROM62, RAM63, the clock circuit. 通信端口65与数据网络接口71相连。 Data communication port 65 is connected to a network interface 71. 所示的数据网络接口71等效于图2中的数据网络接口。 Data network interface 71 is equivalent to the data shown in Figure 2 network interface. 图1中显示了一个POS控制器20,但任何数目的POS控制器20都可以通过数据网络50和数据网络接口71连接到彩票数据处理系统60。 Figure 1 shows a POS controller 20, but any number of POS controllers 20 can be connected to the lottery data processing system 60 via the data network 50 and the data network interface 71.

如图4所示,通信端口65还与一个IVRU接口74相连。 4, the communication port 65 is also connected to an IVRU interface 74. 如图1所示,顾客助手IVRU75通过IVRU接口74连接到彩票数据处理系统60 。 As shown in FIG. 1, the customer assistance IVRU75 connected to the lottery data processing system 60 via the IVRU interface 74. 顾客助手IVRU75还连接到PSTN76(公共交换电话网)。 Customers assistant IVRU75 also connected to PSTN76 (Public Switched Telephone Network). 顾客助手IVRU75允许一个打电话者(未显示)使用电话(未显示)与彩票数据处理系统60进行通信。 Customers assistant IVRU75 allows a caller (not shown) using a telephone (not shown) to communicate with the lottery data processing system 60. 语音命令提示引导打电话者通过各种菜单选项,允许打电话者输入和提取出与一特定彩票交易有关的数据。 Voice command prompts guide the caller through a variety of menu options, allowing the caller to input and extract the data relating to a specific lottery transactions. 这个过程将在下面进行更详细的说明。 This process will be described in more detail below.

CPU61还可以向数据存储设备68存储信息并从其中读取信息。 CPU61 can also read information from, and wherein the data storage device 68 to store information. 数据存储设备68包括彩票数据库68a、POS控制器数据库68b和中奖彩票号码数据库68c,下面将对其进行说明。 The data storage device 68 includes a lottery ticket database 68a, POS controller database 68b, and a winning lottery ticket number database 68c, as will be explained below. 另外,数据存储设备68包含可以被CPU61读取和执行的指令,从而使CPU61能处理彩票交易。 Further, the data storage device 68 comprising a CPU61 may be read and executed, so that the process can CPU61 lottery transactions. 虽然图4显示了分开的数据库,但也可以使用包含数据库68a、68b和68c的所有功能的单个数据库。 While Figure 4 shows the separate databases, but may be a database containing 68a, 68b and a single database 68c of all functions. 可以根据需要增加另外的数据库,来存储在维护和管理彩票系统中可能有用的各种其他信息。 Additional databases can be added as needed to store a variety of other information that may be useful in the maintenance and management of the lottery system.

彩票数据处理系统60还包括随机号码发生器66和密码处理器67。 Lottery data processing system 60 further comprises a random number generator 66 and cryptographic processor 67. 当CPU61要求时,随机号码发生器66产生用于“快拣”彩票交易的随机“快拣”号码。 When the CPU61 requirements, random number generator 66 for generating random "quick pick" lottery ticket transactions "quick pick" numbers. 密码处理器67用于对CPU61产生的鉴别代码进行加密,下面会进行更详细的说明。 The cryptographic processor 67 is used to generate authentication code is encrypted to CPU61, the following will be described in more detail. 这个加密鉴别代码被传送到CPU61,CPU61将其与一特定彩票交易联系在一起。 The encrypted authentication code is transmitted to the CPU61, CPU61 be linked to a specific lottery transactions. 密码处理器67还用于对由CPU61传递给它的加密鉴别代码进行解密。 The cryptographic processor 67 is also used by the CPU61 is transmitted to it to decrypt the encrypted authentication code.

虽然图示的实施例显示出随机号码发生器66和密码处理器67是彩票数据处理系统60中的分离部件,应该理解的是,也可以使用执行其功能的其他方法。 Although the illustrated embodiment shows a random number generator 66 and cryptographic processor 67 is a separate member lottery data processing system 60, it should be understood that other methods may be used to perform its functions. 例如,这些功能可以在存储在数据存储设备68中并由CPU61执行的计算机程序中实现。 For example, these functions may be implemented in a computer program stored in the data storage device 68 is executed by the CPU61.

图6是存储在彩票数据库68a中的信息的图示表示。 Figure 6 illustrates the information is stored in the lottery ticket database 68a in FIG. 彩票数据库68a包括POS控制器ID号字段F6、日期字段F7、购买彩票数目字段F8、销售收据号字段F9、销售量字段F10、彩票号码字段F11以及加密代码字段F12。 Lottery ticket database 68a includes a POS controller ID number field F6, date field F7, the number of lottery tickets purchased field F8, sales receipt number field F9, sales field F10, F11 and lottery number field encryption code field F12. 在分数值彩票的情况下,销售量字段F10将包含顾客所购买的彩票的分数值(例如,六十八分)。 In the case of fractional lottery ticket, sales field F10 contains a fractional value lottery tickets purchased by a customer (for example sixty eight). POS控制器ID号字段F6是对应于与彩票数据处理系统60通信的每个POS控制器20的唯一的代码。 POS controller ID number field F6 is a unique code corresponding to the lottery data processing system 60 communicate to each POS controller 20. 销售收据号字段F9存储与POS终端30产生的每个收据有关的序号。 A sales receipt number field F9 stores generated by the POS terminal 30 related to each receipt number. 加密代码字段F12存储加密的鉴别代码,下面会进行详细说明。 Cryptographic code field F12 stores the encrypted authentication code, will be described in detail below.

虽然在图6中显示的是ID号为23456的一个POS控制器的记录R2,但可以存储任何数目的记录。 Although shown in FIG. 6 is a POS controller ID number of the record 23456 of R2, but any number of records may be stored. 与数据存储设备26的情况一样,间或地可以将记录传送到一个不同的存储设备或删除,以节省数据存储设备68内的存储空间。 As with the data storage device 26, it can be recorded occasionally be transferred to a different storage device or deleted to conserve storage space within the data storage device 68. 中奖彩票号码数据库68c是彩票数据处理系统在常规上保持的其他数据库。 Winning lottery ticket number database 68c is a database other lottery data processing system to keep in regular.

图7是显示存储在POS控制器数据库68b中的信息的图示表示。 FIG 7 is a graph showing the information stored in the POS controller database 68b in FIG. POS控制器数据库68b包括POS控制器ID号字段F13、POS控制器名字段F14、POS控制器位置字段F15、以及电话号码字段F16。 POS controller database 68b includes a POS controller ID number field F13, POS controller name field F14, POS controller location field F15, and a telephone number field F16. POS控制器名字段F14存储POS控制器20所处的商店或公司的名称。 Name of the store or company in which the 20 POS controller name field F14 store POS controller. POS控制器位置字段F15存储POS控制器20所处位置的地址。 POS POS controller location field F15 stores the address location of the controller 20. 电话号码字段F16存储与每个POS控制器20相联系的电话号码。 Telephone number field F16 stores phone numbers for each POS controller 20 linked. 在图7中只显示了一个POS控制器位置的记录R3,但可以存储任何个数的记录。 It shows only a POS controller location record R3 in FIG. 7, but any number of records may be stored.

应该理解的是,在上面讨论的数据库内的一些字段包含相同的对应信息(例如,彩票数据库68A中的POS控制器ID号字段F6对应于POS控制器数据库68B中的字段F13)。 It should be understood that some fields within the databases discussed above contain the same corresponding information (e.g., POS controller ID number in the lottery ticket database 68A corresponds to field F6 in the POS controller database 68B fields F13).

图8是显示从顾客的观察位置看在POS终端30执行的例示性彩票交易处理的流程图。 8 is viewed from the customer to see the position of the lottery transaction flowchart illustrating exemplary processing executed by the POS terminal 30. 在步骤S1,当顾客向POS终端操作员表示他或她希望购买一个或多个“快拣”彩票时,该处理开始。 In step S1, when a customer told the POS terminal operator that he or she wishes to purchase one or more "quick pick" lottery tickets, the process begins. 当然,“快拣”彩票可以是全值或分数值彩票。 Of course, the "quick pick" lottery tickets may be full or fractional value lottery tickets. 顾客可以作为独立交易或在购买其他商品、例如牛奶或面包的同时作出购买彩票的决定。 Customers can decide as an independent trade or the purchase of other goods, to buy lottery tickets at the same time, such as milk or bread is. 在步骤S2,POS终端操作员通过在与POS终端30相连的输入设备37上激活预先编程的指示来启动彩票交易。 In step S2, the POS terminal operator indicates by activating a pre-programmed to initiate a lottery ticket transaction on the input device 30 connected with the POS terminal 37. 顾客然后在步骤S3由POS操作员提示给出所需的“快拣”彩票的数目。 Customers then the required number of "quick pick" lottery tickets in the step S3 by the POS operator prompts are given.

“快拣”彩票的数目也可以包括分数值彩票。 The number of "quick pick" lottery tickets may also include fractional lottery tickets. 这对于不想接收一把硬币作为交易找零的顾客是很方便的。 This does not want to receive a coin as change for a customer transaction is very convenient. 例如,从商品购买得到六十八分找零的顾客可以选择购买六十八分的彩票,其价值为一个$1彩票的68%,从而支付$1支出的百分之六十八。 For example, to get from the purchase of goods sixty-eighth of the change of the customer can choose to buy lottery sixty-eighth of its value to 68% of a $ 1 lottery ticket, so pay sixty-eight percent of spending $ 1. 或者,顾客可以用68分购买一个$2彩票的34%。 Alternatively, customers can purchase a $ 2, 68 minutes 34% of the lottery. 顾客当然还可以与分数值彩票一起购买全值彩票。 Of course, customers can also purchase the full value of the lottery ticket with a fractional lottery tickets.

在另一个实施例中,还可以向顾客提示另外的彩票信息,例如要进行的彩票游戏的类型和由顾客选定的特定彩票号码。 In another embodiment, it may also prompt the customer to an additional lottery ticket information, such as the type of lottery game to be selected by the customer and the particular lottery numbers. 例如,特定彩票系统可以提供基于三个、四个和六个号码组合的彩票游戏。 For example, a particular lottery system may offer lottery games based on three, four and six number combination. 顾客还可以亲自选择要进行抽彩的彩票号码。 Customers may also want to personally select the lottery numbers lottery.

在步骤S4,POS终端操作员通过输入设备37向POS终端30输入顾客所请求的彩票数目。 In step S4, POS terminal operator to enter the number of lottery tickets requested by the customer 30 through the input device 37 to the POS terminal. 在步骤S5顾客为彩票和这一次进行的任何其他购买支付费用。 In step S5 performed any other customer buying lottery tickets and pay for this time. 在步骤S6,POS终端打印一个包含彩票信息和任何其他商品销售信息的收据。 In step S6, POS terminal prints a receipt lottery ticket information and any other merchandising information contained.

图9中所示的是依据本发明的一个实施例的商店销售收据80的一个例子。 It is an example of embodiment of the store sales receipt in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention 80 shown in FIG. 9. 商店销售收据80包括与彩票无关的商品信息81。 Store sales receipt 81 and 80 include product information unrelated to the lottery. 下部包含彩票信息,包括多个彩票号码82、商店ID号83、收据号84、日期85、时间86、价格89、彩票电话号码87、以及加密鉴别代码88。 Lottery ticket information comprises a lower portion comprising a plurality of lottery numbers 82, 83 store the ID number, receipt number 84, date 85, time 86, a price 89, a lottery telephone number 87, 88 and the encrypted authentication code. 在分数值彩票的情况下,商店销售收据80还包括所购买的全值彩票的分数值指示(例如,如图9所示,为彩票4支付$0.68)。 In the case of a fractional lottery ticket, the store sales receipt 80 further comprises a point value indicating a full value lottery ticket purchased (e.g., shown in FIG. 9, $ 0.68 was paid lottery 4).

图10是POS控制器20的例示性操作的流程图。 10 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary operation of the POS controller 20. 图10所示过程的步骤可以在计算机程序中实现,该计算机程序可以从计算机可读介质安装在POS控制器20上,然后存储在其中的ROM22、RAM23和数据存储设备26中的一个或多个中(如图2所示)。 Step of the process shown in FIG. 10 may be implemented in a computer program, the computer-readable program medium may be installed at the POS controller 20 from a computer, which is then stored into the ROM22, the RAM 23, and a data storage device 26 or more (shown in FIG. 2). POS控制器20在步骤S7接收一个彩票交易请求,在这个例子中,该请求包括由顾客从POS终端30要求的“快拣”彩票数。 POS controller 20 receives a lottery ticket transaction request in step S7, in this example, the request includes a number of "quick pick" lottery tickets requested by the customer from the POS terminal 30. POS控制器20将这个信息临时存储在RAM23中,同时通过数据网络50与彩票数据处理系统60建立实时通信链接。 POS controller 20 temporarily stores this information in the RAM23, the real-time communication while establishing a link 50 with the lottery data processing system 60 via a data network.

虽然在图1中只显示了一个彩票数据处理系统60,但也可以有另外的彩票数据处理系统作为次级或备用彩票数据处理系统。 Although only a lottery data processing system 60 in FIG. 1, but can also have additional lottery data processing system as a secondary or backup lottery data processing system. 因此,如果POS控制器20无法建立与初级彩票数据处理系统的通信,则尝试与次级彩票数据处理系统建立通信。 Thus, if the POS controller 20 fails to establish communication with the primary lottery data processing system, the attempt to establish communication with the secondary lottery data processing system.

一旦建立了实时通信链接,POS控制器20在步骤S8将所要求的“快拣”彩票数发送给彩票数据处理系统60。 Once the real-time communication link is established, POS controller 20 sends the number of "quick pick" lottery tickets requested at step S8 to the lottery data processing system 60. POS控制器20还发送它的POS控制器识别号(例如,图7中的F1)。 POS controller 20 also transmits its POS controller identification number (e.g., in FIG. 7 F1). 在步骤S9,POS控制器20从彩票数据处理系统60接收一组或多组彩票号码(对应于所要求的“快拣”彩票数)和相关的加密鉴别代码。 In step S9, POS controller 20 receives one or more sets of lottery numbers from the lottery data processing system 60 (corresponding to the required "quick pick" lottery numbers) and associated encrypted authentication code. 在步骤S10,在本地彩票数据库(图2中的26a)中生成一个新记录(例如,图5中的R1)。 In step S10, generates a new record (e.g., FIG. 5 R1) in the local lottery ticket database (26a in FIG. 2). 在步骤S11,POS控制器20在新生成的记录中存储从彩票数据处理系统接收的日期、收据号、时间、以及彩票号码(如图5中所示,F1-F5)。 In step S11, POS controller 20 in the newly generated record received from the lottery data processing system stores date, receipt number, time, and lottery numbers (shown in Fig, F1-F5 5). POS控制器20然后在步骤S12将彩票信息(即,彩票号码和加密的鉴别代码)发送给POS终端30,POS终端30启动彩票交易请求。 POS controller 20 then S12, the lottery ticket information (i.e. the lottery numbers and the encrypted authentication code) to the POS terminal 30, the POS terminal 30 to start the lottery transaction request in step.

上述步骤S7-S12中的每个步骤都由执行存储在数据存储设备26中的计算机程序指令的CPU21执行。 The above-described steps S7-S12 are performed by each step in the data storage device 26 stores a computer program of instructions executed CPU21. 与POS终端30的通信通过通信端口25和POS网络接口72进行。 Communicates with the POS terminal 30 through the communication port 25 and the POS network interface 72. 与彩票数据处理系统60的通信通过通信端口25和数据网络接口71进行。 With the lottery data processing system 60 via a communication port 25 and a data communications network interface 71.

在另一个实施例,POS控制器20还可以处理非“快拣”彩票交易。 In another embodiment, POS controller 20 may also handle non- "quick pick" lottery ticket transactions. 由顾客选定的彩票号码在POS终端30通过标记读出片(slip)或编码单据从顾客处接收,并发送给彩票数据处理系统60处理,下面将进行描述。 Lottery numbers selected by the customer at the POS terminal 30 by the mark reader sheet (SLIP) or encoded documents received from a customer, and sent to the lottery data processing system 60 process, as will be described below.

图11是彩票数据处理系统60的操作的流程图。 11 is a flowchart of the operation of the lottery data processing system 60. 这个过程的步骤可以存储在计算机可读介质上,在这种情况下,计算机可读介质为数据存储设备68(如图4所示)。 This process step may be stored on a computer-readable medium, in this case, the computer readable medium is a data storage device 68 (FIG. 4). 在从POS控制器20接收到彩票交易请求和POS控制器识别号之后,彩票数据处理系统60在步骤S13访问POS控制器数据库68b(如图4和7所示)。 After receiving from the POS controller 20 to the lottery ticket transaction request and the POS controller identification number, the lottery data processing system 60 in step S13 accessing a POS controller database 68b (shown in FIG. 4 and 7). 如步骤S14所示,彩票数据处理系统60搜索POS控制器数据库68b,鉴别POS控制器识别号。 As shown in step lottery data processing system 60 searches the POS controller database 68b, the POS controller identification number authentication S14. 在步骤S15,访问彩票数据库68a(图4和6所示),并在适当的POS控制器记录(例如,图6中的R2)中增加一个新的彩票交易条目。 In step S15, access to the lottery ticket database 68a (shown in FIGS. 4 and 6), and adds a new lottery transaction entry in the appropriate POS controller record (e.g. R2 in FIG. 6) in.

在步骤S16,彩票数据处理系统60应用随机数发生器66(图4中所示)产生一组或多组随机“快拣”彩票号码。 In step S16, the lottery data processing system 60 using random number generator 66 (shown in FIG. 4) to generate one or more groups random "quick pick" lottery numbers. 这些随机“快拣”彩票号码用于快拣的彩票。 These random "quick pick" lottery numbers for quick pick lottery. 然后在步骤S16通过将这些随机“快拣”彩票号码存储在记录的指定字段,更新在步骤S15增加的彩票交易条目。 Then at step S16 by the random "quick pick" lottery numbers in the designated field of the record is stored, updated in step S15 lottery transaction entry added.

在步骤S17,彩票数据处理系统60还根据特定彩票交易的变量产生一个鉴别代码。 In step S17, the lottery data processing system 60 also generates an authentication code based on the variables of the particular lottery transaction. 这个鉴别代码是一个数字串,包括在彩票数据库68a中的一个记录的所有数据。 This authentication code is a numeric string including all the data of one record in the lottery ticket database 68a is. 下面是对应于图6中所示的第一个条目R2的这种代码的一个例子:23456/011597004/3343004/011020112131在这个例子中,23456代表POS控制器ID号;011597代表日期;004代表所购彩票的数目;3343代表销售收据号;004代表销售量;以及,011020112131代表彩票号码。 The following example of such a code corresponding to the first entry in FIG R2 shown in FIG. 6: 23456/011597004/3343004/011020112131 In this example, representative of the POS controller ID number 23456; 011597 represents the date; 004 representative the number of tickets purchased; 3343 on behalf of the sales receipt number; 004 sales representatives; and, on behalf of 011 020 112 131 lottery numbers.

虽然使用加密的鉴别代码是优选实施例,但还应该理解的是,也可以用每次交易的商店销售收据号与日期一起来代替。 While the use of encrypted authentication code is the preferred embodiment, but it should also be understood that it may be replaced by a store sales receipt number and the date of each transaction. 在这种情况下,销售收据号和日期将用作为彩票数据库68a的指针。 In this case, the sales receipt number and the date will be used as a pointer of the lottery ticket database 68a. 这个指针用于根据需要提取和校验彩票信息。 This pointer is used to extract and verify lottery ticket required information.

在步骤S18,应用密码处理器67(图4中所示),对鉴别代码加密,以产生一个唯一的数字代码。 In S18, (shown in FIG. 4) applied cryptographic processor 67, on the authentication code is encrypted to produce a unique digital code step. 然后又通过将这些加密的鉴别代码存储在记录的适当字段(参见图6),再次更新在步骤S15增加的彩票交易条目。 And then by applying the appropriate field of the encrypted authentication code stored in the record (see FIG. 6), at step S15 again to update the lottery transaction entry added. 密码处理器和加密算法的使用对于密码学领域的普通技术人员来说是公知的。 Use of cryptographic processors and encryption algorithms to those of ordinary skill in the art of cryptography is well known. 为了参考,本领域普通技术人员可以参考BruceSchneier的Applied Cryptography,Protocols,Algorithms and Source CodeInc.(1996年第2版,John Wiley & Sons公司)。 For reference, those of ordinary skill in the art can refer BruceSchneier of Applied Cryptography, Protocols, Algorithms and Source CodeInc (2nd Edition, 1996, John Wiley & amp; Sons, Inc.).

彩票数据处理系统60然后在步骤S19将彩票号码和加密的鉴别代码发送给启动彩票交易的POS控制器20。 Lottery data processing system 60 in step S19 and the lottery numbers and the encrypted authentication code is sent to the controller 20 to start the lottery POS transactions.

这个鉴别代码增加了彩票购买的安全和保护级别。 The identification code is increased security and protection levels to buy lottery tickets. 如果在彩票数据处理系统60内的数据库被破坏,则打印在商店收据彩票上的所有信息仍然能够被其他任何一个能够对鉴别代码解密的设备所校验。 If the database within the lottery data processing system 60 is destroyed, then printed on the store receipt lottery all the information still can be a check to any other device capable of decrypting authentication code.

上述步骤S13-S19中的每个步骤都由CPU61执行,CPU61通过执行存储在数据存储设备68中的计算机程序指令完成这些步骤。 The above steps S13-S19 by the CPU 61 in performing each step, CPU61 complete these steps by executing programs stored in the data storage device 68 computer program instructions. 与POS控制器20的通信通过通信端口65和数据网络接口71来进行。 Communication with the POS controller 20 through the communication port 65 is performed and the data network interface 71.

在另一个实施例中,可以从POS控制器20向彩票数据处理系统60传送附加信息。 In another embodiment, 60 to 20 can transmit additional information from the POS controller the lottery data processing system. 如上所述,这个附加信息可以包括由顾客选定的彩票号码,来取代由彩票数据处理系统60产生的随机“快拣”彩票号码。 As described above, this additional information may include lottery numbers selected by the customer, instead of randomly generated by the lottery data processing system 60 "quick pick" lottery numbers. 在这种情况下,彩票数据处理系统60将顾客选定的彩票号码存储在彩票数据库68a中。 In this case, the lottery data processing system 60 will store the customer selected lottery numbers in the lottery ticket database 68a. 因此,将根据顾客选定的彩票号码产生一个加密的鉴别代码。 So, will produce an encrypted authentication code based on the customer selected lottery numbers. 彩票数据处理系统60然后将加密的鉴别代码和完成彩票交易的认可发送给POS控制器20。 Lottery data processing system 60 then sends the encrypted authentication code and complete the lottery transaction to the POS controller 20 transmits approval.

图12是显示电话鉴别过程的流程图。 12 is a flowchart displaying the telephone authentication process. 在步骤S20,当顾客拨打印在销售收据80上的电话号码87时,如图9所示,该过程开始。 In step S20, as shown in FIG customer sales receipt is printed on dial telephone number 80 87, FIG. 9, the process begins. 通过拨打电话号码87,顾客与顾客助手IVRU75相连,如图1所示。 87 by dialing a telephone number, the customer and the customer assistance IVRU75 connected, as shown in FIG. 在步骤S21,这个单元通过预先记录的语音信息提示顾客应用电话上的按键输入印在销售收据80上的加密鉴别代码88。 In step S21, the information unit pre-recorded voice prompts printed on the key input customer phone application encrypted authentication code 88 on the sales receipt 80. 在步骤S22,顾客助手IVRU75通过IVRU接口74将这个信息传送给彩票数据处理系统60,如图4所示。 In step S22, the customer assistance IVRU interface 74 via IVRU75 this information to the lottery data processing system 60, as shown in FIG.

在步骤S23,彩票数据处理系统60在彩票数据库68a中检索加密代码字段F12,以找到与从IVRU75提供的信息相匹配的条目。 In step S23, the lottery data processing system 60 retrieves the cryptographic code field F12 in the lottery ticket database 68a to find the information provided from IVRU75 entry that matches. 如果未找到匹配,则彩票数据处理系统60通知IVRU75,由顾客提供的加密鉴别代码是无效的。 If no match is found, the lottery data processing system 60 notice IVRU75, encrypted authentication code provided by the customer are invalid. IVRU75然后提示顾客重新输入加密鉴别代码。 IVRU75 then prompts the customer to re-enter the encrypted authentication code. 在预定次数的正确输入有效代码的尝试失败之后,电话被挂断,如步骤S24所示。 After the attempt to correctly enter a valid code a predetermined number of failures, hang up the telephone, as shown in step S24.

如果找到了匹配条目,则彩票数据处理系统60对加密鉴别代码解密。 If a matching entry is found, the lottery data processing system 60 decrypts the encrypted authentication code. 然后在步骤S25将解密信息传送给顾客助手IVRU75。 Then in step S25, the decrypted information to the customer assistance IVRU75. 根据这个信息,顾客助手IVRU75向顾客发送一个提供所有解密信息(即,彩票号码、购买时间和日期等)的语音信息。 Based on this information, the customer assistance IVRU75 sent to all customers a decryption information (ie, lottery numbers, time and date of purchase, etc.) voice messages. 顾客助手IVRU75通过合并存储在其中的预先记录的语音信息来生成这个语音信息。 Customers assistant IVRU75 in which voice messages pre-recorded voice messages to generate this by consolidating storage.

中奖彩票可以在一个POS终端30或任何常规的彩票终端兑换。 Winning tickets can be exchanged at a POS terminal 30 or any conventional lottery terminal. 为了在一个POS终端30兑换中奖彩票,POS终端操作员通过用与POS终端30相连的输入设备37激活一个预先编程的输入标示符,启动彩票校验过程。 To redeem the winning lottery ticket 30 in a POS terminal, the POS terminal by an operator using an input device connected with the POS terminal 3037 activates a pre-programmed input identifier, the lottery ticket verification process starts. POS操作员然后通过输入设备37将打印在彩票上的加密鉴别代码输入进POS终端30。 POS operator through the input device 37 is then printed on the lottery ticket encrypted authentication code entered into the POS terminal 30. 这个信息通过POS控制器20发送给彩票数据处理系统60。 This information is sent through the POS controller 20 to the lottery data processing system 60. 彩票数据处理系统60对这个信息解密,并访问彩票数据库68a和中奖彩票号码数据库68b。 Lottery data processing system 60 to decrypt this information, and access the database lottery winning lottery ticket number database 68a and 68b. 彩票数据处理系统60然后根据包含在相应数据库中的信息判定该彩票是否是中奖彩票。 Lottery data processing system 60 is then determined based on the information contained in the corresponding database and whether the lottery ticket is a winning lottery ticket.

然后将这个判定(与需要的其他信息一起)通过POS控制器20传送回POS终端30。 Then this determination (along with other necessary information) communicated back to the POS terminal 20 via the POS controller 30. 可以包括在这次传送中的其他类型的信息例如是中奖奖金数、分数值奖金数、以及是否有累积中奖彩票。 It can be included in the transmission of other types of information such as a winning bonus number, the fractional value of the bonus number, and whether there is a cumulative winning tickets.

在另一个实施例中,用于彩票交易的随机“快拣”彩票号码可以由POS控制器20产生。 Random "quick pick" In another embodiment, the lottery numbers for the lottery ticket transaction may be generated by the POS controller 20. 然后如上所述将这些彩票号码传送给彩票数据处理系统60。 As described above is then transferred to the lottery numbers lottery data processing system 60.

于是,提供了在商店的销售点位置销售彩票的新的和改进的系统和方法。 As a result, it provides a new and improved system and method for sales of lottery sales point of the store. 本发明使用为处理常规的商店商品和/或服务销售而提供的相同设备来处理彩票销售。 The present invention uses the same apparatus for processing conventional store goods and / or services provided to sell the lottery sales process.

这种销售设备的双重应用使得本发明对于商人是成本合算的。 Double application of this invention so that the sales device is cost effective for merchants. 所提供的系统和方法允许在例行购买其他货物的同时快速而有效地购买彩票,从而在不延迟销售点结帐队伍的正常前进的情况下促进对彩票的冲动性购买。 Promote impulse buying lottery tickets when the system and method are provided that allow the routine purchase of other goods, while quickly and efficiently to buy lottery tickets, so do not delay the normal progress of the team point of sale checkout. 此外,本发明使得能应用否则将成为顾客找零的零钱进行快速而有效的分数值彩票销售,更促进了冲动购买,从而促进了彩票市场。 In addition, the present invention makes it possible to apply the change or they will become customers of the change quickly and effectively fractional lottery ticket sales, but also to promote impulse purchases, thereby contributing to the lottery market.

本发明还提供了打印既包含货物/服务的销售又包含彩票信息的销售收据的系统和方法,该销售收据容易打印、容易读取。 The present invention also provides a system and method for printing includes both goods / services sales also contains information about the lottery sales receipt, sales receipt that is easy to print, easy to read. 彩票包括鉴别信息,其包括至少一个鉴别代码和顾客服务电话号码,顾客可以用这些来与彩票发行方校验他的彩票号码。 Lottery includes the authentication information, which includes at least one identification code and a customer service phone number, the customer can check his lottery numbers to use with these lottery issuer.

虽然上面已经结合特定实施例说明了本发明,但应该理解的是,本发明并不限制或限定于这里所公开的实施例。 Although the above embodiment has been described in connection with specific embodiments of the present invention, it should be understood that the present invention is not restricted or limited to the embodiments disclosed herein. 相反,本发明覆盖包括在附带的权利要求的精神和范围内的所有方法、结构和修改。 In contrast, the present invention is to cover all methods within the spirit and scope of the appended claims, and structural modifications.

如同这里所使用的,“加售”是与购买一起提议的产品(货物或服务),具有大致等于一预定加售价格的价值。 Like, "upsell" as used herein is proposed together with the purchase of products (goods or services), have substantially equal to a predetermined value upsell price. 这里详细描述的加售类型包括(i)从第一产品到不同于第一产品的第二产品的升级,(ii)附加产品,(iii)可换回产品或其折扣的优惠券,以及(iv)赌金独得、竞赛、彩票或其他游戏的入场权。 Here the type described in detail upsells include (i) the upgrade from a first product to a second product different from the first product, (ii) an additional product, (iii) or the product may be in exchange for a discount coupon, and ( iv) sweepstakes, contests, sweepstakes or other admittance to the game. 在不偏离本发明的范围和精神的情况下可以使用许多其他类型的加售。 You can use many other types of upsells made without departing from the scope and spirit of the present invention.

通过提议加售作为对顾客找零的交换,每个加售能收取平均大约五十分的额外收益,并且减少或消除了交换硬币的个数。 By proposing upsell the customer the change of the exchange, each upsell additional revenue can charge an average of about fifty, and reduce or eliminate the number of coins in exchange. 这种零钱分发和收取的减少或消除减少了顾客在POS终端所花的时间。 This change distribution and reducing or eliminating reducing the time customers spend in the POS terminal charged. 在某些情况下,甚至有可能减少操作POS终端的出纳员的人数,如果有的话。 In some cases, there may even reduce the number of cashier POS terminal operation, if any. 另外,顾客在减少或消除了在购买之后携带额外的零钱的必要时,可以从交易中认识到更大的价值。 In addition, customers while reducing or eliminating the need to carry additional change after a purchase can be recognized from the transaction to greater value.

此外,本发明使商行通过提议时间长的或易腐烂的产品作为对找零的交换,能更有效地销售这种产品。 Further, the present invention proposes to make a long time by the firm or perishable products in exchange for change due, and can more effectively sell such products. 这种产品、例如过期杂志、录音带、光盘、鲜花和各种易腐烂产品能够被销售掉,从而产生了额外收益,并减少了否则将这些产品处理掉的花费。 Such products, such as outdated magazines, tapes, CDs, flowers and all kinds of perishable goods can be sold off, resulting in additional revenue, and reduce the cost of these products otherwise disposed of. 向顾客提供过期产品有效地使商行能“预先限定”(Pre-qualify)顾客接收在产品上的折扣。 Providing expired product to the customer can be effectively firm "predefined" (Pre-qualify) the customer receives a discount on the product.

参看图13A,POS终端1010包括与输入设备1014、打印机1016和显示设备1018中的每一个相连的POS处理器1012。 Referring to FIG. 13A, POS terminal 1010 includes a POS processor 1012 connected to each input device 1014, printer 1016 and display device 1018. POS处理器1012包括至少一个微处理器1020、例如Intel 80386微处理器,该微处理器1020与存储设备1022、例如RAM、软盘、硬盘或其组合相连。 POS processor 1012 includes at least one microprocessor 1020, such as Intel 80386 microprocessor 1020 and the storage device 1022 such as RAM, floppy disk, hard disk or combination thereof connected.

微处理器1020和存储设备1022中的每一个可以(i)全部位于一个收银机、自动售货机或类似外壳内;(ii)由远程通信链路、例如串行端口电缆、电话线或射频收发机连到其上;或(iii)二者的组合。 The microprocessor 1020 and the storage device 1022 may each be (i) all located in a cash register, vending machine or the like within the housing; (ii) by a remote communication link, such as a serial port cable, telephone line or radio frequency transceiver machine connected thereto; or (iii) a combination of both. 例如,POS处理器1012可以包括与用于保持数据库的远程服务器计算机相连的一个或多个收银机,或与本地计算机相连的自动售货机。 For example, POS processor 1012 may comprise one or more cash register holding a remote server computer connected to the database for vending machines connected to the local computer. 许多类型的常规收银机和其他类型的POS终端都可用于按照这里的公开实现本发明。 Many types of conventional cash registers and other types of POS terminals may be used in accordance with the present invention herein disclosed achieve. 这种终端可以只需要软件升级,而这一般不需要太大的努力就能执行。 This terminal may only need a software upgrade, which generally does not require too much effort to be able to perform.

图13B显示了POS终端1010的另一个实施例,其中,第一设备1032通过远程通信链路1036与第二设备1034进行通信。 Figure 13B shows another embodiment of the POS terminal 1010, wherein the first communication device 1032 via a remote communication link 1036 with the second device 1034. 第一设备1032可以是一个收银机,包括输入设备1014、显示设备1018和执行图13A的微处理器1020的一些功能的微处理器1037。 The first device 1032 may be a cash register, comprising an input device 1014, a display device 1018 and the microprocessor 13A executes some functions of the microprocessor 1020 1037. 第二设备1034例如可以是由电子市场业务或信用卡票据交易所操作的处理系统。 Processing system of the second device 1034, for example, can be operated by an electronic market business or credit card clearing house. 第二设备1034包括存储设备1022、打印机1016和执行图13A的微处理器1020的一些功能的微处理器1038。 The second device 1034 includes a storage device 1022, a printer 1016 and a microprocessor microprocessor performing some of the functions of FIG. 13A 1020 1038.

再参见图13A,输入设备1014最好是一个键盘,用于向微处理器1020发送输入信号,例如表示购买的信号。 Referring again to Figure 13A, the input device 1014 is preferably a keypad for transmitting input signals to the microprocessor 1020, for example, a signal indicating a purchase. 打印机1016用于在纸卷或其他材料的一部分上登记标记,从而根据微处理器1020的命令打印收据、赠券和优惠券。 The printer portion 1016 is used on a roll registration mark or other material, thereby printing receipts, coupons and vouchers 1020 according to a command of the microprocessor. 显示设备1081最好是一个用于向顾客和/或出纳员显示至少是文字数字的字符的视频监视器。 The display device 1081 is preferably a display for the customer and / or cashier at least alphanumeric characters of the video monitor. 许多类型的输入设备、打印机和显示设备对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,因此不需要在这里详细说明。 Many types of input devices, printers and display devices to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and therefore need not be described here in detail.

存储设备1022存储一个用于依据本发明、特别是依据下面将要详细描述的过程控制微处理器1020的POS程序1024。 A memory storage device 1022 according to the present invention, in particular will be described in detail below based on the process control program of the microprocessor 1020. POS 1024. POS程序1024还包括必要的程序单元,例如用于与输入设备1014、打印机1016和显示设备1018中的每一个相连接的“设备驱动程序”。 POS program 1024 also includes necessary program elements, for example, the input device 1014, printer 1016 and display "device drivers" for each connected device 1018. 适当的设备驱动程序和其他必须的程序单元对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,因此不需要在这里详细说明。 Appropriate device drivers and other necessary program elements to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and therefore need not be described in detail here.

存储设备1022还存储所需支付值1026,也就是希望顾客对提供给他的产品支付的钱数。 Storage device 1022 also stores the required payment amount 1026, that is, customers want to count the money provided to pay for his product. 从所需支付值1026,微处理器1020例如可以确定找零值和在一天结束时应该由POS终端1010所收取的钱的总数。 1026, for example, microprocessor 1020 may determine the amount of change and the total number at the end of the day should be charged by the POS terminal 1010 money from the required payment. 本领域普通技术人员会注意到,所需支付值可以包括单个存储值或多个值,其中每个都对应于应为一个或多个产品支付的钱数。 Those of ordinary skill in the art will note that the required payment amount may comprise a single stored value or a plurality of values, each of which corresponds to the amount of money to be paid for one or more products.

存储设备1022还存储一个存货价格数据库1028,该存货价格数据库1028包括产品和相应的产品价格。 A storage device 1022 also stores the inventory price database 1028, the stock price database 1028, including products and corresponding product prices. 存货价格数据库1028使微处理器1020能计算一个或多个产品的总购买价格,并进而将总购买价格存储在所需支付值1026中。 Inventory price database 1028 microprocessor 1020 can calculate the total purchase price of one or more products, and thus the total purchase price is stored in the required payment amount in 1026.

存储在存储设备1022中的加售数据库1030包括加售和相应的加售价格。 Upsell database 1030 stored in the storage device 1022 includes upsells and corresponding upsell price. 这里所使用的加售价格是希望销售相应加售的一个价格、一组价格或一个价格范围。 Upsell price used here is to sell a corresponding upsell price, set a price or price range. 加售价格一般与加售对于商行的成本有关。 Upsell price for the upsell and general costs related to the firm. 例如,如果小苏打对于餐馆的成本是20¢,则一个附加小苏打的加售价格是大于20¢的范围,例如从20¢到30¢的范围。 For example, if the baking soda for the restaurant is the cost ¢ 20 is, then one additional small soda is a range greater than upsell price ¢ 20 is, for example, from 30 to 20 is ¢ ¢ range. 另一个例子是,如果大苏打对于餐馆的成本是22¢,则对于餐馆从小苏打换到大苏打的加售成本是增加的成本22¢-20¢=2¢。 As another example, if the cost of soda for the restaurant is 22 ¢, the change from baking soda for the restaurant to the cost of a large soda upsell is increased cost of 22 ¢ -20 ¢ = 2 ¢. 因此,加售价格可以是具有下限2¢的范围。 Therefore, upsell price may be a lower limit of 2 ¢.

另外,希望加售价格具有低于预定值的上限。 Further, it is desirable upsell price has an upper limit below a predetermined value. 例如,加售价格不应该超过作为一个加售提议的产品的价格。 For example, upsell price should not exceed the price as a upsell products. 应用上述例子,从小苏打到大苏打的升级的加售价格是具有下限2¢的范围。 Application of the above examples, the baking soda to soda upsell price of having to upgrade lower limit of 2 ¢. 这个加售价格的上限不应该超过大苏打的成本,例如90¢。 The ceiling upsell price should not exceed the cost of soda, for example, 90 ¢. 否则,顾客将支付比如果他将大苏打包括在购买之列而要支付的价格高的钱数。 Otherwise, customers will pay a high price number money than if he would purchase soda included in the column and to be paid. 向顾客提出这样一个交易,例如用95¢作为对90¢大苏打的交换,对顾客很可能是无效和无礼的。 Propose such a transaction to the customer, for example 95 ¢ to 90 ¢ in exchange for soda, the customer is likely to be ineffective and rude.

一般来说,产品对于顾客的价格不同于对于提供产品的商行的产品成本。 In general, the price of the product for the customer is different from the product cost to provide products firm. 因此,在加售数据库1030中的加售价格不能只从存货价格数据库1028中的产品价格来确定,而是必须进行计算,以产生利润。 Therefore, the upsell prices in the upsell database 1030 can not be determined solely from the inventory price database product prices in 1028, but must be calculated in order to generate profits. 例如,存货价格数据库1028指示出小苏打的价格是55¢,大苏打的价格是90¢。 For example, the inventory price database 1028 indicative of baking soda price is 55 ¢, the price of soda is 90 ¢. 单从这两个价格无法确定出对于餐馆小苏打的成本是20¢,大苏打的成本是22¢,因此也就无法确定这种从小苏打到大苏打的加售成本是2¢。 From these two prices can not be determined for a restaurant baking soda cost is 20 ¢, the cost of soda is 22 ¢, and therefore can not determine the cost of such an upsell from baking soda to a large soda is 2 ¢. 因此,单从存货价格数据库1028无法确定出以相对小的加售价格、例如5¢或10¢有利地提供加售对于餐馆是有利的。 Therefore, the single price can not be determined from the inventory database 1028 with a relatively small upsell price, such as 5 ¢ or 10 ¢ advantageously provides upsell is beneficial for restaurants. 这样的利润点只能作为成本的函数来确定。 Such a profit point can only be determined as a function of cost.

在对于顾客的产品价格和对于商行的产品成本之间的上述差异使POS终端能确定出加售,其中加售(i)对于给顾客的找零是有利地销售的,并且(ii)向顾客提供了一个减价产品,作为对其找零的交换。 For the customer of the price and the above-described difference between the cost of the product so firm POS terminal can determine the upsell, the upsell wherein (i) for the change to the customer is advantageously sold, and (ii) the Customer It provides a discount product, as exchange for his change. 提供减价产品会增大顾客的满意度,为商行产生额外收益,并提高存货周转率。 Provide discount products will increase customer satisfaction, generate additional revenue for the firm, and improve inventory turnover. 同时,产品价格不需要降低,从而销售这些产品的利润(以及加售)保持基本上或完全不受提议加售的影响。 At the same time, we do not need to lower product prices, so profit on sales of these products (as well as upsells) remain substantially or completely free from the impact of the proposed upsell.

几种类型的商行可能提议的一种类型的加售是从第一产品到第二产品的升级。 Several types of businesses may propose one type of upsell is the first product from the second to upgrade the product. 因此,(i)包括第一产品的购买,以及(ii)包括从第一产品到第二产品的升级的加售,二者的组合会有效地导致从第一产品到第二产品的升级。 Thus, (I) comprises a first purchase product, and (ii) from the upsell comprises a first product to a second product of the upgrade, a combination of both can lead to efficiently upgrade from a first product to a second product. 例如,餐馆可以提议一个包括从小苏打到大苏打的升级、或从普通豆卷到豪华豆卷的升级的加售。 For example, a restaurant may include a proposal to upgrade from a small soda to a large soda, or from ordinary taco to upsell an upgrade of luxury taco. 电子商店可以提议延长授权的有效期限的加售。 Electronics stores may authorize the proposed extension of the expiration date of the upsell.

另一种类型的加售是另外的产品,以补充顾客的购物。 Another type of upsell is an additional product to supplement the customer's shopping. 例如,餐馆可以提议包括促销杯或甜点的加售;影视商店可以提议包括电影租票、额外的录象带或促销帽的加售;自动售货机可以提议提供额外一块糖的加售;器具商店可以提议包括保单的加售;以及,超市可以提议少量易腐烂货物中的任何一项作为加售。 For example, a restaurant may be offered upsell including promotional cups or dessert; video stores can rent movies offered upsell including tickets, extra videotape or promotional cap; vending machines may propose additional piece of candy upsell; appliance store proposed policy may include upsells; and, the supermarket may propose any perishable goods in a small amount as an upsell. 这种超市加售在产生收益和清理易腐烂产品方面特别有益。 This is particularly beneficial in the supermarket upsell to generate revenue and to clean up perishable products.

图14显示了一种用于在POS终端确定所购物的加售的方法1040。 Figure 14 shows a POS terminal for use in a method for determining an upsell cart 1040. 这个实施例的POS终端、例如POS终端1010保持一个加售价格和相应加售的数据库(步骤1042)。 POS terminal according to this embodiment, for example, maintain a 1010 upsell price and a corresponding upsell database (step 1042) POS terminal. POS终端此外还产生所购物的购买价格(步骤1044),并将所需支付值1026(图13A)设置为等于购买价格(步骤1046)。 In addition, the POS terminal generates the purchase price of shopping (step 1044), and the required payment amount 1026 (FIG. 13A) is set equal to the purchase price (step 1046). 产生购买价格的步骤例如可以包括:(i)按下输入设备1014(图13A)上的键,其中每个键对应于一个产品,(ii)按下输入设备1014上的对应于购买价格的数字的数字键,或(iii)从远程计算设备接收表示币值的数字信号。 The step of generating a purchase price may comprise, for example: (i) pressing the Enter key on the device 1014 (FIG. 13A), wherein each key corresponds to a product, (ii) input by pressing the corresponding number on the device 1014 to the purchase price numeric keys, or (iii) receiving a digital signal from the remote computing device denomination.

POS终端然后产生一个“舍入后”价格(步骤1048),并计算等于购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值的上舍入值(步骤1050)。 The POS terminal then generates a "rounded" price (step 1048), and later calculated roundup amount equal to the difference between the price and the rounded price (step 1050). 例如,可以将舍入后价格计算为大于购买价格的最小整数美元值、大于购买价格的五美元的最小倍数、或由顾客支付的钱数,这个钱数可以是也可以不是一个整数值。 For example, the rounded price calculation of the minimum dollar value of the integer greater than the purchase price multiples of five dollars more than the minimum purchase price, or the amount of money paid by the customer, this amount of money may or may not be an integer value. 当舍入后价格是整数时,顾客可以容易地支付钞票,并随即接收(i)不找零,或(ii)只包括钞票、而非硬币的找零,这由他自由决定。 When the rounded price is an integer, the customer can easily pay bills, and then receives (i) do not give change, or (ii) includes only money, and not give change coin, which is free to decide by him. 当舍入后价格是多种大额硬币、例如五分、一角、两角五分或半美元时,顾客可以接收仅仅由顾客想要的硬币、例如两角五分硬币组成的零钱。 After rounding the price of a variety of large coins, when the fifth corner, or a quarter and half dollar, for example, the customer can receive coins only by the customers want, for example, change the composition of a nickel corners. 可以根据本发明计算出许多其他形式的舍入后价格。 It can be calculated in many other forms of the present invention, the rounded price.

POS终端然后确定至少一个加售,作为对上舍入值(找零值)的交换。 The POS terminal then determines at least one upsell in exchange for the roundup amount (change due) of. 为了识别加售,POS终端最好将上舍入值与加售数据库中的至少一个加售价格进行比较(步骤1052),以识别出至少一个具有包括上舍入值的加售价格的加售。 In order to identify the upsell, POS terminals is preferably rounded upper value upsell database of the at least one upsell price (step 1052), to identify at least one upsell having the rounding value comprises upsell price . 如果上舍入值对应于一个加售价格(步骤1054),则POS终端识别出对应于这个加售价格的加售(步骤1056),从而识别出作为交换的加售。 If the roundup amount corresponds to an upsell price (step 1054), the POS terminal identifies the upsell price corresponding to the upsell (step 1056), thereby identifying the upsell to exchange. POS终端然后输出表示识别出的加售的信号(步骤1058),例如显示文本和/或图形,向顾客和/或出纳员说明可以用上舍入值购买该识别出的加售。 The POS terminal then outputs a signal indicative of the identified upsell (step 1058), such as displaying text and / or graphics, the customer and / or cashier can be used for the rounding value for later identification of the upsell.

顾客向出纳员说明他是接受还是拒绝所提议的加售。 He explained to the cashier customer to accept or reject the proposed upsell. 出纳员然后按下POS终端上的一个按钮,或否则产生一个选择信号用于指示在识别出的加售与找零之间的选择(步骤1060)。 The cashier then presses a button on the POS terminal or otherwise generates a selection signal for indicating selection (step 1060) between the upsell and change in the identified. 如果选择信号表示选定该加售,则将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格(步骤1062)。 If the selection signal indicating selection of the upsell, the payment amount to be equal to the rounded price (step 1062) will be required. 于是,顾客支付现金、支票或信用卡,来满足期望支付的钱数,并接收作为对上舍入值的交换的加售。 Thus, the customer pays in cash, check or credit card, the amount of money to meet the expectations of pay and receive in exchange for the roundup of the upsell.

如上所述,本领域普通技术人员会认识到,所需支付值可以包括单个存储值或多个值,每个都对应于期望为一个或多个产品支付的钱数。 As described above, those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the required payment amount may comprise a single stored value or a plurality of values, each corresponding to a desired one or more of the number of paid money product. 例如,将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格的步骤1062可以包括(i)将一个存储的单一值设置为等于舍入后价格;或(ii)将第一存储值设置为等于购买价格,将第二存储值设置为等于上舍入值,与记录两次购买的情况类似。 For example, the required payment amount is set equal to the rounded price in step 1062 may include (i) the storage of a single value to be equal to the rounded price; storing the first value, or (ii) equal to the purchase price the second stored value is set equal to the rounded value, similarly to the case of recording two purchases.

在图15所示的例子中,在快餐店的顾客要求购买一个汉堡包和一个小苏打。 In the example shown in Figure 15, the customer requirements in a fast food restaurant to buy a hamburger and a soda. 出纳员在POS终端记录该购买,POS终端然后从存货价格数据库1028中的条目1070和1072分别确定出汉堡包和小苏打的产品价格。 The cashier records the purchase in POS terminals, POS terminals, respectively, and then determine the price of hamburgers and soda products from inventory price database 1028 entries in 1070 and 1072. POS终端从其产生购买价格$1.62,并将所需支付值1026设置为$1.62。 POS terminal generates the purchase price from $ 1.62, and the required payment amount 1026 is set to $ 1.62.

POS终端然后产生一个“舍入后”价格$2.00(在这个例子中,使用“2”作为大于购买价格的最小整数),并计算出上舍入值1074为$2.00-$1.62=38¢。 The POS terminal then generates a "rounded" price $ 2.00 (in this example, "2" as the smallest integer greater than the purchase price), and the calculated roundup amount 1074 is $ 2.00- $ 1.62 = 38 ¢. 由于舍入后价格是一个整数,顾客可以容易地支付钞票,并且不接收找零或只接收由钞票、而非硬币组成的找零。 As the price is an integer after rounding, customers can easily pay bills, and does not receive or give change only received by the bill, rather than the change of the composition of the coins.

POS终端将上舍入值1074与加售数据库1030中的至少一个加售价格进行比较。 The POS terminal 1074 on the rounded value is compared with upsell database 1030 of at least one upsell price. 上舍入值74对应于一个比较加售价格1076(范围为从2¢至45¢),销售产品(小苏打)对应于加售条件1078,因此POS终端识别出在加售数据库1030中对应于加售价格1076的加售80。 The roundup amount corresponds to a comparator 74 upsell price 1076 (the range from 2 to 45 ¢ ¢), sales of the product (baking soda) corresponds to the upsell condition 1078, so the POS terminal identifies the upsell corresponding to database 1030 upsell price upsell 1076 80. POS终端然后显示出文本或图形,向顾客和/或出纳员说明可以用特定的找零值(上舍入值1074)购买加售1080。 The POS terminal then displays text or graphics, instructions to the customer and / or cashier can use a particular amount of change due (the round value 1074) for later upsell 1080.

顾客向出纳员表明他是接受还是拒绝所提议的加售。 Customers to the cashier that he accepts or rejects the proposed upsell. 出纳员然后按下POS终端上的一个按钮,或否则产生一个选择信号用于指示在识别出的加售1080和找零之间的选择。 The cashier then presses a button on the POS terminal or otherwise generates a selection signal for indicating selection between the identified upsell 1080 and change due. 如果选择信号指示出不选择找零,而是选择加售1080,则将所需支付值1026设置为等于舍入后价格。 If you choose to select signal indicates not give change, choosing instead to upsell 1080, it will be required to pay the value of 1026 is set to be equal to the rounded price. 于是,顾客接收加售(从小苏打到大苏打的升级),并且没有找零的硬币。 Thus, the customer receives the upsell (upgrade from a small soda to a large soda), and without the change of the coin.

在本发明的一些实施例中,POS终端通过识别出在数据库中的对应于比较加售价格的至少一个加售来确定加售。 In some embodiments of the present invention, POS terminal identified by a corresponding upsell in the database to compare at least one upsell price for the upsell is determined. 例如,包括一个小苏打的加售可以对应于范围在2¢和20¢之间的加售价格。 For example, a baking soda comprising upsell may correspond to upsell price range between 2 and 20 is ¢ ¢ of. 在其他实施例中,POS终端通过识别出在数据库中的对应于(i)比较加售价格,和(ii)至少一个“购买条件”的至少一个加售来确定出加售。 In other embodiments, POS terminals by identifying in the database correspond to (i) compare upsell price, and (ii) at least one "purchase condition" at least one upsell to determine the upsell.

购买条件是实际上当购买在POS终端被处理时的条件。 In fact, when the condition that later when the POS terminal is later processed. 一些类型的购买条件是购买价格、一天中的不同时间、一星期中的不同天、季节、购买中包括的产品的特性、购买中包括的产品的成本、以及/或该顾客过去所进行的购买。 Some types of purchase conditions of the purchase price, the characteristics of different times of day, different days of the week, season, including the purchase of the product, including the cost of purchase of the product, and / or purchase the customer conducted in the past . 在不偏离本发明的精神和范围的情况下可以使用其他类型的购买条件。 Other types of purchase conditions without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.

在本发明中购买条件的使用使加售能被更准确地确定,并因而提高加售吸引顾客并作为对找零值的交换的可能性。 Use of purchase conditions in the present invention so that upsells to be more accurately determined, and thus attract customers and improve upsell change due to the possibility of exchange. 例如,在一天的某些时间,顾客对于某些加售可能具有更强烈的需求。 For example, at certain times of the day, for some upsell customers may have a stronger demand. 在正餐时间的一餐是比在下午更具吸引力的加售,而视频租赁在晚间比在早晨更具吸引力。 A meal at dinner time is more attractive than in the afternoon upsell, and video rental more attractive than in the morning and in the evening. 因此,考虑购买时间可以允许更具吸引力的加售被提议。 Therefore, consider buying time may allow more attractive upsell proposed.

在使用了购买条件的实施例中,在加售数据库中的加售价格具有一个对应的加售和至少一个对应的加售条件,以便与购买条件进行比较。 In using the embodiment of purchase conditions, upsell prices in the upsell database have upsell and at least one corresponding upsell condition to a corresponding, to compare with the purchase condition. 此外,POS终端以多种方式中的任何一种产生购买条件。 In addition, POS terminal generates the purchase condition in any of a variety of ways. 例如,时钟信号可以提供时间和/或日期,由POS终端记录的购买可以提供产品的特性,“常客卡”可以提供表示顾客身份和该顾客过去进行的购买的信号。 For example, the clock signal to provide time and / or date of purchase by the POS terminal can provide a record of the characteristics of the product, "frequent shopper card" may provide a signal to buy the identity of the customer and the customer in the past carried out.

参见图16,加售数据库1090是图13A的加售数据库1030的一个实施例,包括加售价格1092、加售描述符1094和多个加售条件,这多个加售条件包括所购物品1096、是否需要顾客标识符1098、顾客产品偏好1100、一天中的时间1102以及对商行的成本1103。 Referring to Figure 16, an upsell database 1090 upsell database 13A is a diagram of an embodiment 1030, including upsell price 1092, upsell descriptors 1094 and a plurality of upsell conditions, which comprises a plurality of upsell conditions items purchased 1096 Do I need a customer identifier 1098, customer product preferences 1100, the time of day and the cost of the firm's 1102 1103. 加售数据库1090中的条目可以由加售代码1104唯一地识别。 1104 uniquely identifying the upsell database 1090 may be entries in the upsell codes.

一些类型的与加售条件相比较的购买条件可以存储在存储设备1022(图13A)中的一个或多个数据库中。 Some types of the compared upsell condition of purchase conditions may be stored in the storage device 1022 (FIG. 13A) one or more databases. 例如,图17显示了一个顾客数据库1110,包括唯一的顾客标识符1112,还包括顾客专门信息,例如姓名1114、地址1116、电话号码1118和历史产品偏好1120。 For example, Figure 17 shows a customer database 1110, including a unique customer identifier 1112, also includes customer specific information, such as name 1114, address 1116, telephone number 1118 and historical product preferences 1120. POS终端1010(图13A)可以使用顾客数据库1110来确定各种购买条件,并因此如上所述地提议加售。 POS terminal 1010 (FIG. 13A) customer database 1110 may be used to determine various purchase conditions, and thus offered upsells described above. 在POS终端的顾客可以以多个方式中的一个提供相应的顾客标识符,从而提供他的顾客专门信息。 It may provide a corresponding customer identifier in a plurality of ways a customer at a POS terminal, to provide his customer-specific information. 例如,顾客可以将他的顾客标识符打进POS终端,或者可以将包含唯一的识别代码的常客卡“刷过”(通过)POS终端的卡读取器。 For example, the customer can place his customer identifier into the POS terminal, or may contain the unique identification code of the frequent shopper card "swipe" (through) a card reader of the POS terminal.

其他类型的购买条件可以从存货价格数据库导出。 Other types of conditions can be derived from the purchase price of the inventory database. 参见图18,存货价格数据库1130是图13A的存货价格数据库1028的一个实施例,包括产品1132和相应的产品价格1134。 Referring to Figure 18, the inventory price database 1130 is the inventory price database 1028 of FIG. 13A in an embodiment, the product comprising a corresponding product price 1132 and 1134. 存货价格数据库1130还可以包括唯一的产品标识符1136,以及库存中这种产品的数目1138。 Inventory price database 1130 may also include 1136, and the number of such products in stock unique product identifier 1138. 还希望存储某些类型的产品的“寿命”(有效日期或时间)1140,从而使较早产品能被识别和提议为加售。 Also we want to store certain types of products, "life" (effective date or time) 1140, so that the product can be identified earlier and proposals for the upsell.

对于每次购买,可以将上述购买条件、上舍入值和加售是否被选择存储在一个提议加售数据库中。 For each purchase, you can purchase the above conditions, the roundup and processing whether the sale of selected stored in a database of offered upsells. 这种提议加售数据库能够提供关于哪些加售被顾客接受、以及在什么情况下加售被接受的信息。 This offered upsell database which can provide upsell customers on acceptance, and under what circumstances upsell information is acceptable. 于是,从这个数据库可以确定出加售对于顾客的价值,并且可以相应地调整加售数据库。 Thus, from this database can be determined upsell value for customers, and can be adjusted accordingly upsell database. 例如,如果顾客很少接受某个加售,则可以将该加售从数据库中去除,或将其作为对小得多的找零值的交换来提议。 For example, if the customer rarely accept a upsell, the upsell can be removed from the database, or to exchange for a much smaller amount of change to the proposal.

图19显示了存储在存储设备1022(图13A)中的提议加售数据库1150的一个实施例。 Figure 19 shows a database of offered upsells in the storage device 1022 (FIG. 13A) 1150 Example. 提议加售数据库1150包括提议的加售1152、相应的上舍入值1154和哪个加售被接受1156(如果有的话)。 It offered upsell database 1150 includes upsells 1152, corresponding to the roundup 1154 and 1156 which upsell is accepted (if any). 可能希望将其他购买条件存储在提议加售数据库1150中,例如提议加售的日期1158、唯一的顾客标识符1160、兑换加售的有效期1162(如果有的话)、以及加售被接受(兑换)的日期1164(如果有的话)。 May want to add in the proposed sale of the database in 1150, such as the date of the upsell offer 1158, only customer identifier 1160, Exchange 1162 upsell valid (if any), as well as upsell is accepted (exchange other conditions of purchase storage ) date 1164 (if any).

在上述实施例中,POS终端识别出单个加售,来作为对上舍入值的交换而提议。 In the embodiment described above, POS terminal identified a single upsell to as a rounding value exchange proposal. 然而,POS终端1010(图13A)可以识别对应于一个加售价格的多于一个的加售。 However, POS terminal 1010 (FIG. 13A) may identify a upsell price corresponding to the more than one upsell. 在这种实施例中,POS终端1010可以向顾客提供对可能加售的选择。 In such an embodiment, POS terminal 1010 may provide a selection of possible upsells to customers. POS终端1010可以同时显示所有这些加售,或顺序地显示这些加售。 The POS terminal 1010 may display all of these upsells simultaneously, or sequentially display the upsells.

在加售同时显示的实施例中,顾客从显示的加售中进行选择。 In an embodiment upsells are displayed simultaneously, the customer select from the displayed upsells. 在加售顺序显示的实施例中,顾客可以拒绝(不选择)第一个显示的加售,POS终端1010然后显示第二个加售。 In an embodiment of the upsells sequentially displayed, the customer may reject (not select) a first upsell, POS terminal 1010 then displays a second upsell display. 顺序显示的加售可以根据一个排序标准进行排序,使显示加售的顺序以所需方式进行。 Sequentially displayed upsells can be sorted according to a sorting criteria, so upsell sequentially displayed in a desired manner. 于是,首先显示排在第二个加售前面的第一个加售。 Thus, the first row displayed in front of the second upsell first upsell. 如果第一个加售未被选择,则显示第二个加售。 If the first upsell is not selected, the second upsell is displayed.

可以根据在每个加售上获得的利润来对加售排序。 You can sort the upsell based on the profits it earns on each upsell. 在这种实施例中,首先提议对商行产生最高利润的加售。 In this embodiment, first proposed to generate the highest profit upsell the firm. 如果顾客拒绝最高利润的加售,则顺序显示具有较低利润的的其他加售。 If the customer refuses the highest profit upsell, other upsells are displayed in order with a lower profit of. 因此,即使顾客拒绝第一个加售,他也可能选择后面的仍能为卖方提供利润的加售。 Therefore, even if the customer refuses first upsell, he may still choose to provide profits for the seller upsell back.

在本发明的一些其他实施例中,如果第一个加售被拒绝,POS终端向顾客提供具有较高价值的第二个加售。 In some other embodiments of the present invention, if a first upsell to be rejected, POS terminal provides a second upsell having a higher-value to the customer. 这种较高价值的加售可能比第一个加售更有可能被接受。 This high-value upsell may be more likely to be accepted than the first upsell. 这种越来越有价值的提议顺序可能会导致顾客对第一个加售提议的一贯拒绝。 This offer increasingly valuable customer order may result in the first upsell offer consistently rejected. 因此,在另一个实施例中,POS终端使用多个已知方法中的一种产生一个随机数。 Thus, in this embodiment, POS terminals using one of a plurality of known methods to generate a random number in another embodiment. 随机数可用于确定(i)随后的加售是否全部提议,或(ii)不同价值的加售被提议的相对顺序。 Random number can be used to determine (i) whether subsequent upsells all proposals, or (ii) upsells of different value relative order proposed. 于是,顾客不能确定第二个加售是否会被提议以及/或第二个加售的价值会是多少,所以他们不会自动拒绝第一个加售。 So, the customer can not determine whether the second upsell will be proposed and / or second upsell would be worth much, so they will not automatically reject the first upsell.

图20显示了一个方法1180,在这个方法中,顾客提供了一个还价,用他的找零交换第二个加售。 Figure 20 shows a method 1180, in this method, the customer provides a counter-offer, exchange the change with his second upsell. POS终端然后确定是否接受这个还价。 The POS terminal then determines whether to accept the counter-offer.

如上所述,POS终端输出表示第一个(识别的)加售的信号(步骤1182)。 As described above, POS terminal outputs a second signal (step 1182) upsell (recognition). POS终端产生一个选择信号用于指示在第一个加售、找零和第二个加售(顾客的还价)之间的选择。 POS terminal generates a first selection signal for indicating selection between the upsell and change for a second upsell (counter-offer to the customer). 如果选择信号表明选择了第一个加售(步骤1184),则如上所述将所需支付值设置为等于购买价格(步骤1186)。 If the selection signal indicates selection of the first upsell (step 1184), as described above the required payment amount to be equal to the purchase price (step 1186). 然而,如果选择信号表明选择了第二个加售(步骤1188)(即,顾客的还价要求第二个加售),则从加售数据库确定出对应于第二个加售的第二个加售价格。 However, if the selection signal indicates selection of the second upsell (step 1188) (i.e., the customer counter-claims second upsell), it is determined from the upsell database corresponding to the second upsell second upsell price. 如果计算出的上舍入值对应于第二个加售价格(步骤1192)(即,顾客的找零足够第二个加售),将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格(步骤1186),从而第二个加售被接受。 If the calculated roundup amount corresponds to the second upsell price (step 1192) (i.e., the change of the customer sufficient second upsell), the required payment amount is set equal to the rounded price (step 1186 ), so that the second upsell is accepted.

除了产品升级和附加产品,另一种类型的加售是可兑换产品或在其上打折的优惠券。 In addition to product upgrades and add-ons, plus another type of product or sale is redeemable coupons on discount. 优惠券对于卖方是特别有用的,因为它们吸引顾客回到商行并有可能提供再次销售。 Coupons are particularly useful for the seller because they attract customers back to the firm and are likely to provide sales again. 顾客一般比使用免费优惠券更有可能返回商行来使用所购买的(即,用他的找零购买的)优惠券。 Customers generally than using free coupons more likely to return the firm to use the purchased (ie, the change in his purchase) coupons. 优惠券通过损耗(即,所购买的优惠券的丢失从而造成不可兑换)的可能性为卖方提供了进一步的价值。 The possibility of coupons by loss (ie, loss of coupons purchased resulting in non-convertible) is the seller provides further value.

优惠券可以与上舍入值有关,也可以是与其无关的。 Coupons may be related to the roundup, it may be nothing to do with the. 例如,一种类型的优惠券是在以后的购买中以折扣返还的赠券,其中,折扣量等于本次购买的上舍入值。 For example, one type of coupon is in the future to purchase a discount coupon return, which is equal to the amount of this discount to buy the roundup. 相反,另一种类型的优惠券是以某种产品返还的赠券,而与本次购买的上舍入值无关。 In contrast, another type of coupon is based on the return of a product coupons, regardless of this purchase of the roundup.

在接受了加售之后,出纳员向顾客出示一个预先印好的赠券,或者由POS终端为顾客打印一份。 After accepting the upsell, the cashier presented to the customer a pre-printed coupons, or by the POS terminals for customers to print a copy. 印好的优惠券可以以许多不同类型的标记来登记,例如兑换信息、唯一的标识符、购买日期或有效期。 Coupons can be printed in many different types of labels to register, such as exchange of information, a unique identifier, date of purchase or expiration date.

在包括在优惠券上打印唯一的标识符的实施例中,POS终端保持一个用于存储多个标识符的数据库。 In embodiments that include printing a unique identifier on the voucher, POS terminal maintains a database for storing a plurality of identifiers. 当必须打印一个新优惠券时,POS终端产生一个还未存在于标识符数据库中的唯一的标识符。 When it is necessary to print a new coupon, POS terminal generates a unique identifier in the identifier does not already exist in the database. 然后将这个标识符存储在标识符数据库中。 This identifier is then stored in the ID database. 通过为一个优惠券标识符检索标识符数据库,可以跟踪该优惠券的兑换,同一个优惠券不能被兑换超过容许的次数。 By retrieving a voucher identifier identifier database, you can track redeem the coupon can not be redeemed more than the allowable number of times with a coupon.

参看图21,存储设备1022存储标识符数据库1200,该标识符数据库1200包括用于识别每个优惠券的唯一的标识符1202。 Referring to FIG. 21, a storage device 1022 stores an identifier database 1200, the database 1200 includes a unique identifier of an identifier for identifying each coupon 1202. 标识符数据库1200还可以包括优惠券面值1204,该优惠券面值1204可以(或可以不)等于交换优惠券的上舍入值。 Identifier database 1200 may further include voucher face value 1204, the face value of coupon 1204 may (or may not) equal the roundup exchange coupon. 存储的优惠券面值使每个优惠券可以被兑换不同的值,同时将欺骗减至最低。 Store coupon face value of each coupon can be redeemed different values, reduce to a minimum while deceiving. 例如,存储在数据库1200中的优惠券面值1204在兑换时可以被检索出来,并与印在优惠券上的值进行比较。 For example, coupon denomination stored in the database 1200 in 1204 may be retrieved upon redemption and compared with values ​​printed on the coupon. 在存储的优惠券值与打印的优惠券值之间的差异则表明该打印优惠券是伪造的。 The difference between the value of the coupon and the coupon stored value indicates that the printing of print coupons are fake.

另一种类型的加售是游戏的入场权(entry),例如彩票、竞赛、赌金独得或其他游戏。 Another type of upsell is admittance to the game (entry), such as lotteries, contests, sweepstakes or other games. 在一些实施例中,赢得游戏的奖金取决于用于购买游戏入场权的上舍入值。 In some embodiments, the prize for winning the game depends on game entry for the purchase of the roundup. 例如,赢得游戏的奖金可以与为游戏入场权支付的上舍入值成正比。 For example, the prize for winning the game and the value can be rounded to pay for game entry is proportional. 在这些实施例中,上舍入值越大,则赢得游戏所得的奖金越多。 In these embodiments, the larger the rounding value, the resultant winning bonus game more. 在另一些实施例中,上舍入值越大,赢奖的概率越大。 In other embodiments, the larger the rounded value, the greater the probability of winning. 例如,一个顾客支付了$1.50的游戏入场权的中奖机会是另一个顾客支付了75¢的游戏入场权的两倍。 For example, a customer pays the chance of winning a game entry of another customer $ 1.50 is paid twice a game entry of the 75 ¢.

在接收到一个表明选择游戏加售作为对上舍入值的交换的输入之后,POS终端产生一个唯一的标识符来识别游戏入场权。 After receiving the selection a game show upsell in exchange for the rounded input value, POS terminal generates a unique identifier to identify the game entry. 唯一的标识符和上舍入值存储在一个标识符和上舍入值的游戏数据库中。 Unique identifier and the value stored in rounding identifier and a roundup game database. 当确定了中奖条目时,游戏数据库提供对应于该条目的上舍入值,从而确定出奖金值。 When a winning entry is determined, the game database provides the values ​​corresponding to the rounding of the entry, to determine the prize value.

游戏数据库例如可以是由POS终端维持的数据库,并存储在存储设备1022(图13A)中。 For example, the game database may be a database maintained by the POS terminal and stored in the storage device 1022 (FIG. 13A) of the. 在图22显示的另一个实施例中,游戏数据库位于通过通信链路1224与POS终端1222和1223相连的彩票数据处理系统1220中。 Another embodiment shown in FIG. 22 embodiment, is located in the game database 1224 via a communication link with the POS terminal 1222 and the lottery data processing system 1223 is connected to 1220. 虽然在图22中为了清楚起见显示了两个POS终端,但可以有更多的POS终端连到彩票数据处理系统1220。 Although it is shown for clarity in FIG two POS terminal 22, but there may be more POS terminals connected to the lottery data processing system 1220.

彩票数据处理系统1220一般是位于一个商店内的控制器,用于控制在商店的POS终端上执行的彩票交易。 Lottery data processing system 1220 is generally located within a store controller for controlling lottery ticket transactions performed at POS terminals in stores. 系统1220从而用于收集和存储在商店的POS终端上执行的彩票交易(例如彩票加售)。 1220 lottery system in order to collect and trade execution stored on the POS terminal stores (such as lottery upsell). 彩票交易的这种集中控制允许在多个POS终端的顾客分别接收允许参与单个彩票、竞赛或其他游戏的加售。 This centralized control of lottery transactions allows customers to receive multiple POS terminals respectively allowed to participate in a single lottery, contest or upsell other games.

彩票数据处理系统1220包括用于控制下述其他部件的微处理器1226。 Lottery data processing system includes a microprocessor 1220 for controlling other components described below 1226. 微处理器1226与用于鉴别彩票交易的密码处理器1228和用于为每个游戏入场权产生“快拣”彩票号码的随机数发生器1230中的每一个进行通信。 The microprocessor 1226 and the password for authenticating lottery transactions and a processor 1228 for generating for each game entry "quick pick" lottery number random number generator 1230 in communication with each. 存储设备1232也与微处理器1226进行通信,并存储(i)标识符和上舍入值的上述游戏数据库1234;(ii)用于保存关于与彩票数据处理系统1220相连的POS终端的信息、例如每个终端的唯一的标识符和每个终端的特定彩票交易的POS终端控制器数据库1236;以及(iii)用于存储中奖号码、从而指示中奖条目的中奖彩票号码数据库1238。 Storage device 1232 also communicate with the microprocessor 1226, and stores (i) and the identifier of said game database 1234 of the roundup; (ii) for storing information on the POS terminal is connected with the lottery data processing system 1220, for example lottery POS terminal controller database specific unique identifier for each terminal and each terminal transaction 1236; and a winning lottery ticket number database 1238 (iii) for storing winning numbers, thereby indicating winning entries.

在上述本发明的每个实施例中,顾客选择并接收加售。 In each embodiment of the present invention, the customer selects and receives an upsell. 然而,如下所述,顾客可能希望将他的加售转送(“赠送”)给第二个顾客,该加售在第二个顾客下一次光顾一个POS终端时由第二个顾客接收。 However, as described below, the customer may wish to transfer his upsell ( "Get") to a second customer, when the upsell in a customer visit a second POS terminal is received by the second customer. 第二个顾客例如可以光顾这个POS终端来为产品付钱,如上所述,或者特意来收取这个赠送的加售。 The second example, customers can visit the POS terminal to pay for the product, as described above, or specifically to collect the donated upsell.

图23显示了一个顾客数据库1260,其是存储在存储设备1022中的顾客数据库1110(图17)的另一个实施例。 Figure 23 shows a customer database 1260 which is another storage device 1022 is stored in the customer database 1110 (FIG. 17) embodiment. 顾客数据库1260包括唯一的顾客标识符1262,还包括上述的顾客专门信息,例如姓名1264、地址1266、电话号码1268和历史产品偏好1270。 Customer database 1260 includes a unique customer identifier 1262, also includes the aforementioned customer-specific information, such as name 1264, address 1266, telephone number 1268 and historical product preferences 1270. 另外,顾客数据库1260包括链接的顾客标识符1272,用于识别这个顾客的加售所要赠送的其他人(如果有的话)。 In addition, the customer database 1260 includes links to customer identifier 1272, used to identify the other person (if any) upsell customers to be donated.

例如,应用顾客数据库1260的功能,顾客可以指定一个熟人接收该顾客获得的加售。 For example, the customer database 1260 application functionality, customers can specify an acquaintance receives the customer upsell obtained. 顾客数据库1260还包括顾客应得的加售1274,例如以前获得的加售或由他人转送给他的加售,还包括表明接收应得加售的最后日期的加售有效期1275。 Customer database 1260 also includes customers deserve upsell 1274, for example upsell previously acquired or transferred to upsell him by others, including also indicate the date of receiving the last upsell the upsell period 1275.

应用图23的数据库1260中所示的例示性数据,记录1277的第一个顾客标识符1276识别出顾客姓名“Bill Smith”,还通过字段1272中的标识符1278识别出一个相应的链接顾客。 Exemplary application data shown in the database 1260 in FIG. 23, a record 1277 of the first customer identifier 1276 identifying the customer name "Bill Smith", through identifier 1278 in field 1272 identifies a corresponding linked customer. 这个链接顾客标识符1278对应于识别出顾客“Jill Smith”的顾客标识符1280。 This link customer identifier 1278 corresponds to the identified customer "Jill Smith" customer identifier 1280. 因此,Jill Smith被识别出,并接收由Bill Smith赠送的加售。 Accordingly, Jill Smith is identified and received by Bill Smith donated upsell.

应得加售1282与记录1281(Jill Smith)的顾客标识符1280相联系。 Upsell 1282 and record 1281 (Jill Smith) linked to the customer identifier 1280. 应得加售1282是根据Bill Smith的购买提供的,由Jill Smith在光顾一个POS终端时收取。 Upsell 1282 are provided under Bill Smith purchase, charged by Jill Smith at the time to patronize a POS terminal. 字段1274中的加售标识符“A”例如可以包括一个小苏打。 Upsell identifier field 1274 in the "A" may for example comprise a baking soda. 于是,“链接顾客”的使用允许顾客转送所得的加售,或者甚至是购买的产品,从而既提高了顾客的满意度,也提高了顾客的保有率。 Then, the "link customers' use allows customers to transfer income upsell, or even buy the product, which not only improves customer satisfaction, but also improve the retention of customers.

顾客可能希望能随机地向多个顾客、例如多个家庭成员或一预定列表的贫穷家庭中的一个(或多个)赠送他的加售,而不是任何一个特定顾客。 Customers may want to randomly to multiple customers, such as poor families multiple family members or a predetermined list of one (or more) presented his upsell, rather than any one specific customer. 在这样的实施例中,赠送顾客可以首先指定一相关组的链接顾客标识符1272。 In such embodiments, the Get customer may specify a first set of links associated customer identifier 1272. 或者,顾客可以让商店选择一组顾客。 Alternatively, customers can choose to make the store a set of customers. 由POS终端随机选择这组中的一个(或多个)作为加售的接收者。 This random selection of a group (s) by the POS terminal as the recipient of the upsell.

现在参见图24a和24b,显示了一个为具有常客卡的顾客执行自动加售处理的过程1300。 Referring now to Figures 24a and 24b, it shows a process 1300 to perform automatic upsell process for customers with a regular card. 希望注册存储他的偏好的常客卡的顾客向POS操作员或负责数据输入的其他人提供个人信息(步骤1302),例如他的姓名、地址和/或电话号码。 Customers who wish to register to store his preferences regulars card for personal information (step 1302), such as his name, address and / or phone number to the POS operator or other person responsible for data input. 然后将这个个人信息存储(步骤1304)在顾客数据库的一个记录中。 Then this personal information is stored (step 1304) a record in the customer database. 这种记录在图23中由顾客数据库1260的记录1276和1281例示。 This is illustrated by the customer record database record 1260 and 1,281 cases in 1276 in FIG. 23.

顾客选择(步骤1306)他是否愿意正常地接收一个加售而不是找零。 Customers select (step 1306) if he would normally receive an upsell and not give change. 如果他选择是,将加售的可能选择显示(步骤1308)给顾客。 If he chooses that will upsell may choose to display (step 1308) to the customer. 顾客选择他希望正常地接收所显示的哪一个加售(步骤1310),选定的加售被存储(步骤1312)在他的顾客记录的历史偏好字段1270中。 Customers choose which he wants to normally receive one of the displayed upsell (step 1310), the selected upsell is stored (step 1312) in his 1270 history of preference field customer record.

顾客还可以选择(步骤1314)他是否希望将他的加售赠送给一个具有常客卡的“链接”顾客。 Customers can also choose (step 1314) if he wants to gift his upsell to a frequent shopper card has a "link" customers. 如果是,顾客提供识别链接顾客的信息(步骤1316),例如链接顾客的姓名、地址和/或帐号。 If so, the customer link information identifying the customer (step 1316), for example link the customer's name, address and / or account number. 顾客可以选择接收赠送加售的多个其他链接顾客。 Customers can choose to receive donated upsell links to several other customers. 校验该信息(步骤1318),以确保可以从提供的信息正确地识别第二个顾客,并将该信息存储在顾客数据库记录中。 Verifies the information (step 1318) to ensure correctly recognize the second customer information from the customer and stores the information in a database record. 根据需要,为第二个顾客和随后的顾客生成另外的顾客记录。 If necessary, additional customer records generated for the second and subsequent customer customer.

向顾客显示(步骤1320)赠送给第二个顾客的可能的加售。 Display to the customer (step 1320) may be presented to the second upsell customers. 顾客选择他希望正常转送显示的哪一个加售(步骤1322),并将选择的加售存储(步骤1324)在顾客记录中。 Customers choose which one he wants to transfer the normal upsell (step 1322) display, and select the upsell is stored (step 1324) in the customer record. 最后,发给顾客他的常客卡(步骤1326),POS终端通过这个常客卡可以识别他的顾客记录。 Finally, he was a frequent visitor card issued to the customer (step 1326), by the frequent shopper card POS terminal may identify his customer record.

参看图25,一种将以前选择的顾客偏好运用在对POS终端当前的光顾上的方法1340首先判定(步骤1342)是否使用常客卡。 Referring to Figure 25, a method of customer preference using the method previously selected in the current visit to a POS terminal 1340 is first determined (step 1342) whether a frequent shopper card. 这种判定例如可以通过接收来自卡读取器的信号、从而指示卡已经“刷”过卡读取器来完成。 Such determination may, for example, by receiving signals from the card reader, thereby indicating that the card has been "brush" is accomplished through the card reader. 如果未使用常客卡,则根据上述方法确定加售(步骤1344),并将一个加售(如果选择的话)提供给顾客(步骤1346),作为对其找零的交换。 If a frequent shopper card is not used, it is determined according to the method described above upsell (step 1344), and an upsell (if selected) is provided to the customer (step 1346), as an exchange for his change.

如果使用常客卡,则检索顾客数据库,判定(步骤1348)顾客是否具有首选加售。 If you use a loyalty card, the customer database is searched to determine (step 1348) whether the customer has a choice upsell. 如果有,则选择首选加售(步骤1350)。 If so, then select a preferred upsell (step 1350). 还检索顾客数据库以判定(步骤1352)顾客是否已建立一个第二顾客来接收赠送的加售。 Also retrieves the customer database to determine (step 1352) whether the customer has established a second customer to receive donated upsell. 如果是,将所选定加售的标识符存储(步骤1354)在第二个顾客的帐户上,从而表示第二个顾客可以接收这个选定的加售。 If so, the selected upsell identifier is stored (step 1354) on the second customer's account, which represents the second customer may receive the selected upsell. 在其他实施例中,第二个顾客可以接收不是加售的赠送产品,例如以“清单”价格购买的产品。 In other embodiments, the second customer may receive upsells not gift products, such as "list" price to buy the product.

现在参看图26,方法1370显示了第二个顾客如何接收赠送的加售。 Referring now to FIG. 26, 1370 shows a second method upsell customers how to receive a gift. 在POS终端,第二个顾客将他的常客卡刷过一个卡读取器(步骤1372),从而识别顾客数据库的顾客记录,提供关于他的偏好和赠送给他的任何加售的信息。 In the POS terminal, the second customer his frequent shopper card swipe a card reader (step 1372), thereby identifying a customer record of the customer database providing information on his preferences and presented to any of his upsell. 检索顾客记录,以判定(步骤1374)一个加售是否已被赠送给第二个顾客。 Retrieve customer records to determine (step 1374) whether an upsell has been donated to the second customer. 如果否,第二个顾客如上所述在POS终端完成他的交易(步骤1376)。 If not, the second customer to complete his transaction described above (step 1376) at POS terminals. 如果加售已经被赠送,通知第二个顾客,并提供该加售(步骤1378),从而从第二个顾客的记录中清除该赠送的加售。 If upsell has been presented to notify the second customer, and provide the upsell (step 1378), thereby clearing the donated upsell from the second customer records. 除了赠送的加售,还可以提议一个交易专用加售,这取决于第二个顾客的找零。 In addition to upsell gift, you can also propose a transaction-specific upsell, depending on the customer's change for the second.

如上所述,加售可以具有一个相应的有效期,在有效期之后该加售不能兑换。 As described above, an upsell may have a corresponding validity period after the upsell can not be redeemed. 例如,只有第二个顾客在一预定日期内通过上述方法1370(图26)领取加售,赠送的加售才可以被转送。 For example, only in a second customer to receive the upsell predetermined date by the above process 1370 (FIG. 26), donated upsell may be transferred only. 赠送加售的有效期对于商店是特别有益的,因为它通过鼓励顾客在加售期满之前光顾具有POS终端的商店可以提高顾客的保有力。 Donated upsell valid for the store is particularly beneficial, because it has to patronize the store POS terminal prior to the expiration of upsell by encouraging customers can improve customer retention and powerful. 过期不领取也为商店带来利润。 Do not receive expired bring profits for the store.

在这里展示的许多实施例中,已经就用作为POS终端的单个设备、例如收银机详细描述了本发明的方法和装置。 Many embodiments presented herein has been on the POS terminal as a single device, such as cash registers described in detail the method and apparatus of the present invention. 然而,同样如上所述,本发明的功能可以由共享上述功能的多个设备、例如图13B所示的多单元系统来实现。 However, also described above, the functions of the present invention may be shared by a plurality of devices of the above-described functions, such as multiple units of the system shown in FIG. 13B is achieved.

因此,图27显示了用于根据图13B的实施例在POS终端确定一个加售的方法1390。 Thus, FIG. 27 shows a method in a POS terminal determines an upsell in the embodiment according to FIG. 13B 1390. 方法1390例如可以由收银机和由电子市场业务或信用卡票据交易所操作的处理系统的组合来执行。 The method 1390 may be performed by, for example, a combination of a cash register and a processing system by an electronic market business operation or credit card clearinghouse. 收银机产生一个购买价格,并将这个购买价格传送给处理系统(步骤1392)。 Cash register generates a purchase price and transmits the purchase price to the processing system (step 1392).

处理系统产生一个舍入后价格(步骤1394),并产生一个与其有关的上舍入值(步骤1396)。 Generating a rounding processing system (step 1396) after a rounded price (step 1394), and generating a associated therewith. 如上所述,处理系统识别出一个提议给顾客的加售(步骤1398)。 As described above, the processing system identifies an upsell proposed to the customer (step 1398). 如果顾客选择该加售(步骤1400),则通过与处理系统的连接手动或自动地将收银机的所需支付值设置为舍入后价格(步骤1402)。 If the customer selects the upsell (step 1400), then the required payment amount is automatically provided by the cash register is connected to the processing system, or manually for the rounded price (step 1402).

本领域普通技术人员应该理解,可以提供许多不同的系统,其中,本发明的功能在多个硬件和/或软件设备中共享。 One of ordinary skill will appreciate, many different systems can be provided, wherein the function of the present invention is shared more hardware and / or software devices.

虽然这里已经通过优选实施例说明了本发明,但本领域普通技术人员应该理解,在不偏离本发明的精神和范围的情况下,对于这里详细讨论的实施例可以进行各种替换。 While there has been described the embodiment preferred by the present invention, those skilled in the art will appreciate, without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention, embodiments will be discussed herein in detail various substitutions. 例如,这里没有详细讨论的许多其他类型的加售都是在本发明的考虑之内的。 For example, many other types of upsells are not discussed in detail herein contemplated by the present invention. 一种这样的加售可以包括“点数”,例如那些可兑换商店信用、打电话、因特网访问或支付电视节目的加售。 One such upsell may include "points", such as those convertible store credit, phone calls, Internet access or upsell pay television programs. 此外,除了那些必不可少的出纳员之外,许多类型的POS终端也包括在本发明的考虑之内。 Further, in addition to those essential teller, many types of POS terminals are also included within the contemplation of the present invention.

依据本发明,商行可以获取彩票,并将彩票的一部分分派给顾客。 According to the invention, businesses can get the lottery, the lottery part and dispatched to customers. 彩票赢得的任何奖金的一份额被提供给顾客,奖金份额对应于彩票的分配部分。 Lottery win a share of any prize money is provided to the customer, bonus share distribution corresponding to the portion of the lottery ticket. 例如,如果顾客接收一个$2.00彩票的$0.34部分,则顾客接收从彩票获得的奖金的17%($0.34/$2.00=17%)。 For example, if a customer receives a $ 2.00 $ 0.34 portion of a lottery, the customer receives 17% obtained from the lottery winnings ($ 0.34 / $ 2.00 = 17%). 彩票的部分可以表示为货币值,例如$0.34,也可以表示为百分比,例如17%。 Lottery ticket portion may be expressed as a monetary value, such as $ 0.34, may be expressed as a percentage, for example 17%.

一般地,商行会获取一组彩票,并根据需要将这些彩票的部分分派给顾客。 In general, firms will get a set of lottery tickets, and, if necessary part of the lottery assigned to these customers. 从这组彩票得到的奖金由商行接收,商行随后根据分配的部分向顾客支付奖金份额。 From this set of lottery get bonuses received by the firm, the firm subsequently paid share of the prize to the customer in accordance with section allocation. 由于商行仅需要购买常规彩票,商行可以在不需要对现有的彩票代理方法作太大改动的情况下方便于购买分数值彩票。 As the only firm to purchase conventional lottery tickets, under the firm can facilitate the purchase of fractional lottery tickets in the lottery without the need for the existing proxy method to make much changes.

分派给顾客的彩票的部分可以基于与在POS终端的交易相联系的找零值。 Assigned to the portion of lottery customers may value based on the change in connection with the transaction at the POS terminal. 这样的实施例是有益的,因为许多顾客欢迎对接收找零的替代。 Such an embodiment is beneficial because many customers welcome alternative to the reception of the change. 此外,接收一些具有高潜在价值的东西、例如分数值彩票来代替找零对于顾客可能更具有吸引力。 In addition, with high potential to receive something of value, such as fractional lottery ticket instead of the change may be more attractive for the customer.

参看图28,网络2008包括商店控制器2010,商店控制器2010与彩票服务器2012以及POS终端2014、2016、2018和2020进行通信。 Referring to Figure 28, network 2008 comprises a store controller 2010, the store controller 2010 in communication with a lottery server 2012 and the POS terminal 2014,2016,2018 and 2020. POS终端2014、2016、2018和2020一般是收银机或其他终端,可以启动和/或完成分数值彩票交易。 POS terminals 2014,2016,2018 and 2020 are generally cash registers or other terminals, you can start and / or completion of fractional lottery ticket transaction. 虽然图28中显示了四个POS终端,但任何数目的POS终端都可以与商店控制器2010进行通信。 Although four POS terminal shown in FIG. 28, but any number of POS terminals may communicate with the store controller 2010. POS终端2014、2016、2018和2020可以位于同一商店、连锁店的不同商店、或其他地方。 POS terminals 2014,2016,2018 and 2020 can be located in the same store, different stores chain, or elsewhere.

商店控制器2010指导存储来自POS终端2014、2016、2018和2020的数据以及向其发送数据的操作。 The store controller 2010 stores a POS terminal guidance 2014,2016,2018 and 2020 to send data and the operation data from. 商店控制器2010本身可以是一个POS终端,或者是可以与一个或多个POS终端通信的另一个计算设备。 The store controller 2010 may itself be a POS terminal, or may be associated with one or more other computing devices in communication POS terminal. 彩票服务器2012一般由一个州彩票代理机构控制,并响应于来自商店控制器2010的请求。 Lottery Server 2012 generally consists of a state lottery agency control, and in response to a request from the store controller 2010. 例如,彩票服务器2012可以根据商店控制器2010的请求发行彩票,并且可以在抽奖日提供中奖号码。 For example, the lottery lottery server 2012 can store controller 2010 at the request of, and may provide the winning numbers in the lottery day.

参看图29,图28的商店控制器2010包括处理器2022,例如一个或多个常规微处理器。 Referring to Figure 29, the store controller 2010 of FIG. 28 includes a processor 2022, such as one or more conventional microprocessors. 处理器2022与一个数据存储设备2024、例如磁、光和/或半导体存储器的适当组合进行通信。 The processor 2022 and a data storage device 2024, such as an appropriate combination of magnetic, optical and / or semiconductor memory in communication. 处理器2022和存储设备2024中的每一个都可以(i)全部位于一单个计算机或其他计算设备内;(ii)由远程通信链路、例如串行端口电缆、电话线或射频收发机彼此相连;或(iii)二者的组合。 The processor 2022 and the storage device 2024 may each be (i) located entirely within a single computer or other computing device; (ii) by a remote communication link, such as a serial port cable, telephone line or radio frequency transceiver connected to one another ; or (iii) combinations of both. 例如,商店控制器2010可以包括一个或多个计算机,该多个计算机连接到一个保持数据库的远程服务器计算机。 For example, the store controller 2010 may comprise one or more computers, the computer is connected to a plurality of remote server computer holding a database.

存储设备2024存储用于控制处理器2022的程序2026。 Storage device 2024 stores a program 2022 for controlling the processor 2026. 处理器2022执行程序2026的指令,从而根据本发明、特别是根据这里详细说明的方法操作。 The processor 2022 performs instructions of the program 2026, so that according to the present invention, particularly in accordance with the method described in detail herein. 程序2026还包括必要的程序单元,例如操作系统和用于使处理器2022与计算机外围设备相联系的“设备驱动程序”。 Program 2026 further includes necessary program elements, such as an operating system for causing a processor and a "device driver" associated with computer peripherals 2022. 适当的设备驱动程序和其他必须的程序单元对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,因此不需要在这里详细说明。 Appropriate device drivers and other necessary program elements to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and therefore need not be described in detail here.

存储设备2024还存储(i)彩票供给数据库2030;(ii)交易数据库2032;(iii)分数值彩票数据库2034;(iv)中奖彩票数据库2036;以及(v)常客数据库2038。 Storage device 2024 also stores (i) the ticket supply database 2030; (ii) a transaction database 2032; (iii) fractional ticket database 2034; (iv) a winning lottery ticket database 2036; and (v) a regular database 2038. 数据库2030、2032、2034、2036和2038将在下面详细说明,并以附图中的例示性条目显示。 Database 2030,2032,2034,2036 and 2038 will be described in detail below and shown in the exemplary drawings entry. 如同本领域普通技术人员应该理解的,这里所展示的数据库的示意图及其说明是对信息存储方式的例示性结构。 As one skilled in the art will appreciate, the herein shown and described database is a schematic exemplary configuration of the information stored. 可以使用除了所示表之外的多个其他结构。 Other configurations may be used in addition to the plurality of tables shown. 同样,显示的条目代表例示性信息,但本领域普通技术人员应该理解,条目的个数和内容可以与这里显示的不同。 Also, an exemplary display information items representative of those skilled in the art will appreciate, the number and content of the entries can be different from those shown here.

参看图30,POS终端2040的示意图是图28的POS终端2014、2016、2018和2020的说明。 Referring to Figure 30, a schematic view of the POS terminal 2040 of FIG. 28 is a diagram of the POS terminal 2014,2016,2018 and 2020. POS终端2040包括处理器2042,例如一个或多个常规微处理器。 POS terminal 2040 includes a processor 2042, such as one or more conventional microprocessors. 处理器2042与一个数据存储设备2044、例如磁、光和/或半导体存储器的适当组合进行通信。 The processor 2042 and a data storage device 2044, such as an appropriate combination of magnetic, optical and / or semiconductor memory in communication. 处理器2042和存储设备2044中的每一个都可以(i)全部位于一单个计算机或其他计算设备内;(ii)由远程通信链路、例如串行端口电缆、电话线或射频收发机彼此相连;或(iii)二者的组合。 The processor 2042 and the storage device 2044 may each be (i) located entirely within a single computer or other computing device; (ii) by a remote communication link, such as a serial port cable, telephone line or radio frequency transceiver connected to one another ; or (iii) combinations of both. 例如,POS终端2040可以包括一个或多个计算机,该多个计算机连接到一个保持数据库的远程服务器计算机。 For example, POS terminal 2040 may comprise one or more computers, the computer is connected to a plurality of remote server computer holding a database.

输入设备2046、打印机2048和显示设备2050都与处理器2042进行通信。 The input device 2046, printer 2048 and display device 2050 are in communication with the processor 2042. 输入设备2046最好包括用于向处理器2042发送输入信号(例如表示购买的信号)的键盘。 The input device 2046 preferably comprises a keypad for transmitting input signals to the processor 2042 (e.g., a signal indicating later) is. 输入设备2046还可以包括用于读取条形码并将表示这些条形码的信号发送给处理器2042的光学条形码扫描器。 The input device 2046 may further include a bar code for reading the bar code and send a signal indicating to the processor 2042 of the optical bar code scanner. 打印机2048用于在纸或其他材料上记录标记,从而根据处理器2042的命令打印分数值彩票。 2048 printer for recording marks on paper or other material, thereby printing fractional lottery tickets according to a command processor 2042. 显示设备2050最好是用于向顾客和/或操作POS终端2040的出纳员显示至少是字母数字的字符的视频监视器。 Preferably the display device 2050 for displaying to the customer and cashier / or operation of the POS terminal 2040 is at least alphanumeric characters of the video monitor. 许多类型的输入设备、打印机和显示设备对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,在这里不需要详细说明。 Many types of input devices, printers and display devices to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and need not be described in detail herein.

存储设备2044存储用于控制处理器2042的POS终端程序2052。 For controlling the storage device 2044 stores a POS terminal program 2042 2052 processor. 处理器2042执行POS终端程序2052的指令,从而根据本发明、特别是根据这里详细说明的方法操作。 The processor 2042 performs instructions of the POS terminal program 2052, so that according to the present invention, particularly in accordance with the method described in detail herein. POS终端程序2052还包括必要的程序单元,例如操作系统和用于使处理器2042与计算机外围设备、例如输入设备2046、打印机2048和显示设备2050相联系的“设备驱动程序”。 The POS terminal program 2052 further includes necessary program elements, such as an operating system for causing a processor 2042 with computer peripheral devices such as input devices 2046, "device driver" associated printer apparatus 2050 and the display 2048. 适当的设备驱动程序和其他必须的程序单元对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,因此不需要在这里详细说明。 Appropriate device drivers and other necessary program elements to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and therefore need not be described in detail here.

图31显示了POS终端2058的另一个实施例,是图28的POS终端2014、2016、2018和2020的说明。 Figure 31 shows another embodiment of the POS terminal 2058, the POS terminal of FIG. 28 is a diagram of 2014,2016,2018 and 2020. 控制设备2060通过通信介质2062与打印分数值彩票、收据和/或赠券的系统2064进行通信。 The print control apparatus 20602062 fractional lottery tickets, receipts and / or coupon system 2064 to communicate via a communication medium. 控制设备2060包括与输入设备2046(图30)和显示设备2050(图30)相通信的处理器2066。 The control device 2060 includes an input device 2046 (FIG. 30) in communication with the processor and a display device 2050 (FIG. 30) 2066. 用于打印的系统2064包括与存储设备2044(图30)和打印机2048(图30)相通信的处理器2068。 The system 2064 for printing comprises a storage device 2044 (FIG. 30) and a printer in communication processor 2048 (FIG. 30) 2068. 在这个实施例中,控制设备2060可以是一个收银机,系统2064可以是根据从收银机接收的数据打印票据的电子设备。 In this embodiment, the control device 2060 may be a cash register, an electronic device system 2064 can receive data from the cash register in accordance with the print ticket. POS终端2040的其他配置也将会为本领域普通技术人员所理解。 Other configurations of the POS terminal 2040 will be known to those of ordinary skill in the art understand.

下面的说明分成下列各个方面:彩票部分分配,获得附加彩票,以及彩票部分兑换。 The following description is divided into the following various aspects: the lottery ticket dispensing part, acquiring an additional ticket and a lottery redemption portion. 彩票部分分配参看图32,图29的彩票供给数据库2030包括行2080、2082、2084、2086和2088,每一行代表彩票供给数据库2030的一个条目。 Referring to FIG lottery dispensing portion 32, the ticket supply database 2030 of FIG. 29 comprises 2080,2082,2084,2086 and 2088 rows, each row represents the ticket supply database 2030 of an entry. 每个条目定义一个要分配的彩票,其中,分配的彩票部分包括在分数值彩票中。 Each entry defines a lottery ticket to be dispensed, wherein the dispensing portion comprises the fractional lottery ticket lottery. 特别地,每个条目包括(i)唯一地识别该条目的彩票标识符2090,例如彩票的序号或序号的一部分;(ii)表明中奖彩票号码公布时间的抽签日期2092;(iii)彩票号码2094;(iv)彩票的未分配部分2096;以及(v)表明未分配部分2096和所有分配部分的全部价格的彩票价格2098。 In particular, each entry includes (i) that uniquely identifies the entry ticket identifier 2090, for example, part number or serial number of the lottery; (ii) winning ticket numbers indicate the date of the draw time announced 2092; (iii) ticket numbers 2094 ; (iv) the lottery unallocated portion 2096; and (v) show all unallocated portion 2096 and the price of all the allocated portion of the lottery ticket price 2098. 对于任何条目,未分配部分2096和彩票价格2098可用于确定有多少相应的彩票已经被分配。 For any entry, the price of the lottery ticket portions 2096 and 2098 may be used to determine the unallocated number corresponding lottery ticket has been allocated. 例如,参看条目2084,对于$1.00的彩票,$0.23未被分配。 See, e.g., entry 2084, the lottery for $ 1.00, $ 0.23 is not allocated. 因此,$0.77($1.00-$0.23)已经被分配。 Therefore, $ 0.77 ($ 1.00 to $ 0.23) has been allocated. 全部剩余未分配量2100表示所有彩票的未分配部分的总和。 All remaining unallocated amount 2100 indicates the sum of the unallocated portions of all lottery tickets. 假定以图31中所示数据为例,全部剩余未分配量2100是$1.54($0.12+$0.31+$0.23+$0.78+$0.10=$1.54)。 It assumed that the data shown in FIG. 31 as an example, all the remaining unallocated amount 2100 is $ 1.54 ($ 0.12 + $ 0.31 + $ 0.23 + $ 0.78 + $ 0.10 = $ 1.54).

参看图33,显示了在一个彩票的一部分被分配之前和之后的彩票供给数据库2030(图29和32)的例示性数据。 Referring to FIG 33, a display is assigned before and after the ticket supply database 2030 (FIGS. 29 and 32) of a portion of an exemplary data in a lottery. 表2110表示在由上舍入值2130表示的交易之前的彩票供给数据库2030。 Table 2110 represents the ticket supply before the roundup by the transaction 2130 2030 represented the database. 表2120表示在由上舍入值2130表示的交易之后的彩票供给数据库2030。 Table 2120 represents the ticket supply after the roundup amount 2130 represents the transaction database 2030. 上舍入值2130的值为$0.35,对应于顾客将他的找零($0.35)与分数值彩票交换的交易。 The roundup of 2130 is $ 0.35, corresponding to a customer his change due ($ 0.35) with a fractional lottery ticket exchange transactions. 顾客于是获得了一个彩票的一部分,并且这部分是基于货币值$0.35的。 Customers then get a portion of a lottery ticket, and this part is based on the monetary value of $ 0.35.

如上所述,表2110中所示的每个条目对应于一个彩票。 As described above, each entry in table 2110 shown corresponds to a lottery. 除了条目2135之外,货币值$0.35大于每个条目的未分配部分。 In addition to the entry 2135, the monetary value is greater than the unallocated portion of $ 0.35 per item. 相反,条目2135的未分配部分为$0.78,于是相应彩票的$0.35部分可以从这里分配。 In contrast, the entry 2135 is unallocated portion of $ 0.78, then $ 0.35 portion of the corresponding lottery ticket may be allocated here. 因此,选择对应于条目2135的彩票,并分配对应于$0.35的部分,以得到一个新的分数值彩票。 Accordingly, the lottery ticket corresponding to the selected entry 2135, and allocates a portion corresponding to $ 0.35, to obtain a new fractional lottery ticket.

条目2135表示在$0.35部分被从其分配出去之前的彩票“1234563”。 2135 represents the entry lottery before being dispensed in part from its $ 0.35 "1,234,563." 表2120的条目2140表示在$0.35部分被从其分配出去之后的彩票“1234563”。 2120 2140 Table entries indicate lottery after being dispensed from $ 0.35 in section "1,234,563." 条目2140的未分配部分是$0.43,即原来的$0.78的未分配部分减去$0.35。 Unallocated portion of the entry 2140 is $ 0.43, formerly unallocated portion of $ 0.78 minus $ 0.35. 同样,在由上舍入值2130表示的交易之前,(所有彩票的)全部剩余未分配量是$1.54。 Also, before rounding on the transaction value of 2130 represented (all lottery) all remaining unallocated amount is $ 1.54. 在交易之后,全部剩余未分配量是$1.19,即$1.54减去$0.35。 After the transaction, all of the remaining unallocated amount is $ 1.19, or $ 1.54 minus $ 0.35.

参看图34,图29的交易数据库2032包括行2150、2152、2154、2156和2158,每一行代表交易数据库2032的条目。 Referring transaction database 2032 of FIG. 34 and FIG. 29 comprises 2150,2152,2154,2156 and 2158 rows, each row represents a database transaction entries 2032. 每个条目定义了一个由POS终端启动的交易。 Each entry defines a transaction initiated by the POS terminal. 特别地,每个条目包括(i)唯一地识别该交易的交易号2160;(ii)唯一地识别启动该交易的POS终端的POS终端标识符2162;(iii)购买价格2164;(iv)用于表示购买价格被舍入的量的舍入倍数2165;(v)等于用于购买分数值彩票的货币值的上舍入值2166;(vi)分数值彩票的提议是否被接受的指示2168;(vii)识别使用常客卡进行交易的顾客的常客号码2170;(viii)交易日期2172;以及(ix)识别一个作为对上舍入值的交换而提供的分数值彩票的分数值彩票标识符2174。 In particular, each entry includes (i) the transaction uniquely identifies the transaction number 2160; (ii) uniquely identifying the start of the POS terminal of the POS terminal a transaction identifier 2162; (iii) the purchase price 2164; (iv) using to indicate the amount of the purchase price being rounded rounding multiple 2165; (v) is equal to the fractional lottery ticket purchase homes on the monetary value of the value of 2166; whether the proposal (vi) a fractional lottery ticket was received instruction 2168; use a frequent shopper card transactions customers (vii) the identification number of regulars 2170; (viii) date of the transaction 2172; and fractional lottery tickets (ix) a recognition in exchange for the roundup values ​​provided fractional lottery ticket identifier 2174 .

上舍入值2166是用于购买分数值彩票的货币值。 2166 is the roundup monetary value for the purchase of fractional lottery tickets. 在一些实施例中,上舍入值2166等于一个彩票的分配部分。 In some embodiments, the roundup amount 2166 is equal to the allocated portion of a lottery ticket. 例如,顾客可能在一次购买中得到$0.62的找零(上舍入值),并用这个找零获取一个彩票的$0.62部分。 For example, a customer may get change for $ 0.62 (rounded value) in a purchase, and get $ 0.62 by this change for part of a lottery ticket. 然而,用于购买分数值彩票的货币值不必等于相应彩票的分配部分。 However, the monetary value of the purchase of fractional lottery tickets is not necessarily equal to the respective allocated portion of the lottery ticket. 在某些实施例中,一个彩票的分配部分是基于下舍入(或上舍入)货币值的。 In certain embodiments, the allocated portion of a lottery ticket is based on rounding down (or rounded) monetary value. 例如,顾客可能在一次购买中得到$0.62的找零,并用这个找零获取一个分数值彩票。 For example, a customer may get change for $ 0.62 at the time of purchase, and with this change for obtaining a fractional lottery ticket. 这个分数值彩票可以基于一个彩票的分配的$0.60($0.62下舍入到最近的五分)部分。 The fractional lottery ticket may be allocated based on a $ 0.60 lottery ticket ($ 0.62 rounded down to the nearest nickel) portion. 当然,货币值可以下舍入到其他倍数,例如最近的一角、两角五分或一美元,并且舍入值将定义彩票的分配部分。 Of course, the monetary value may be rounded down to other multiples, such as the nearest corner, or a quarter and a dollar value and rounding define the allocated portion of the lottery ticket. 在找零和分数值彩票所基于的下舍入值之间的差值例如可以作为分数值彩票销售者的服务费。 The difference between the lower value of the change and rounding fractional lottery ticket is based, for example, can be used as the fractional lottery ticket seller services.

彩票的分配部分还可以以其他方式基于货币值。 Allocated portion of the lottery can also be based on monetary value in other ways. 例如,分配部分可以是货币值的两倍。 For example, the allocated portion may be double the monetary value. 如果顾客购买了预先确定的货物或货物类型,或者如果顾客使用常客卡,则提供这样一种双倍分配部分是有益的。 If a customer buys goods or type of goods pre-determined, or if the customer using a frequent shopper card, provides a double portion of the distribution it is beneficial. 例如,如果顾客的找零为$0.62,并购买了特定制造商的产品,则顾客接收到基于一个或多个彩票的分配的$1.24(两倍于$0.62)部分的分数值彩票,作为对其找零的交换。 For example, if the customer change due to $ 0.62, and buy a particular manufacturer's product, the customer receives based on one or more assigned lottery $ 1.24 (twice the $ 0.62) fractional lottery ticket part of his change exchange.

参看图35,表2180和2190表示分数值彩票数据库2034(图29)的记录。 Referring to Figure 35, showing the score table 21802190 record database 2034 (FIG. 29) and a lottery ticket. 分数值彩票数据库2034一般包括多个记录,例如由表2180和2190所表示的那些。 Usually the fractional ticket database 2034 includes a plurality of records, such as those from the table represented by 2180 and 2190. 分数值彩票数据库2034的每个记录定义一个分数值彩票,每个分数值彩票包括一个或多个彩票的分配部分。 Each record in the fractional ticket database 2034 defines a fractional lottery ticket, and each fractional lottery ticket includes allocated portions of one or more lottery.

由表2180表示的记录定义了一个由标识符2185(标识符“1001”)识别的分数值彩票。 Table 2180 represents a record defines a fractional lottery ticket identified by an identifier 2185 (the identifier "1001"). 表2180包括一个条目2187,该条目2187定义包括在分数值彩票“1001”中的一个彩票的一个部分。 Table 2180 includes an entry 2187, the entry 2187 defines a portion of a lottery ticket comprising at fractional lottery ticket "1001" in the. 条目2187包括(i)唯一地识别该彩票的彩票标识符2182;以及(ii)表示包括在分数值彩票“1001”中的彩票的一个部分的部分2184。 Entry 2187 includes (i) uniquely identifies the lottery ticket identifier 2182; and (ii) expressed in a fractional lottery ticket comprising a lottery ticket "1001" in a part of the portion 2184.

同样,由表2190表示的记录定义了一个由标识符2195(标识符“1003”)识别的分数值彩票。 Similarly, the record represented by the table 2190 defines a by an identifier 2195 (the identifier "1003") fractional lottery ticket identified. 表2190包括条目2197和2198,分别包括(i)彩票标识符2192;以及(ii)部分2194。 Table 2190 includes entries 2197 and 2198, respectively, (i) a ticket identifier 2192; and (ii) part 2194. 由于分数值彩票“1003”包括来自不止一个彩票的多个部分,分数值彩票“1003”可以包括合起来超过一个彩票的最大价格的分配量。 Since the fractional lottery ticket "1003" includes a plurality of portions from more than one lottery ticket, the fractional lottery ticket "1003" may include more than one allocation amount together maximum ticket price.

如上所述,分数值彩票包括一个或多个彩票的多个部分。 As described above, a fractional lottery ticket comprising a plurality of portions or a plurality of lottery tickets. 在某些实施例中,彩票不是由顾客选择,而是由POS终端和商店控制器2010(图28)自动选择。 In certain embodiments, the lottery tickets are not chosen by the customer, but is automatically selected by the POS terminal and the store controller 2010 (FIG. 28). 在这些实施例中,从彩票供给数据库2030(图29)中的多个彩票中选择一个彩票。 In these embodiments, selecting one from a plurality of lottery ticket (FIG. 29) in the ticket supply database 2030. 可以以几种方式选择彩票。 You can choose the lottery in several ways. 例如,可以选择一个具有至少与货币值一样大的未分配部分的彩票。 For example, a lottery ticket may be selected at least as large monetary value having an unallocated portion. 同样,可以确定其中每一个都具有至少与货币值一样大的未分配部分的一组彩票。 Similarly, each of which may be determined having a monetary value at least as large a set of tickets unallocated portion. 从这组彩票中选择具有最小未分配部分的一个彩票。 Selected from the group of lottery ticket has a minimal unallocated portion. 下面的说明进一步阐明这种选择彩票的方法。 The following description further illustrate this method of selecting a lottery ticket.

参看图36,表2200显示了彩票供给数据库2030(图29和32)的例示性数据。 Referring to Figure 36, table 2200 shows the ticket supply database 2030 (FIGS. 29 and 32) of the exemplary data. 表2200包括条目2202、2204、2206和2208。 Table 2200 includes entries 2202,2204,2206 and 2208. 上舍入值2220的值为$0.60,对应于顾客用他的找零($0.60)交换一个分数值彩票的交易。 The roundup 2220 is $ 0.60, corresponding to a customer his change due ($ 0.60) a fractional lottery ticket exchange transactions. 顾客于是获得一个彩票的一部分,这个部分是基于货币值$0.60的。 Customers then get a portion of a lottery ticket, this part is based on the monetary value of $ 0.60. 为了选择这个从其中分配一个部分的彩票,商店控制器2010确定一组彩票,这组彩票中的每一个都具有至少为$0.60的未分配部分。 To select the lottery ticket dispensing a portion from which the store controller 2010 determines a set of tickets, lottery tickets in the set each have an unallocated portion of at least $ 0.60. 这组包括条目2204、2206和2208。 This group includes entries 2204, 2206 and 2208. 从这组中选择出具有最小未分配部分的彩票。 Is selected from the group lottery ticket having an unallocated portion minimal. 在条目2204、2206和2208中,条目2208具有最小未分配部分($0.61)。 In entries 2204, 2206 and 2208, the entry 2208 has an unallocated portion minimum ($ 0.61). 因此,选择对应于条目2208的彩票,并从其中分配出$0.60的部分。 Accordingly, the lottery ticket corresponding to the selected entry 2208, and dispensed from $ 0.60 portion.

在另一些实施例中,顾客可以在交易时手动地或通过存储在常客卡上的号码亲自选择彩票号码。 In other embodiments, the customer may choose lottery numbers manually or through numbers stored on the card in person during regular trading. 可得到包括这些彩票号码的一个或多个彩票(例如,通过对彩票服务器2012的电子请求),并增加到彩票供给数据库2030(图29)中,其中的一个或多个部分被包括在由顾客购买的分数值彩票中。 Is obtained comprises one or more lottery ticket numbers of these (e.g., by electronic request to the lottery server 2012), and added to the ticket supply database 2030 (FIG. 29), wherein one or more portions are included in a customer purchase of fractional value lottery. 这样的实施例允许顾客获得具有他中意的或“幸运的”号码的分数值彩票。 Such an embodiment allows a customer to obtain his favorite or "lucky" fractional lottery ticket numbers.

一旦确定了一个分数值彩票,POS终端就在例如收据上为顾客打印出指示这个分数值彩票的票据。 Upon determining a fractional lottery ticket, POS terminals, for example, in printed out on a receipt for the customer indicates the fractional lottery ticket. 打印的票据用作为将由所指示的彩票赢得的任何奖金的所指示部分授权给这个顾客的证明。 Ticket printing license to prove that this customer with the indicated section as indicated by lottery to win any prize. 这种打印的票据可以包括相应的(i)分数值彩票标识符,(ii)票据号码,(iii)彩票的分配部分,(iv)交易标识符,以及(v)基于其组合的加密代码。 This printed ticket may include the corresponding (i) fractional lottery ticket identifier, (ii) ticket numbers, (iii) allocated portion of the lottery ticket, (iv) transaction identifier, and (v) combinations thereof based on the encryption codes. 这种加密代码可用于校验打印的彩票未改变。 This encryption code can be used lottery proof print is not changed. 加密技术在1996年出版的Bruce Schneier的“应用密码学:协议,算法和C源代码,第二版”中进行了描述。 Encryption published in 1996 in Bruce Schneier's "Applied Cryptography: Protocols, Algorithms and C source code, Second Edition" in the described. 本领域普通技术人员应该理解,加密代码可以由一种加密算法确定为使得一个伪造者几乎不可能产生一个有效代码,更不必说是指示中奖彩票的代码了。 One of ordinary skill will appreciate, encrypted code may be determined by an encryption algorithm such that a counterfeiter is almost impossible to produce a valid code, much less a code indicating the winning tickets.

打印的彩票还可以包括契约语言,例如分配给顾客对由所指示彩票赢得的任何奖金的所指示部分的权利和资格的规定。 Printed ticket may also include contract language, for example, to the customer by the provisions of the rights and entitlements of any lottery prize won by the indicated part of the indicated distribution. 在打印的彩票上还可以包括诸如分数值彩票的抽签日期和有效日期等内容,这是本领域普通技术人员能够理解的。 On the printed ticket may also include content such as a fractional lottery ticket lottery date and expiration date, etc., which those of ordinary skill in the art can understand. 可能还希望打印一个指示上述任何一个或所有信息的条形码,从而便于使用条形码扫描器获得信息。 An indication may also be desirable to print all or any of these barcode information, so as to facilitate access to information using a barcode scanner.

参看图37,用于分配彩票部分的方法2240通过确定货币值(步骤2242)而启动。 Referring to Figure 37, a method 2240 for allocating portions of lottery tickets initiates by determining a monetary value (step 2242). 例如,POS终端可以计算找零值,并将这个值下舍入到最近的一角。 For example, POS terminal may calculate an amount of change, and this value is rounded down to the nearest corner. POS终端将这个舍入值发送到商店控制器,商店控制器从而确定等于这个舍入值的货币值。 The POS terminal sends this value is rounded to the store controller, the store controller thereby determines the monetary value of the rounding value. 商店控制器随后分配彩票的一部分,该部分基于货币值(步骤2244)。 The store controller then allocates a portion of the lottery, which is based in part on the monetary value (step 2244). 商店控制器然后输出(i)识别该彩票的彩票标识符,以及(ii)识别彩票的分配部分的部分标识符(步骤2246)。 The store controller then outputs (i) identification of the lottery ticket identifier and the portion identifier (step 2246) allocated portion (ii) identification of the lottery ticket. 例如,商店控制器一般将彩票标识符和部分标识符发送给POS终端,POS终端随后如上所述根据发送的标识符打印出一个分数值彩票。 For example, the store controller typically transmits the ticket identifier and the portion identifier to the POS terminal, the POS terminal as described above and then prints a fractional lottery ticket based on the identifier transmitted. 商店控制器还将彩票标识符和部分标识符(步骤2248)存储在例如分数值彩票数据库2034(图29)中用于鉴别。 The controller also stores ticket identifier and the portion identifier (step 2248), for example, is stored in the fractional ticket database 2034 (FIG. 29) for identification. 获得附加彩票如上所述,分配来自彩票供给的彩票部分。 Acquiring an additional ticket as described above, from a part of the lottery ticket dispensing supplied. 在分配之后,有可能有彩票的未分配部分为$0.00。 After the distribution, it is possible to have a lottery unallocated portion of $ 0.00. 换句话说,整个彩票都已经被分配,没有该彩票的其他部分还可以被分配。 In other words, the entire lottery have been assigned, no other portions of the lottery ticket may also be assigned.

另外,在分配之后,有可能没有单个彩票具有足够满足分数值彩票的一特定请求(或预期请求)的未分配部分。 Further, after dispensing, there may not be sufficient for a single lottery ticket has a fractional lottery tickets particular request (or anticipatory request) unallocated portion. 例如,可能试图分配一个彩票的$0.35部分,但在彩票供给数据库2030(图29)中没有彩票具有$0.35或更多的未分配部分。 For example, they may attempt to allocate a $ 0.35 portion of a lottery ticket, but not $ 0.35 lottery ticket having an unallocated portion or more in the ticket supply database 2030 (FIG. 29). 在这样一种情况下,可以从多个彩票中分配部分,使得这些部分合起来等于$0.35。 In such a case, the allocated portion of the lottery ticket from a plurality of, such that the portions collectively equal $ 0.35. 然而,可能希望从一单个彩票而不是多个彩票分配一个部分。 However, it may be desirable to allocate a portion from a single lottery ticket, rather than a plurality. 例如,对于顾客来说,跟踪一组彩票号码比跟踪多组彩票号码要更简单。 For example, for customers, tracking a set of lottery numbers to be easier than tracking multiple sets of lottery numbers.

因此,获得附加彩票对于彩票供给是有益的。 Thus, acquiring an additional ticket for the ticket supply is advantageous. 在需要彩票之前就获得附加彩票、以便不会将不适当的延迟引入交易是特别有益的。 Before the lottery will need to get an additional ticket, so as not to unduly delay the introduction of trading is particularly beneficial. 可以以预定量来获得附加彩票,以减少获得彩票所花的时间。 A predetermined amount may be acquiring an additional ticket in order to obtain a reduction in the time spent on lottery tickets. 例如,一次可以获得三十张彩票。 For example, one can get thirty lottery. 另外,预定量可以取决于诸如所使用的POS终端的数目等标准。 Further, the predetermined amount may depend on the number of other standards such as the POS terminal used. 可以通过从州彩票代理处以公知方式购买“快拣”彩票(带有随机选择的彩票号码的彩票)来获得附加彩票。 You can get an additional ticket punishable by a known manner from the state lottery agency buy "quick pick" lottery (lottery numbers with random selection lottery).

在一个实施例中,商店控制器2010(图28)对具有高于第一预定阈值的未分配部分的彩票数目进行计数。 In one embodiment, the store controller 2010 (FIG. 28) counts the number of tickets having an unallocated portion greater than a first predetermined threshold value. 例如,商店控制器2010可以对具有高于$0.50的未分配部分的彩票进行计数。 For example, the store controller 2010 may count the ticket having an unallocated portion that is above $ 0.50. 将这个数字与第二预定阈值进行比较,如果这个数字低于第二预定阈值,则获取一个或多个附加彩票。 This number is compared with a second predetermined threshold value, and if this number is below a second predetermined threshold value, obtaining one or more additional lottery tickets. 例如,如果具有高于$0.50的未分配部分的彩票少于十个,就获取附加彩票。 For example, if the lottery ticket having an unallocated portion that is above $ 0.50 less than ten, to acquire an additional ticket.

在另一个实施例中,商店控制器2010(图28)对具有高于所请求部分的未分配部分的彩票进行计数。 Embodiment, the store controller 2010 (FIG. 28) counts the lottery ticket having an unallocated portion is above the requested portion of another embodiment. 例如,POS终端可以从商店控制器请求一个$0.40的分数值彩票。 For example, POS terminal may request a $ 0.40 fractional lottery ticket from the store controller. 商店控制器2010然后对具有高于$0.40的未分配部分的彩票进行计数。 The store controller 2010 then lottery ticket having an unallocated portion that is above $ 0.40 was counted. 将这个数字与一预定阈值进行比较,如果这个数字低于该预定阈值,则获取一个或多个附加彩票。 This number is compared to a predetermined threshold value, and if this number is below the predetermined threshold, acquiring one or more additional lottery tickets. 例如,如果具有高于$0.40的未分配部分的彩票少于八个,则获取附加彩票。 For example, if the lottery ticket having an unallocated portion that is above $ 0.40 less than eight, additional lottery tickets are acquired.

在另一个实施例中,商店控制器2010(图28)计算所有彩票的未分配部分的总和。 In another embodiment, the store controller 2010 (FIG. 28) calculates the sum of the unallocated portions of all lottery tickets. 如果这个总和低于一预定阈值,则获取附加彩票。 If the sum is below a predetermined threshold, then acquire an additional ticket. 例如,如果总的剩余未分配量低于$10.00,则获取一组共三十个附加彩票。 For example, if the total remaining unallocated amount is below $ 10.00, a total of thirty obtain a set of additional ticket. 彩票部分兑换获取和保持彩票供给的商行或其他机构可以检查每个彩票,以确定是否有中奖彩票。 And the holding portion lottery ticket redemption obtain firm or other supply means may check each lottery ticket, to determine whether there is a winning lottery ticket. 如果有,商行最好一有可能就兑换出中奖彩票的奖金,以便可将这些奖金用于支付给那些具有相应的分数值彩票的顾客。 If so, the best firm on a possible exchange of the prize winning tickets so that they can be used to pay bonuses to customers who have corresponding fractional lottery tickets. 中奖彩票号码在产生后可以手工输入商店控制器2010(图28)。 After generating the winning ticket numbers may be entered manually store controller 2010 (FIG. 28). 理想地,商店控制器10将从彩票服务器2012(图28)接收每个抽签日的中奖彩票号码。 Ideally, the store controller 10 from the lottery server 2012 (Figure 28) receives each day's winning lottery ticket numbers. 商店控制器可以将这些中奖彩票号码存储在中奖彩票数据库2036(图29)中。 The controller can store these winning lottery numbers are stored in the winning lottery ticket database 2036 (Figure 29).

参看图38,中奖彩票数据库2036包括条目2260、2262和2264,每个条目定义一个抽签日的中奖彩票号码。 Referring to FIG. 38, the winning lottery ticket database 2036 includes entries 2260,2262 and 2264, each defining a winning lottery number drawing date. 每个条目包括(i)相应的抽签日期2266,(ii)中奖彩票号码2268,以及(iii)奖金2270。 Each entry includes (i) a respective draw date 2266, (ii) winning ticket numbers 2268, and (iii) 2270 prize. 中奖彩票数据库2036应该包括对应于有效和可兑换分数值彩票的所有抽签日的条目。 2036 should include winning lottery ticket database corresponding to the effective and convertible fractional lottery drawing date for all entries. 例如,如果分数值彩票可以在相应的抽签日之后一年内兑换,则应该存储至少是去年的每个抽签日的条目。 For example, if the fractional lottery ticket can be redeemed within one year after the corresponding drawing date, it should at least be stored entries for each drawing date last year. 奖金2270例如可以是在匹配了所有中奖彩票号码之后所赢得的奖金。 Prize in 2270 for example, can be matched all the winning lottery numbers after the winnings. 可为每个条目指定更多的奖金。 You can specify more money for each entry. 例如,可以还为每个条目分别指定只匹配了六个中奖彩票号码中的五个的奖金。 For example, you can specify only match the six winning lottery numbers bonus of five for each entry.

当商店控制器2010(图28)接收到一个抽签日的中奖彩票号码时,商店控制器2010可以仅仅将它们存储在中奖彩票数据库2036中,从而当顾客兑换分数值彩票时可以访问它们。 When the store controller 2010 (Figure 28) received a winning lottery number drawing date, the store controller 2010 may simply store them in a winning lottery ticket database in 2036, so that when customers redeem fractional lottery can access them. 然而,商店控制器2010还可以确定哪些分数值彩票包括中奖彩票的部分。 However, the store controller 2010 also includes a section which fractional lottery winning lottery ticket can be determined. 然后,可以修改分数值彩票数据库2034(图29)中的相应记录,指示出这个分数值彩票包括中奖彩票的部分。 Then, fractional lottery tickets may be modified corresponding record in database 2034 (FIG. 29), indicating the fractional lottery tickets include portions of winning lottery tickets. 另外,如果这些分数值彩票是使用常客卡购买的,则可以通知相应的顾客。 In addition, if these fractional lottery tickets using frequent shopper card purchase, you can notify the appropriate customers.

参看图39,常客数据库2038包括条目2280、2282、2284和2286,每个条目定义了一个常客(使用常客卡进行交易的顾客)。 Referring to FIG. 39, a regular database 2038 includes entries 2280,2282,2284 and 2286, each defining a regular (using a frequent shopper card for customer transactions). 特别地,每个条目包括(i)用于唯一地识别常客的常客号2288,(ii)常客的地址2290,(iii)常客的电话号码2292,(iv)常客的姓名2294,以及(v)常客的email地址2296。 In particular, each entry includes (i) for uniquely identifying the frequent regular No. 2288, (ii) a regular address 2290, (iii) a regular telephone number 2292, (iv) a regular name 2294, and (v) 2296 regular email address. 根据这些存储的信息,可以根据需要通过邮递、电话、email或其他形式的通知来通知常客。 According to these information storage you may need to be notified by regular mail notification, phone, email, or other forms according to. 此外,POS终端可以在常客下一次使用其常客卡时通知他们。 In addition, POS terminals can notify them when a loyalty card used at its regulars. 向常客提供通知这种附加利益的好处是这可以鼓励顾客成为常客。 This notice provides additional benefits to regular benefits is that this will encourage customers to become regulars. 因此,这些顾客更有可能继续频繁光顾相应的商行。 Therefore, these customers are more likely to continue frequenting the respective firms.

为了兑换一个分数值彩票,顾客最好提供打印的彩票,以表明他有权得到奖金的所指示份额。 In order to redeem a fractional lottery ticket, lottery ticket printing customers to provide the best to show that he is entitled to the bonus instructions share. 对打印的彩票进行校验,以确保其是有效的,并且未改变。 On the printed ticket can be verified to ensure that it is valid and unaltered. 例如,如果打印的彩票有效,则记录在打印的彩票上的分数值彩票标识符指示在分数值彩票数据库中的一个记录。 For example, if the printed ticket is valid, the fractional lottery ticket identifier recorded on the printed ticket indicates a record in the fractional ticket database. 该记录随后表明关于打印的彩票的对应信息。 The record indicates that the corresponding information is then printed on the lottery. 另外,可以校验加密代码。 Further, the encrypted code can be checked.

参看图40,一种用于兑换分数值彩票的方法2300,在开始时,接收(i)识别一个彩票的彩票标识符,以及(ii)识别彩票的分配部分的部分标识符(步骤2302)。 Referring to Figure 40, a method for fractional lottery ticket redemption 2300, at the start, receiving (i) identifying a lottery ticket identifier and the portion identifier (step 2302) allocated portion (ii) identification of the lottery ticket. 可以将一个或多个标识符手工输入进POS终端,从这里将这些标识符传送到商店控制器2010(图28),从而可以接收到这些标识符。 One or more identifiers may be manually entered into the POS terminal, here the transmit these identifiers to the store controller 2010 (FIG. 28), whereby these identifiers may be received. 或者,POS终端的条形码扫描器可以读取打印彩票上的条形码,并将条形码发送给商店控制器2010。 Alternatively, a bar code scanner of the POS terminal may read a bar code printed on the lottery ticket, a bar code and transmitted to the store controller 2010. 输入的标识符或条形码可以表示分数值彩票的标识符,这个分数值彩票标识符用于从分数值彩票数据库2034(图29)检索相应的彩票标识符和部分标识符。 Entered identifier or bar code may represent a fractional lottery ticket identifier, the identifier for a fractional lottery ticket from the fractional ticket database 2034 (FIG. 29) to retrieve a corresponding ticket identifier and portion identifier. 商店控制器于是接收到彩票标识符和部分标识符。 The store controller thus receives the ticket identifier and portion identifier.

一旦接收到这些标识符、从而识别一个或多个彩票及其分配部分,就能确定这些彩票的奖金值(步骤2304)。 Upon receiving these identifiers, to identify one or more of its allocated portion of the lottery ticket, the lottery prize value can be determined (step 2304). 如上所述,可以通过将一个彩票的彩票号码与存储在中奖彩票数据库2036(图29)中的中奖彩票号码进行比较来确定奖金值。 As described above, can be prepared by a numbers lottery winning lottery ticket numbers stored in the winning lottery ticket database 2036 (FIG. 29) is determined by comparing the prize value. 同样如上所述的是,应提供给顾客的奖金部分由该彩票的分配部分来确定。 As also noted above that should be provided to the customer bonus part is determined by allocating part of the lottery. 将奖金的这部分提供给顾客(步骤2306),一般是从收银机提供现金或写出或打印出一张支票给顾客。 This part of the bonus will be provided to the customer (step 2306), generally provided from the cash register or cash write or print out a check to the customer.

中奖彩票可以具有大于零的未分配部分。 Winning lottery ticket may have an unallocated portion greater than zero. 这样一个中奖彩票具有不会支付给顾客的奖金值的相关部分。 Such a winning lottery ticket has a relevant part of the bonus will not be paid to the customer value. 奖金的这一部分由商行保留,并且可用于各种鼓励顾客活动的经费。 This part of the bonus is retained by the firm, and can be used for a variety of activities to encourage customer funds. 例如,保留奖金值的一部分可以以分数值彩票的形式回馈给顾客(例如,$0.05的找零购买$0.50的分数值彩票)。 For example, part of a retention bonus value can be fed back in the form of fractional lottery tickets to customers (for example, $ 0.05 change due to purchase fractional lottery ticket $ 0.50).

商行通过提供带有特定奖金值部分的中奖彩票,可以保留更多的奖金。 By providing businesses with the winning ticket a specific part of the prize value, can keep more money. 例如,只向顾客提供“累积赌注”奖金(即,匹配所有六个中奖彩票号码)的份额。 For example, only "jackpot" prize (ie, matching all six winning lottery numbers) share of the customer. 任何其他奖金都由商行保留。 Retention bonus by any other firm. 当然,这种限制一般通过广告以及分数值彩票上的打印信息来向顾客解释。 Of course, such restrictions generally to explain to customers through print advertising as well as information on the fractional lottery ticket.

虽然已经参照一个优选实施例说明了本发明,但本领域普通技术人员应该明白,在不偏离本发明的精神和范围的情况下,可以对所述实施例进行各种替换。 While the embodiment has been described with reference to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, those skilled in the art will appreciate, without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention may be made of the various alternative embodiments. 例如,本发明可用于除了给予奖金的彩票之外的许多其他类型的游戏。 For example, the present invention can be used in many other types of bonus games in addition to administering a lottery. 另外,在一些实施例中,存储在商店控制器上的数据可以替代地存储在POS终端。 Further, in some embodiments, the data stored on the store controller may instead be stored in the POS terminal. 同样,由商店控制器执行的一些功能可以由POS终端执行,反之亦然。 Similarly, some of the functions performed by the store controller may be performed by the POS terminal, and vice versa.

这里提供了一种方法和装置,其中,根据预定关系从顾客购买的物品中确定出提议给顾客的加售。 There is provided a method and apparatus wherein it is determined that proposed for the article from the customer upsell purchased by the customer according to a predetermined relationship. 这种在购买的物品与所提议加售之间的关系可以通过一个既包括物品又包括加售的表在概念上说明。 Such items purchased with the proposed relationship between the upsell can be both a plus also includes the sale of items described in the table on the concept. 这个表又描述了一个相应的数据库,定义当顾客的购买包括特定物品时要提议的加售。 This table and describes a corresponding database definition when the customer purchases a specific item to be included when upsells.

这种基于表的实施例对于一般的商店管理者是非常容易理解的。 Such a table-based embodiment for the store manager is generally well understood. 例如,快餐店的商店管理者希望查看能够向购买汉堡包和小薯条的顾客提议什么加售。 For example, fast food store managers want to see what can be proposed to upsell customers to buy a hamburger and small fries. 商店管理者可以检索这个表,找到对应于汉堡包和小薯条的条目,然后从这些条目确定出相应的加售。 Store manager can retrieve the table to find the corresponding entry hamburger and small French fries, and then determines corresponding upsells from those entries.

这种基于表的实施例对于一般的商店管理者根据需要调整也是非常容易的。 Such a table-based embodiment for the general store manager to adjust as needed is very easy. 例如,商店管理者可能确定出相当多的购买汉堡包和小薯条的顾客还认为一份甜点很吸引人。 For example, the store manager may determine that a considerable number of customers buying hamburger and small fries also considered a dessert very attractive. 则商店管理者可以调整这个(代表一个数据库的)表,使其包括一个条目,对于由汉堡包和小薯条组成的购买定义一个甜点加售。 The store manager can adjust this (on behalf of a database) table to include an entry for the purchase of a hamburger and small fries defined by the composition of a dessert upsell.

由于加售是交换剩下的找零的,所以不是所有的顾客都为相同的加售支付相同的价格。 Due to upsell the rest of the change of the exchange, so not all customers pay the same price for the same upsell. 例如,如果一个顾客的第一购买价格为$4.64,可以提议特定加售作为对支付一个舍入后价格$5.00($4.64舍入到最近的一美元)的交换。 For example, if a customer's first purchase price of $ 4.64, may propose specific upsell in exchange for the price of $ 5.00 ($ 4.64 rounded to the nearest one US dollar) after the payment of a rounding. 顾客于是为这个加售支付$0.36。 So this upsell customers to pay $ 0.36. 然而,另一个顾客的第二购买价格为$4.72,对于支付$5.00可以向他提议相同的加售($4.72舍入到最近的一美元)。 However, another customer's second purchase price of $ 4.72, $ 5.00 can pay for his proposal to the same upsell ($ 4.72 rounded to the nearest one US dollar). 因此,顾客为这个相同的加售支付$0.28。 Therefore, customers pay $ 0.28 for the same upsell. 因此,加售不仅仅是出售的并对于每个顾客都具有固定价格的商品。 Therefore, not only sell and upsell for each customer has a fixed-price merchandise. 相反,加售对于每个顾客可以以不同的值来购买:将购买价格舍入到一些舍入倍数所需的值。 Instead, upsell may be purchased for each customer to a different value: the purchase price is rounded to the rounding of some desired value multiples.

参看图41,POS终端3010包括处理器3012,例如一个或多个常规的微处理器。 Referring to FIG. 41, POS terminal 3010 includes 3012, for example, one or more conventional microprocessors processor. 处理器3012与一个数据存储设备3014、例如磁、光和/或半导体存储器的适当组合进行通信。 The processor 3012 and a data storage device 3014, such as an appropriate combination of magnetic, optical and / or semiconductor memory in communication. 处理器3012和存储设备3014中的每一个都可以(i)全部位于一单个计算机或其他计算设备内;(ii)由远程通信介质、例如串行端口电缆、电话线或射频收发机彼此相连;或(iii)二者的组合。 The processor 3012 and the storage device 3014 may each be (i) located entirely within a single computer or other computing device; (II), such as a serial port cable, telephone line or radio frequency transceiver connected to each other by a remote communication medium; or (iii) a combination of both. 例如,POS终端3010可以包括一个或多个连接到一个保持数据库的远程服务器计算机的计算机。 For example, POS terminal 3010 may comprise one or more connections to a remote server computer holding a database of a computer.

输入设备3016、打印机3018和显示设备3020都与处理器3012进行通信。 The input device 3016, printer 3018 and display device 3020 are in communication with the processor 3012. 输入设备3016最好包括用于向处理器3012发送输入信号(例如表示购买的信号)的键盘。 The input device 3016 preferably includes means for transmitting an input signal to the processor 3012 (e.g., a signal indicative of purchase) of the keyboard. 输入设备3016还可以包括用于读取条形码并将表示这些条形码的信号发送给处理器3012的光学条形码扫描器。 The input device 3016 may further include a bar code for reading the bar code and send a signal indicating to the processor 3012 of the optical bar code scanner. 打印机3018用于在纸或其他材料上记录标记,从而根据处理器3012的命令打印收据。 3018 printer for recording marks on paper or other material, thereby printing receipts according to a command processor 3012. 显示设备3020最好是用于向顾客和/或操作POS终端3010的出纳员显示至少是字母数字的字符的视频监视器。 Preferably the display device 3020 for displaying to the customer and cashier / or operation of the POS terminal 3010 is at least alphanumeric characters of the video monitor. 许多类型的输入设备、打印机和显示设备对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,在这里不需要详细说明。 Many types of input devices, printers and display devices to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and need not be described in detail herein.

存储设备3014存储用于控制处理器3012的程序3022。 The storage device stores a program for controlling the processor 3014 3012 3022. 处理器3012执行程序3022的指令,从而根据本发明、特别是根据这里详细说明的方法操作。 The processor 3012 performs instructions of the program 3022, so that according to the present invention, particularly in accordance with the method described in detail herein. 程序3022还包括必要的程序单元,例如操作系统和用于使处理器3012与计算机外围设备、例如输入设备3016、打印机3018和显示设备3020相联系的“设备驱动程序”。 Program 3022 further includes necessary program elements, such as an operating system for causing a processor 3012 with computer peripheral devices such as input devices 3016, "device driver" associated printer apparatus 3020 and the display 3018. 适当的设备驱动程序和其他必须的程序单元对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,因此不需要在这里详细说明。 Appropriate device drivers and other necessary program elements to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and therefore need not be described in detail here.

存储设备3014还存储(i)存货数据库3024;(ii)可能加售数据库3026;(iii)加售提议数据库3028;以及(iv)接受的提议数据库3030。 Storage device 3014 also stores (i) an inventory database 3024; (ii) possible upsells database 3026; (iii) an upsell offer database 3028; and (iv) receiving the offer database 3030. 数据库3024、3026、3028和3030在下面将结合附图中的例示性条目详细说明和显示。 Database 3024,3026,3028 and 3030 in the following with reference to exemplary embodiments shown and described in detail entries displayed. 如同本领域普通技术人员所理解的,这里所显示的数据库的示意图和附带说明是存储的信息说明的例示性结构。 As one skilled in the art will appreciate, the schematic shown herein and accompanying database description are exemplary description of the configuration information stored. 除了所示的表之外,还可以采取许多其他的形式。 In addition to the table below, you can also take many other forms. 同样,显示的条目表示例示性信息,本领域普通技术人员应该理解,条目的个数和内容可以与这里所显示的不同。 Similarly, the entries shown represent exemplary information, one skilled in the art will appreciate, the number and content of the entries can be different from those illustrated herein.

参看图42,POS终端3040的另一个实施例包括一个控制设备3042,所述控制设备3042通过通信介质3044与打印收据和/或赠券的系统3046进行通信。 Referring further to FIG 42, POS terminal 3040 includes one embodiment of a control apparatus 3042, the communication control device via a communication medium 3042 with 3044 printing receipts and / or coupon system 3046. 控制设备3042包括与输入设备3016(图41)和显示设备3020(图41)通信的处理器3048。 The control device 3042 includes an input device 3016 (FIG. 41) and a display processor in communication apparatus 3020 (FIG. 41) 3048. 用于打印的系统3046包括与存储设备3014(图41)和打印机3018(图41)通信的处理器3050。 The processor 3050 comprises a system for printing and storage devices 3046 3014 (FIG. 41) and a printer 3018 (FIG. 41) communications. 在这个实施例中,控制设备3042可以是一个收银机,系统3046可以是根据从收银机接收的数据打印赠券的电子设备。 In this embodiment, the control device 3042 may be a cash register, system 3046 may be a printed coupon from the data received from the cash register of the electronic device. POS终端的其他配置也将会为本领域普通技术人员所理解。 Other configurations of POS terminals will be known to those of ordinary skill in the art understand.

参看图43,图41的存货数据库3024包括条目3100、3102、3104、3106、3108、3110、3112和3114,每个条目定义一个可以被购买的物品。 Referring to FIG. 43, the inventory database 3024 of FIG. 41 includes 3100,3102,3104,3106,3108,3110,3112 and 3114 entries, each entry defines items that can be purchased. 每个条目包括(i)唯一地识别物品的物品标识符3116;(ii)物品说明3118;(iii)物品价格3120;以及(iv)物品成本3122。 Each entry includes (i) uniquely identifying the article item identifier 3116; (ii) Description Item 3118; (iii) an article price 3120; and (iv) the cost of the article 3122. 对于每个条目,物品价格3120表示顾客为相应的物品正常支付的价格,而物品成本3122表示物品对于商行的成本。 For each entry, item 3120 price represents the price the customer paid for the corresponding items of normal, while the cost of goods for 3122 represents the cost of goods firm. 因此,物品成本3122例如可以是商行本身为这个物品所支付的价格。 Therefore, the cost of items such as 3122 may be the price the firm itself for this article paid. 在一些实施例中,存货数据库3024还包括对每个物品现有数量的指示。 In some embodiments, the inventory database 3024 further includes an indication of the number of each article of the prior.

参看图44,图41的可能加售数据库3026包括条目3140、3142、3144和3146,每个条目定义一个可以被提议给顾客作为对找零的交换的加售。 Referring to FIG 44, FIG 41 may upsells database 3026 includes entries 3140,3142,3144 and 3146, each defining a customer can be proposed for the upsell in exchange for change due. 每个条目包括(i)唯一地识别该加售的加售标识符3148;以及(ii)加售说明3150。 Each entry includes (i) uniquely identifying the upsell upsell identifier 3148; and (ii) upsells 3150 instructions.

参看图45,表3155显示了加售提议数据库3028(图41)的一个实施例。 Referring to Figure 45, table 3155 the upsell offer database 3028 (FIG. 41) according to one embodiment. 表3155包括条目3160、3162、3164、3166、3168和3170,每个条目定义在顾客的购买由特定物品组成时所提议的加售。 Table 3155 includes entries 3160,3162,3164,3166,3168 and 3170, each entry is defined in the customer's purchase consists of particular items of the upsells. 每个条目包括(i)在购买中包括的物品3172;以及(ii)提议的加售3174。 Each entry includes (i) items included in the purchase 3172; and (ii) upsells 3174. 例如,如果购买由小薯条和大可乐组成,则条目3164表明应提议加售“D”。 For example, if you purchase from small fries and a large coke composition, the entry indicates that 3164 should be offered upsell "D". 如同可能加售数据库3026(图44)的条目3146所示,加售“D”是从小薯条到大薯条的升级。 As possible upsells database 3026 (FIG. 44) of the entry shown, the upsell "D" is an upgrade from small French fries to large French fries 3146. 因此,如果顾客接受这个提议,他将收到大薯条和大可乐。 Therefore, if the customer accepts the offer, he will receive a large fries and a large Coke.

在一个特定购买中包括的物品可以对应于加售提议数据库3028的一个以上的条目。 Included in the purchase of a particular item may correspond to more than one entry upsell offer database 3028. 例如,由汉堡包和小薯条组成的购买对应于条目3160和条目3162。 For example, purchase of a hamburger and small French fries corresponds to the composition of the entries 3162 and 3160 entries. 如果一个购买对应于不止一个条目,则可以随机选择一个条目,或根据出纳员的指示选择,并将对应于这个条目的加售被提议给顾客。 If a purchase corresponds to more than one entry, you can select a random entry, or cashier's choice according to the instructions, and this corresponds to upsell items proposed to the customer. 或者,可以允许顾客从这些条目中选择,从而选出对应于选定条目的加售。 Alternatively, the customer may be allowed to select from the entries to select an entry corresponding to the selected upsell.

加售提议数据库3028的一个条目可以指示不止一个加售。 Upsell offer database entry in 3028 may indicate more than one upsell. 例如,条目3166指示出,向购买了汉堡包、大可乐和小薯条的顾客提议加售“C”和“D”。 For example, entry 3166 indicates to the customer to buy a hamburger, small fries and a large Coke offered upsell "C" and "D". 同样,条目3168指示出,向购买了汉堡包、大可乐和中薯条的顾客提议加售“C”和“C”(两个单位的加售“C”)。 Similarly, entry 3168 indicates to the customer to buy a hamburger, fries and a large Coke offered upsell "C" and "C" (two units of upsell "C"). 如可能加售数据库3026(图44)的条目3144所示,加售“C”是一个苹果派。 The entry may upsells database 3026 (FIG. 44), the upsell "C" 3144 is an apple pie. 因此,如果顾客接受这个提议,他将收到一个汉堡包、一个大可乐、中薯条和两个苹果派。 Therefore, if the customer accepts the offer, he will receive a hamburger, a large cola, medium French fries and two apple pies.

顾客为物品和加售支付的舍入后价格可以通过将购买价格上舍入到一个预定倍数、例如下一个较高的美元值来确定。 After rounding the price the customer paid for the item and the upsell can by rounding up the purchase price to a predetermined multiple, for example, a higher dollar value is determined. 或者,加售提议数据库3028可以直接或间接地指示出舍入后价格,这将在下面进行说明。 Or, upsell offer database 3028 may indicate directly or indirectly, a rounded price, which will be explained below.

参看图46,表3180显示了加售提议数据库3028(图45)的另一个实施例。 Referring to Figure 46, table 3180 the upsell offer database 3028 (FIG. 45) in another embodiment. 表3180包括条目3190、3192、3194、3196、3198和3200,每个条目定义在顾客的购买由特定物品组成时所提议的加售。 Table 3180 includes entries 3190,3192,3194,3196,3198 and 3200, each entry is defined in the customer's purchase consists of particular items of the upsells. 每个条目包括(i)在购买中包括的物品3202;(ii)提议的加售3204;以及(iii)如果顾客接受提议,为物品和加售收取的舍入后价格3206。 Each entry includes (i) items included in the purchase 3202; (ii) upsells 3204; and (iii) if the customer accepts the offer, rounded to charge for the items and the sale price of 3206. 例如,如果购买包括一个汉堡包、一个大可乐和一个大薯条,根据条目3200加售“C”被提议和接受,则条目3200也指示出向顾客收取舍入后价格$5.00。 For example, if the purchase includes a hamburger, a large fries and a large Coke, according to the entries 3200 upsell "C" was proposed and accepted, the 3200 also indicates the entry fee to the customer rounded price $ 5.00. 虽然图46中所示的例示性舍入后价格每个都是一美元的倍数,舍入后价格也可以是任何值、例如五美元或二十五分的倍数。 Although the exemplary embodiment shown in FIG. 46 homes into the price of each are multiples of one dollar, the rounded prices may be any value, for example, a multiple of five dollars or twenty-five minutes.

参看图47,表3220显示了加售提议数据库3028(图45)的另一个实施例。 Referring to Figure 47, table 3220 the upsell offer database 3028 (FIG. 45) in another embodiment. 表3220包括条目3222、3224、3226、3228、3230和3232,每个条目定义在顾客的购买由特定物品组成时所提议的加售。 Table 3220 includes entries 3222,3224,3226,3228,3230 and 3232, each entry is defined in the customer's purchase consists of particular items of the upsells. 每个条目包括(i)在购买中包括的物品3234;(ii)提议的加售3236;以及(iii)如果顾客接受提议,增加到购买价格上的加售价格3238。 Each entry includes (i) items included in the purchase 3234; (ii) upsells 3236; and (iii) if the customer accepts the offer, the price increases to the purchase price plus the sale of 3238. 加售价格最好是当增加到相应的购买价格上时能使产生的总和是一个舍入后价格,例如一美元的倍数。 Preferably the sum of the upsell price increases when the corresponding purchase price can be produced by a rounded price, such as a multiple of a dollar.

参看图48,表3250显示了加售提议数据库3028(图45)的另一个实施例。 Referring to Figure 48, table 3250 the upsell offer database 3028 (FIG. 45) in another embodiment. 表3250包括条目3252、3254、3256、3258、3260和3262,每个条目定义在顾客的购买由特定物品组成时所提议的加售。 Table 3250 includes entries 3252,3254,3256,3258,3260 and 3262, each entry is defined in the customer's purchase consists of particular items of the upsells. 每个条目包括(i)在购买中包括的物品3264;(ii)提议的加售3266;以及(iii)如果顾客接受提议,指示购买价格舍入到的量的舍入倍数3268。 Each entry includes (i) items included in the purchase 3264; (ii) upsells 3266; and (iii) if the customer accepts the offer, indicating the amount of the purchase price is rounded to the rounding multiple 3268. 于是,可以确定购买价格,然后根据相应的舍入倍数舍入,产生一个舍入后价格。 Thus, the purchase price can be determined, and then rounded in accordance with the corresponding rounding multiple, generate a rounded price. 例如,条目3252、3254、3256、3258、3260和3262每个都定义购买价格舍入到最近的美元。 For example, entries 3252,3254,3256,3258,3260 and 3262 are defined for each purchase price is rounded to the nearest dollar.

参看图49,当POS终端接收购买中的物品时(步骤3282),启动用于在POS终端提供辅助产品销售的方法3280。 Referring to FIG. 49, when (step 3282) in the POS terminal receives the items purchased, start-up method of providing a supplementary product sale at a POS terminal 3280. 一般地,每个物品具有一个条形码,可由条形码扫描器扫描,POS终端随后从条形码扫描器接收表示物品的信号。 Typically, each item having a barcode, by scanning a barcode scanner, POS terminal then receives a signal representing the bar code scanner from the article. 或者,可以按下输入设备3016的各个键,以产生表示物品的信号。 Alternatively, the individual may press the key input device 3016 to generate a signal indicative of the article. POS终端然后根据这些物品确定一个加售(步骤3284)。 The POS terminal then determines the items in accordance with an upsell (step 3284). 为了确定加售,POS终端可以检索加售提议数据库3028(图41),以确定对应于这些物品的一个或多个记录,从而确定这些记录的相应加售。 To determine the upsell, POS terminal can retrieve upsell offer database 3028 (FIG. 41) to determine a record corresponding to one or more of these items, so as to determine the corresponding upsells of those records.

POS终端确定顾客同时为物品和加售支付的舍入后价格(步骤3286)。 POS terminal determines the customer at the same time pay for the items and the sale of a rounded price (step 3286). 如上所述,舍入后价格可以通过将购买价格上舍入到一预定倍数、例如下一个较高的美元值来确定。 As described above, the rounded price may be by rounding a purchase price to a predetermined multiple, for example, a high dollar value is determined. 在另一些实施例中,从加售提议数据库确定出舍入后价格。 In other embodiments, the rounded price determined from the upsell offer database. 在一个实施例中,可以根据加售提议数据库的一个记录确定出舍入后价格。 In one embodiment, it can be determined in accordance with a rounded price record of the upsell offer database. 例如,如上面参考图46所述的,加售提议数据库的每个条目可以包括舍入后价格。 For example, as described above with reference to FIG. 46, each entry of the upsell offer database may include the rounded price. 在另一个实施例中,如上面参考图47所述的,加售提议数据库的每个条目可以包括一个舍入倍数,并根据舍入倍数将购买价格进行舍入,从而产生舍入后价格。 In another embodiment, as described above with reference to FIG. 47, each entry of the upsell offer database may include a rounding multiple, and rounded up in accordance with the rounding multiple purchase price, thereby generating the rounded price. 在又一个实施例中,如上面参考图48所述的,加售提议数据库的每个条目可以包括一个加售价格,将加售价格增加到购买价格上,从而产生舍入后价格。 In yet another embodiment, as described above with reference to FIG. 48, each entry of the upsell offer database may include an upsell price, added to the purchase price to the upsell price, thereby generating the rounded price.

向顾客提供用舍入后价格交换(购买)物品和加售的提议(步骤3288)。 To provide customers with a rounded price exchange (purchase) items and the proposed sale (step 3288). 例如,POS终端可以在显示设备3020(图41)上输出一个加售指示,例如加售的名称。 For example, POS terminal may output an indication of the upsell device 3020 (FIG. 41) shows, for example, the name of the upsell. 如果顾客接受这个提议,将所需支付值设置为舍入后价格。 If the customer accepts the offer, the required payment amount to be the rounded price. 这个所需支付值是期望作为对提供给顾客的产品的交换而支付的钱数。 The required payment is expected the amount of money in exchange for products provided to customers and pay. 从所需支付值,处理器3012(图41)例如可以确定在一天结束时应该由POS终端收取的总钱数。 From the total amount of money required payment amount, the processor 3012 (FIG. 41) may be determined at the end of the day to be received by the POS terminal. 本领域普通技术人员应该明白,所需支付值一般存储在数据存储设备3014上,并且例如可以包括交易的一单个存储值或多个值,每个都对应于期望为交易中的一个或多个产品支付的钱数。 Those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that the required payment amount is typically stored on the data storage device 3014, and may include a single stored value or a plurality of transaction values, each corresponding to a desired transaction or more the amount of money paid for the product.

顾客响应该提议,当按下输入设备3016上的一个键时,或以本领域普通技术人员公知的其他方式,由POS终端接收到该响应(步骤3290)。 Customer response to the proposal, when a key is pressed on the input device 3016, or in other ways well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and by the POS terminal receives the response (step 3290). 如果该响应表明接受该提议,则用舍入后价格交换物品和加售(步骤3292)。 If the response indicates acceptance of the proposal, with the rounded price exchange goods and the upsell (step 3292). 如果需要,POS终端对存储的物品现有数量的指示进行适当的调整,以反映出这些物品和加售已经售出。 If needed, POS terminals to indicate the existing number of items stored in the appropriate adjustments to reflect these items and the sale have been sold. POS终端还可以存储对提议的响应,用于记帐和市场分析。 POS terminals can also be stored in response to proposals for accounting and market analysis.

申请人已经认识到,由POS终端执行的辅助处理可能在完成顾客交易时引入延迟,并且这些延迟在某些环境下是可以接受的。 Applicants have recognized that secondary processing performed by the POS terminal may introduce delays in the completion of customer transactions, and these delays under certain circumstances is acceptable. 例如,当只有少数未进行的顾客交易时,这种延迟不会显著地影响有关的性能测量,例如每小时销售量或每小时利润。 For example, when only a small number of customers have not carried out transactions, this delay does not significantly affect performance measurements related to such sales or profit per hour per hour.

因此,在低活动率期间执行辅助处理、而在高活动率期间减少或避免辅助处理可以产生增大的利润。 Accordingly, the processing performed during the auxiliary low-active, and the treatment may reduce or avoid secondary generate increased profits during high activity rates. 这种增大的利润可以超过或者总是执行辅助处理或者从不执行辅助处理的POS终端的利润。 Such increased profit can exceed the profit or always perform the supplementary process or never perform the supplementary process of the POS terminal.

在本发明的一个实施例中,POS终端测量一个或多个标准、例如终端的活动率,如果标准小于预定阈值,则执行一个辅助处理。 In one embodiment of the present invention, POS terminal measures one or more criteria, such as an activity rate of a terminal, if the standard value is less than the predetermined threshold, a secondary processing is performed. 在另一个实施例中,POS终端测量终端的活动率,根据活动率确定一个提议调度表,并随后根据提议调度表提供一个辅助产品提议。 Embodiment, the measured activity rate of the POS terminal in the terminal another embodiment, a proposed schedule is determined according to the activity rate, and then provide a supplementary product offer in accordance with an offer schedule. 提议调度表可以指明,在低终端活动时期期间进行耗时的提议(具有低“提议速度”的提议),而在较高终端活动时期期间进行较快的提议(具有高“提议速度”的提议)。 Offer schedule may specify, for the proposed time-consuming (proposed having a low "offer speed") of the terminal during the low activity period, and proposals for faster during higher terminal activity periods (having a high "offer speed" proposal ).

如前面提到的父申请No.08/920,116所述,特别希望提供一个加售来将剩下的找零值交换加售。 As mentioned earlier parent application No.08 / 920,116 of the particularly desirable to provide an upsell to exchange the remaining amount of change upsell. 因此,本发明考虑提供对具有高性能比的加售的提议。 Accordingly, the present invention proposes to consider upsells having high performance ratios. 另外,本发明考虑根据提议调度表提供对不同加售的提议。 Further, the present invention proposes to consider different upsells in accordance with an offer schedule.

参看图50,POS终端4010可以是由国际商用机器制造的IBM“4683”或IBM“4693”,包括处理器4012,例如一个或多个常规微处理器。 IBM "4683" or IBM Referring to Figure 50, POS terminal 4010 may be manufactured by International Business Machines of "4693", comprises a processor 4012, such as one or more conventional microprocessors. 处理器4012与一个数据存储设备4014、例如磁、光和/或半导体存储器的适当组合进行通信。 The processor 4012 and a data storage device 4014, such as an appropriate combination of magnetic, optical and / or semiconductor memory in communication. 处理器4012和存储设备4014中的每一个都可以(i)全部位于一单个计算机或其他计算设备内;(ii)由远程通信介质、例如串行端口电缆、电话线或射频收发机彼此相连;或(iii)二者的组合。 The processor and the storage device 4012 in each of the 4014 can be (i) located entirely within a single computer or other computing device; (ii) by a remote communication medium, such as a serial port cable, telephone line or radio frequency transceiver connected to each other; or (iii) a combination of both. 例如,POS终端4010可以包括一个或多个连接到一个保持数据库的远程服务器计算机的计算机。 For example, POS terminal 4010 may comprise one or more connections to a remote server computer holding a database of a computer.

输入设备4016最好包括用于向处理器4012发送输入信号(例如表示购买的信号)的键盘。 The input device 4016 preferably includes means for transmitting an input signal to a processor 4012 (e.g., a signal indicative of purchase) of the keyboard. 打印机4018用于在纸或其他材料上记录标记,从而根据处理器4012的命令打印收据、赠券和优惠券。 4018 printer for recording marks on paper or other material, thereby printing receipts, coupons and vouchers according to a command processor 4012. 显示设备4020最好是用于向顾客和/或出纳员显示至少是字母数字的字符的视频监视器。 The display device 4020 is preferably used to display to the customer and / or cashier at least alphanumeric characters of the video monitor. 许多类型的输入设备、打印机和显示设备对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,在这里不需要详细说明。 Many types of input devices, printers and display devices to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and need not be described in detail herein. 输入设备4016、打印机4018和显示设备4020都与处理器4012进行通信。 The input device 4016, printer 4018 and display device 4020 are in communication with the processor 4012.

传感器4022也与处理器4012进行通信。 The sensor 4022 is also in communication with the processor 4012. 传感器4022和处理器4012可用于测量例如进入商店的顾客数目或POS终端4010附近的顾客数目。 Sensor 4022 and processor 4012 can be used to measure, for example the number of customers who enter the store near the POS terminal 4010 or number. 许多其他类型的传感器是公知,在这里不需要详细说明。 Many other types of sensors are well known, detailed description is not required here.

存储设备4014存储用于控制处理器4012的程序4024。 Storage device 4014 stores a program 4012 for controlling the processor 4024. 处理器4012执行程序4024的指令,从而根据本发明、特别是根据这里详细说明的方法操作。 4012 4024 processor executing program instructions, whereby in accordance with the present invention, particularly in accordance with the method described in detail herein. 程序4024还包括必要的程序单元,例如操作系统和用于使处理器与计算机外围设备、例如输入设备4016、打印机4018、显示设备4020和传感器4022相联系的“设备驱动程序”。 Program 4024 further includes necessary program elements, such as an operating system for causing a processor with computer peripheral devices, such as input device 4016, a printer 4018, a display "device driver" device 4020 and sensor 4022 associated. 适当的设备驱动程序和其他必须的程序单元对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,因此不需要在这里详细说明。 Appropriate device drivers and other necessary program elements to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and therefore need not be described in detail here.

图51显示了图50的POS终端10的另一个实施例,其中,控制设备4028通过通信介质4030与提供辅助处理的系统4032进行通信。 Figure 51 shows a further embodiment 10 of the POS terminal of FIG. 50 embodiment, wherein the control device 4028 to communicate via a communication medium 4030 with a system 4032 providing a supplementary process. 控制设备4028包括与输入设备4016和显示设备4020通信的处理器4034。 The control device 4028 includes an input device and a display processor 4016 40344020 communication device. 提供辅助处理的系统4032包括与存储设备4014、打印机4018和传感器4022通信的处理器4036。 Providing a supplementary process system 4032 includes a storage device 4014, 4018 and 4022 communicate with the printer sensor processor 4036. 在这个实施例中,控制设备4028可以是一个收银机,系统4032可以是与控制设备相连的根据从收银机接收的数据打印赠券的电子设备。 In this embodiment, the control device 4028 may be a cash register, a coupon print system 4032 may be based on data received from the cash register and the electronic device connected to the control device. POS终端4010的其他配置也将会为本领域普通技术人员所理解。 Other configurations of the POS terminal 4010 will be known to those of ordinary skill in the art understand.

参看图52,一种控制辅助处理的执行的方法4040从图50和图51的POS终端4010测量一个或多个标准、例如POS终端4010的活动率(步骤4042)开始。 Referring to Figure 52, a method for performing assist control process 4010 as measured from the POS terminal 4040. FIG. 50 and FIG. 51, one or more standards, such activity rate of the POS terminal (step 4042) 4010 start. 例如,POS终端4010可以测量每个时段完成的交易个数(交易率)、每个时段通过POS终端10购买的物品个数(物品销售率)、或每个时段由顾客接受的加售个数(加售接受率)。 For example, the POS terminal 4010 may measure the number of transactions (transaction rate) of each period is completed, the number of items in each period upsell number purchased by the POS terminal 10 (sell items), or each time received by the customer (upsell acceptance rate). POS终端4010可以通过从传感器4022接收的输入信号来测量顾客数目、例如商店中的顾客数目或POS终端4010附近的顾客数目。 POS terminal 4010 may measure the number of customers received by the input signal from the sensor 4022, for example, the number of customers in the store POS terminal or customer number 4010 nearby. 还可以由POS终端4010进行许多其他类型的测量。 It may also be performed by the POS terminal 4010 in many other types of measurements.

POS终端4010然后根据测量出的活动率或其他标准确定是否执行一个辅助处理、例如提议一个加售作为对找零的交换。 The POS terminal 4010 then determines based on the measured activity rate or other criteria whether to perform a supplementary process, for example, proposes an upsell in exchange for change due. 在一个实施例中,POS终端4010将活动率与预定阈值进行比较。 In one embodiment, POS terminal 4010 compares the activity rate to a predetermined threshold value. 可以以多种方式确定(步骤4044)这样一个阈值。 Can be determined (step 4044) such a threshold value in various ways. 例如,该阈值可以是一个预定值(例如,每分钟三个交易的速率),或是一个变化值(例如,在5:00PM之后每分钟三个交易,其他时间每分钟两个交易)。 For example, the threshold may be a predetermined value (e.g., the rate of three transactions per minute), or a change values ​​(e.g., 5:00 PM after three transactions per minute, other times two transactions per minute). 许多根据诸如一天中的时间和一星期中的各天等许多变量计算阈值的方法可以由本领域普通技术人员所理解。 Many methods of calculating a threshold according to the days of a number of variables such as time of day and the like and may be understood by one week by one of ordinary skill in the art.

一旦确定了阈值,将活动率与预定阈值进行比较(步骤4046)。 Once the threshold value, the activity rate is compared with a predetermined threshold value (step 4046). 一个比较是确定活动率是否低于阈值。 A comparison is to determine whether the activity rate is below the threshold. 例如,POS终端4010可以判定在之前十分钟完成的交易的测量数是否低于每十分钟七次交易的预定阈值。 For example, POS terminal 4010 may determine whether the measured number of completed transactions in the last ten minutes is less than a predetermined threshold of seven transactions per ten minutes.

如果比较有效,(例如,测量的活动率低于阈值),则POS终端4010执行辅助处理(步骤4048)。 If the comparison is valid, (e.g., the measured activity rate is below a threshold value), then the POS terminal 4010 performs the supplementary process (step 4048). POS终端4010可以通过执行程序4024(图50)的指令来执行辅助处理。 POS terminal 4010 may perform the supplementary process by executing the program 4024 (FIG. 50) of the instruction. 或者,POS终端4010可以通过从控制设备4028(图51)向提供辅助处理的系统4032发出控制信号来执行辅助处理。 Alternatively, POS terminal 4010 may perform the supplementary process by sending from the control device 4028 (FIG. 51) to the processing system 4032 to provide auxiliary control signals. 在这样一个实施例中,控制设备4028判定是允许还是禁止系统4032。 In such an embodiment, the control device 4028 determines that the system 4032 is enabled or disabled. 例如,如果活动率高于一预定阈值,控制设备4028禁止系统4032,如果活动率低于该预定阈值,则允许系统4032工作。 For example, if the activity rate is higher than a predetermined threshold value, the control device 4028 blocking system 4032 if the activity rate is below the predetermined threshold, the system 4032 allows the work. 控制设备4028可以通过向系统4032发送适当的允许信号和禁止信号来允许和禁止系统4032。 The control device 4028 may enable and disable the system 4032 by sending the appropriate disable signal to the enable signal and the system 4032. 这种信号可以是只用于允许或禁止辅助处理的执行的控制信号,或者是包含由系统4032使用的附加信息的数据信号。 Such signals may only be a control signal for allowing or prohibiting execution of the supplementary process, or a data signal containing additional information 4032 used by the system. 替代单独的允许和禁止信号,控制设备4028可以向系统4032发送一个使系统4032在允许模式和禁止模式之间切换的信号。 Instead of a separate enable and disable signal, the control device 4028 may transmit to the system 4032 of the system 4032 allows a signal for switching between a mode and inhibit mode.

本领域普通技术人员应该理解,系统4032或者可以是“允许-直到-禁止”。 Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the system 4032 or may be "allowed - until - prohibited." 换句话说,当不想执行辅助处理时,控制设备4028只需要发送一个禁止信号。 In other words, when not want to perform the supplementary process, the control apparatus 4028 needs to send a disable signal. 当没有禁止信号发送给系统4032时,系统4032就执行辅助处理(即使没有接收到允许信号)。 When no disable signal is transmitted to the system 4032, the system 4032 would perform the supplementary process (even if no enable signal is received). 同样,系统4032可以是“禁止-直到-允许”。 Again, the system 4032 may be "prohibit - until - allowed." 换句话说,当需要执行辅助处理时,控制设备4028只需要发送一个允许信号。 In other words, when the auxiliary processing needs to be performed, the control device 4028 allows a signal to be transmitted. 当没有允许信号发送给系统4032时,系统4032不执行辅助处理(即使没有接收到禁止信号)。 When no enable signal is transmitted to the system 4032, the system 4032 does not perform the supplementary process (even if no disable signal is received).

作为上述方法4040的一个例示,POS终端可以测量活动率,并判定活动率是否低于一预定阈值。 As illustrated in the above-described method 4040, POS terminal may measure an activity rate, and determines whether the activity rate is below a predetermined threshold. 如果是,则如同本申请的父申请、1997年8月26日申请的标题为“METHOD AND SYSTEM FORPROCESSING SUPPLEMENTARY PRODUCT SALES AT A POINT-OF-SALE TERMINAL”的专利申请No.08/920,116所描述的,POS终端根据购买确定一个加售。 If so, as the parent application of this application, the title August 26, 1997 Application for "METHOD AND SYSTEM FORPROCESSING SUPPLEMENTARY PRODUCT SALES AT A POINT-OF-SALE TERMINAL" Patent Application No.08 / 920,116 described, POS terminal determines an upsell in accordance with the purchase. POS终端还根据该购买确定一个加售价格,并向顾客提议一个加售作为对加售价格的交换。 POS terminal also based on the purchase price to determine an upsell, upsell a customer and proposed to exchange for upsell price.

在上述实施例中,POS终端4010判定是否执行一个辅助处理。 In the embodiment described above, POS terminal 4010 determines whether to perform a supplementary process. 在另一些实施例中,POS终端4010还根据测量出的活动率或其他标准选择辅助处理。 In other embodiments, POS terminals 4010 to select a supplementary process based on the measured activity rate or other criteria. 例如,可能希望根据POS终端的活动率将不同类型的提议提供给顾客。 For example, you might want based on the activity of different types of POS terminals will offer to the customer. 特别地,当测量出的活动率低时,提供更耗时的提议,而当测量出的活动率高时,提供较快的提议。 In particular, when the measured activity rate is low, a more time-consuming proposal, when the activity rate is measured, providing faster proposal.

图53是显示一个提议调度表的表4060,该表可以以本领域公知的方式实施为存储在存储设备4014上的数据库。 FIG 53 is a graph showing a proposed schedule table 4060, the table may be implemented as a database stored on the storage device 4014 in a manner known in the art. 表4060的每行代表一个条目,每个条目定义对于一个活动率提议的加售。 Each row represents a table of 4060 entries, each entry defines an activity rate for upsells. 特别地,每个条目包括唯一地识别该条目的活动率标识符4062、描述速率或速率范围的活动率4064、以及在该活动率要提议的加售4066。 In particular, each entry includes an entry uniquely identifies an activity rate identifier 4062, describes an activity rate 4064 rate or range of rates, and the activity rate to upsells 4066. 如父申请No.08/920,116所述,要提议的加售4066可以包括两个或多个加售,一次提议一个,直到接受一个加售。 As the parent application No.08 / 920,116, to upsells 4066 may include two or more upsells, a proposed time until an upsell acceptance.

条目4068对应于低于每十五分钟八次交易的活动率,表示在这些(相对低的)活动率期间将提议的附加产品。 Entry 4068 corresponds to less than the rate of activity every 15 minutes eight transactions, expressed during these (relatively low) activity rates will propose additional products. 附加产品提议一般具有低“提议速度”,因为如果顾客接受了该提议,对于出纳员可能需要几秒钟来检索附加产品。 Additional product offers generally has a low "offer speed," because if the customer accepts the offer, for the cashier may take a few seconds to retrieve additional product. 条目4070对应于在每十五分钟八次和十五次交易之间的活动率,表示在这些活动率期间将提议一个“三倍于您的找零”赠券。 Entry 4070 corresponding to the activity rate every 15 minutes between eight and fifteen times the transaction, expressed during these activity rates will propose a "three times in your change" coupon. 一般来说,打印赠券比提议一个附加产品要快。 In general, print coupons additional product faster than a proposal. 因此,赠券提议具有较高的提议速度,这就是为什么在较高终端活动时期提议赠券的原因。 Therefore, the proposal has a higher coupon rate proposal, which is why the coupon offer at a higher terminal activity period. 条目4072表示在高于每十五分钟十五次交易的活动率不提供提议。 Entries in 4072 said they did not provide a proposal higher than every 15 minutes fifteen trading activity rate.

上述实施例说明了POS终端是如何自动控制辅助处理的执行的。 The above examples illustrate how the POS terminal automatically controls the execution of the supplementary process. 还希望提供一种有时消除这种自动控制的方法和装置。 It is also desirable to provide a method and apparatus may eliminate the automatic control. 允许手动否决POS终端的决定对于辅助处理的执行将提供更细致的控制。 Allow manual overrule the POS terminal for performing the auxiliary process will provide finer control. 例如,商店管理者可能希望测试辅助处理,即使POS终端当前并未执行辅助处理。 For example, the store manager may want to test the supplementary process, even if the POS terminal is not currently perform the supplementary process. 另外,可能存在一些设备不能准确地解释的情况,在这种情况下不应该执行辅助处理。 Further, there are some cases the device may not accurately explained supplementary process should not be performed in this case.

参看图54,装置4080包括从否决信号电路4084和自动控制信号电路4086接收输入的否决判决管理器4082。 Referring to Figure 54, apparatus 4080 includes receiving an override signal circuit 4084 and from an automatic control signal circuit 4086 is inputted reject decision manager 4082. 否决信号电路4084是一个提供与POS终端进行通信的否决信号的设备,例如开关。 Override signal circuit 4084 is a device for providing an override signal in communication with the POS terminal, such as a switch. 否决信号电路4084可以是输入设备4016(图50和图51)上的一个或多个键,或者可以是发送和/或产生信号的另一个设备。 Override signal circuit 4084 may be input on a device 4016 (FIG. 50 and FIG. 51) or plurality of keys, or may be transmitted and / or another device to generate a signal. 自动控制信号电路4086是POS终端的一部分,提供用于如上所述控制辅助处理的自动执行的控制信号。 Automatic control signal circuit 4086 is part of the POS terminal, and a control signal automatically performs auxiliary control for processing as described above. 否决判决管理器4082分别从电路4084和4086接收否决信号和控制信号,并根据这些信号产生一个用于控制辅助处理的执行的“增强控制”信号。 Manager 4082 are rejected from the decision circuits 4084 and 4086 receiving the override signal and control signal, and generating a supplementary process for performing control "enhanced control" signal based on these signals. 将增强控制信号发送给用于执行辅助处理的系统4088。 Enhanced control signal is transmitted to the system for performing a supplementary process 4088. 系统4088可以是作为图50的POS终端4010的一个部件的软件模块,也可以是图51的用于提供辅助处理的系统4032。 The system may be a POS terminal 4088 of FIG. 50 parts of a software module 4010, it may be a system for providing a supplementary process of FIG. 4032 51.

否决信号可用于消除否则会根据来自自动控制信号电路4086的控制信号发生的辅助处理的执行。 Override signal may be used to eliminate the auxiliary processing otherwise performed according to a control signal from the automatic control signal circuit 4086 is occurring. 参看下列表1,所示真值表将输出(增强控制信号)描述为输入(否决信号和控制信号)的函数。 Referring to Table 1, the truth table shown the output (Enhanced Control Signal) as a function of the input described (override signal and control signal). 表1描述了否决信号达到两个值(即,0或1)中的一个的实施例。 Table 1 describes the override signal reaches two values ​​(i.e., 0 or 1) in one embodiment. 然而,本领域普通技术人员将会理解,否决信号可以达到不止两个值。 However, those of ordinary skill in the art will understand that the override signal can reach more than two values.

其中,否决信号=0,允许自动控制否决信号=1,禁止辅助处理控制信号=0,禁止辅助处理控制信号=1,允许辅助处理增强控制信号=0,禁止辅助处理增强控制信号=1,允许辅助处理表1-否决判决管理器的真值表例如,当否决信号=1和控制信号=1时,用户则否决允许辅助处理的自动判定。 Wherein the override signal = 0, allows automatic control override signal = 1, Disabling the Supplemental Process Control Signal = 0 for Disabling the Supplemental process control signal = 1, allowing the secondary process the enhanced control signal = 0, Disabling the Supplemental Process Enhanced Control Signal = 1, allowing table 1 Truth table rejected secondary processing manager, for example, the decision, when the override signal and the control signal = 1 = 1, the user is allowed to reject automatic determination assisting process. 因此,增强控制信号=0,辅助处理被禁止。 Accordingly, the Enhanced Control Signal = 0, the auxiliary process is disabled.

参看图55,网络4100包括一个与POS终端4104、4106和4108进行通信的服务器计算机4102。 Referring to Figure 55, network 4100 includes a server computer 4102 in communication with POS terminals 4104, 4106 and 4108. 如上所述,服务器计算机4102本身可以是一个POS终端。 As described above, the server computer 4102 may itself be a POS terminal. 虽然在图55中显示了三个POS终端,但在不偏离本发明的精神和范围的情况下可以有任何数目的POS终端与服务器计算机4102进行通信。 Although three POS terminals in FIG. 55, but without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention may be any number of POS terminals 4102 to communicate with the server computer. 服务器计算机4102可以实行上述许多处理,特别是那些为不止一个POS终端执行的处理。 The server computer 4102 may implement many of the above process, especially those for the treatment of more than one POS terminal performs. 例如,服务器计算机4102可以(i)测量POS终端4104、4106和4108中的任何一个或全部的活动率,(ii)确定是否在POS终端4104、4106和4108中的任何一个或全部提供一个辅助处理,(iii)允许或禁止一个或多个用于提供辅助处理的系统,以及/或(iv)向POS终端4104、4106和4108中的任何一个或全部发送一个否决信号。 For example, the server computer 4102 may (i) measuring activity of any or all of the POS terminals 4104, 4106 and 4108, (II) determining whether all of a supplementary process in the POS terminals 4104, 4106 and 4108 or any , (iii) enable or disable one or more systems for providing a supplementary process, and / or (iv) any or all of a transmit reject signals to the POS terminals 4104, 4106 and 4108. 服务器计算机4102还可以从POS终端4104、4106和4108采集数据,从而总计关于每个POS终端执行的处理的信息。 The server computer 4102 may also collect data from the POS terminals 4104, 4106 and 4108, so that the total for each POS terminal performs information processing. 例如,每个POS终端可以测量其自身的活动率,并向服务器计算机4102发送表示测量出的活动率的信号。 For example, each POS terminal may measure its own activity rate, the server computer 4102 signals and the measured activity rate represented by the transmission. 服务器计算机4102然后可以确定POS终端网络4100的总活动率。 Server 4102 computer can then determine the total activity rate of the POS terminal network 4100.

测量出的活动率例如可以是使用中(处理交易)的POS终端的个数或使用中的POS终端的百分比。 The percentage or number of the POS terminal using the measured activity rate may be, for example, in use (processing transactions) in the POS terminal. 根据活动率,服务器计算机4102可以确定是否允许在每个POS终端执行辅助处理。 The activity rate, the server computer 4102 may determine whether to permit the supplementary process performed at each POS terminal. 或者,服务器计算机4102可以确定哪些POS终端可以执行辅助处理。 Alternatively, the server computer 4102 may determine which of the POS terminal may perform the supplementary process.

图56显示了一个显示POS终端网络的提议调度表的表4120。 Figure 56 shows a table showing a proposed schedule 4120 network of POS terminals. 表4120的每行代表一个条目,每个条目定义对于一个活动率提议的加售。 Each row represents a table of 4120 entries, each entry defines an activity rate for upsells. 在表4120中所用的活动率是基于多个终端中的哪些正在使用中。 Activity rate used in the table 4120 is based on which of the plurality of terminals are in use. 每个条目包括唯一地识别该条目的活动率标识符4122、描述速率或速率范围的活动率4124、以及在该活动率要提议的加售4126。 Each entry includes an entry uniquely identifies an activity rate identifier 4122, describe the activity rate rate or range of rates of 4124, the activity rate and upsells to 4126. 例如,条目4128对应着所有POS终端的50%以下正在使用,表明将提议三个产品,顾客从中选择一个。 For example, entry 4128 corresponds to 50% of all POS terminals being used less, indicating that the three proposed product, the customer to choose one. 条目4130、4132和4134同样也描述了对于不同活动率将提议的加售。 Entries 4130,4132 and 4134 also describes the different activities of the upsells. 如上所述,在较低活动期间可以提议更耗时的加售、例如一个接一个地提议的多个加售。 As mentioned above, during periods of lower activity may propose a more time-consuming upsells, such as a proposal by one of more upsells.

本发明允许顾客在POS终端处理一次购买之前选择一个加售。 The present invention allows a customer to select a process in the POS terminal upsell before a purchase. 于是,不需要在POS终端向顾客提议一个由系统选择的可能被拒绝的加售。 Thus, the proposal does not require a selection by the system may be denied to the customer upsell at the POS terminal. 本发明因此可以节约在POS终端的时间。 The present invention can thus save time in the POS terminal. 所选择的加售也表明购买价格应该被舍入的量,节约了更多的时间。 The selected upsell also indicates the amount of the purchase price should be rounded, saving more time.

如果商行具有旧的或过期的存货,则允许选择该存货作为对找零的交换的加售是很有利的。 If the firm has old or outdated stock, the stock is allowed to select the upsell as the change of exchange is very beneficial. 顾客将担当清除存货的任务,从而消除了否则将存货丢弃的成本。 Customers will serve to clear inventory tasks, thereby eliminating the cost of the inventory discarded otherwise.

参看图57,POS终端5010可以是由国际商用机器制造的IBM“4683”或IBM“4693”,包括处理器5012,例如一个或多个常规微处理器。 IBM "4683" or IBM Referring to Figure 57, POS terminal 5010 may be manufactured by International Business Machines of "4693", comprises a processor 5012, such as one or more conventional microprocessors. 处理器5012与一个数据存储设备5014、例如磁、光和/或半导体存储器的适当组合进行通信。 The processor 5012 and a data storage device 5014, such as an appropriate combination of magnetic, optical and / or semiconductor memory in communication. 处理器5012和存储设备5014中的每一个都可以(i)全部位于一单个计算机或其他计算设备内;(ii)由远程通信介质、例如串行端口电缆、电话线或射频收发机彼此相连;或(iii)二者的组合。 The processor 5012 and the storage device 5014 may each be in the (i) located entirely within a single computer or other computing device; (II), such as a serial port cable, telephone line or radio frequency transceiver connected to each other by a remote communication medium; or (iii) a combination of both. 例如,POS终端5010可以包括一个或多个连接到一个保持数据库的远程服务器计算机的计算机。 For example, POS terminal 5010 may comprise one or more connections to a remote server computer holding the database.

输入设备5016最好包括用于向处理器5012发送输入信号(例如表示购买的信号)的键盘。 The input device 5016 preferably includes means for transmitting an input signal to the processor 5012 (e.g., a signal indicative of purchase) of the keyboard. 输入设备5016还可以包括一个用于读取条形码并将表示这些条形码的信号发送给处理器5012的光学条形码扫描器。 The input device 5016 may also include a bar code for reading the bar code scanner and the bar code indicates the optical signals sent to the processor 5012. 打印机5018用于在纸或其他材料上记录标记,从而根据处理器5012的控制打印收据、赠券和优惠券。 5018 printer for recording marks on paper or other material, such receipts, coupons and vouchers according to the print control processor 5012. 显示设备5020最好是用于向顾客和/或出纳员显示至少是字母数字的字符的视频监视器。 The display device 5020 is preferably used to display to the customer and / or cashier at least alphanumeric characters of the video monitor. 许多类型的输入设备、打印机和显示设备对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,在这里不需要详细说明。 Many types of input devices, printers and display devices to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and need not be described in detail herein. 输入设备5016、打印机5018和显示设备5020都与处理器5012进行通信。 The input device 5016, printer 5018 and display device 5020 are in communication with the processor 5012.

存储设备5014存储用于控制处理器5012的程序5022。 Storage device 5014 stores a program for controlling the processor 5012 to 5022. 处理器5012执行程序5022的指令,从而根据本发明、特别是根据这里详细说明的方法操作。 The processor 5012 performs instructions of the program 5022, so that according to the present invention, particularly in accordance with the method described in detail herein. 程序5022还包括必要的程序单元,例如操作系统和用于使处理器5012与计算机外围设备、例如输入设备5016、打印机5018和显示设备5020通信的“设备驱动程序”。 Program 5022 further includes necessary program elements, such as an operating system for causing a processor 5012 with computer peripheral devices such as input devices 5016, "device driver" communication device 5020 and the printer 5018 is displayed. 适当的设备驱动程序和其他必须的程序单元对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,因此不需要在这里详细说明。 Appropriate device drivers and other necessary program elements to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and therefore need not be described in detail here.

存储设备5014还存储(i)存货数据库5024;(ii)舍入代码数据库5026;以及(iii)交易数据库5028。 Storage device 5014 also stores (i) an inventory database 5024; (ii) a rounding code database 5026; and (iii) a transaction database 5028. 数据库5024、5026和5028在下面将结合附图中的例示性条目详细说明和显示。 Database 5024,5026 and 5028 will be described in detail below in conjunction with exemplary entries in the accompanying drawings and the display. 如同本领域普通技术人员所理解的,这里所显示的数据库的示意图和附带说明是存储的信息说明的例示性结构。 As one skilled in the art will appreciate, the schematic shown herein and accompanying database description are exemplary description of the configuration information stored. 除了所示的表之外,还可以采取许多其他的形式。 In addition to the table below, you can also take many other forms. 同样,显示的条目表示例示性信息,本领域普通技术人员应该理解,条目的个数和内容可以与这里所显示的不同。 Similarly, the entries shown represent exemplary information, one skilled in the art will appreciate, the number and content of the entries can be different from those illustrated herein.

图58显示了POS终端5010的另一个实施例,其中,控制设备5029通过通信介质5030与提供加售提议的系统5032进行通信。 58 shows another embodiment of the POS terminal 5010, wherein the control device 5029 to communicate via a communication medium 5030 with a system 5032 provides the upsell. 控制设备5029包括与输入设备5016和显示设备5020通信的处理器5034。 The control device 5029 includes a processor 50345020 communication device with an input device 5016 and a display. 用于提供提议的系统5032包括与存储设备5014和打印机5018通信的处理器5036。 The proposed system 5032 for providing communication includes a processor 5036 and memory device 5014 and the printer 5018. 在这个实施例中,控制设备5029可以是一个收银机,系统5032可以是根据从收银机接收的数据打印赠券的电子设备。 In this embodiment, the control device 5029 may be a cash register, system 5032 may be a printed coupon from the data received from the cash register of the electronic device. POS终端5010的其他配置也将会为本领域普通技术人员所理解。 Other configurations of the POS terminal 5010 will be known to those of ordinary skill in the art understand.

参看图59,网络5040包括与POS终端5044、5046和5048进行通信的服务器5042。 Referring to Figure 59, network 5040 includes a server 5042 in communication with POS terminals 5044,5046 and 5048. 服务器5042指导存储来自POS终端5044、5046和5048的数据以及向其发送数据的操作。 Guidance server 5042 stores data from the POS terminals 5044,5046 and 5048 and an operation to send data. 如上所述,服务器5042本身可以是一个POS终端,或者是可以与一个或多个POS终端通信的另一个计算设备。 As described above, the server 5042 may itself be a POS terminal, or may be associated with one or more other computing devices in communication POS terminal. 虽然图59中显示了三个POS终端,但在不偏离本发明的精神和范围的情况下,任何数目的POS终端都可以与服务器5042进行通信。 Although three POS terminals 59, but without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention, any number of POS terminals may be in communication with the server 5042. POS终端5044、5046和5048中的每一个可以位于同一商店、连锁店的不同商店、或其他地方。 Each POS terminals 5044,5046 and 5048 can be located in the same store, different stores chain, or elsewhere. 服务器5042可以执行下面要说明的许多处理,特别是那些为不止一个POS终端执行的处理。 Server 5042 may perform many of the processing to be described below, particularly those dealing with more than one POS terminal is performed. 服务器5042还可以存储数据,例如存货数据库5024(图57),该数据将由POS终端5044、5046和5048共享。 Server 5042 may also store data, such as the inventory database 5024 (FIG. 57), the data generated by the POS terminal 5044,5046 and 5048 share.

参看图60,存货数据库5024包括行5032、5033、5034、5035、5036、5037和5038,每一行代表存货数据库5024的一个条目。 Referring to FIG. 60, the inventory database 5024 includes rows 5032,5033,5034,5035,5036,5037 and 5038, each row represents one entry of the inventory database 5024. 每个条目定义一个可以被销售的存货物品。 Each entry defines inventory items that can be sold. 特别地,每个条目包括(i)唯一地识别该条目的物品标识符5040;(ii)说明存货物品的说明5042;(iii)物品的价格5044;以及(iv)表明物品是否需缴纳销售税(或其他税)的应纳税状态5046。 In particular, each entry includes (i) that uniquely identifies the entry item identifier 5040; (ii) Availability explanatory article 5042; Price (iii) items 5044; and (iv) indicates whether the items to be sales tax (or other tax) taxable status 5046. 访问存货数据库5024以便以本领域公知的方式确定购买价格。 Access to the inventory database 5024 to determine the manner known in the art of the purchase price. 例如,购买的每个物品可以包括一个可由POS终端读取的条形码。 For example, each item purchased may include a bar code read by a POS terminal. 随后从存货数据库5024确定对应于该条形码的每个物品的价格。 Then determine the price of each item corresponding to the bar code from the inventory database 5024. 物品价格以及加在其上的任何适当的税的总数将产生购买价格。 Plus the total number of items and prices at any appropriate tax on the purchase price of the produce.

参看图61,舍入代码数据库5026包括行5050、5052、5054,每一行代表舍入代码数据库5026的一个条目。 Referring to FIG. 61, the rounding code database 5026 includes rows 5050,5052,5054, each row represents a rounding code database of 5026 entries. 每个条目定义一个舍入代码。 Each entry defines a rounding code. 特别地,每个条目包括(i)唯一地识别该条目的舍入代码标识符5056;(ii)表明将购买价格舍入到的量的舍入倍数5058;以及(iii)表明如果加售不是以找零值购买的话、为相应加售支付的固定价格的固定值5060。 In particular, each entry includes (i) that uniquely identifies the entry rounding code identifier 5056; (ii) indicates that the purchase price is rounded to the amount of the rounding multiple 5058; and (iii) indicates that if the upsell is not to change due to purchase, then the corresponding upsell to pay a fixed price fixed value 5060. 例如,对应于条目5050的由“567”识别的舍入代码的舍入倍数为$1。 For example, the entry 5050 corresponding to the "567" identifying the rounding code rounding multiple of $ 1. 于是,如果一次购买包括一个具有舍入代码“567”的加售,则相应的购买价格将被舍入到下一个较高的美元值上(例如,从$7.38到$8.00)。 So, if a purchase includes a rounding code "567" upsell having the corresponding purchase price will be rounded to the next higher dollar value (for example, from $ 7.38 to $ 8.00). 将每个加售的舍入倍数设置为等于该加售的固定价格是有利的,对于顾客也更简单。 Each upsell rounding multiple is set equal to the fixed price upsell is advantageous for the customer is also easier.

加售对于顾客是可得到的,允许顾客在选择他们的购买物品时选择加售。 Upsell is available for customers, allowing customers to choose upsell when selecting their purchase items. 每个加售具有一个舍入代码,该舍入代码可以从粘贴在加售上的粘胶标签上印刷的条形码确定。 Each upsell has a rounding code, the rounding code may be printed from the paste on the upsell adhesive label barcode determined. 例如,在书店中,可以有一组储存箱位于POS终端附近。 For example, in a bookstore, there may be a set of the storage tank is located in the POS terminal. 每个箱中放有几本书,每个书上有一个条形码。 Each box placed several books, there is a bar code on each book. 顾客从箱中选择一本书,将其与他想购买的物品一起拿到POS终端。 Customers select a book from the box, the POS terminal will get together with the items he wants to buy. POS终端的光学条形码扫描器读取这本书的条形码以及所购物品的条形码。 Optical bar code scanner POS terminal reads the bar code and the bar code of the book the purchased goods.

每个加售也可以包括相应的舍入代码的另一种表示,来代替条形码。 Each upsell may also include a rounding code corresponding to another said bar code instead. 例如,在第一个箱中的每本书可以被贴上一个绿色粘贴标签,而第二个箱中的每本书可以被贴上一个蓝色粘贴标签。 For example, the first tank may be labeled each book a green adhesive label, and the second tank may be labeled with a blue adhesive label each book. 在这个实施例中,绿色粘贴标签表示第一舍入代码,蓝色粘贴标签表示第二舍入代码。 In this embodiment, the green adhesive label indicates a first rounding code, blue adhesive label showing a second rounding code. 出纳员或POS终端的其他操作员随后将按下一个按钮,或否则允许POS终端接收表示该舍入代码的数据。 Cashier or other operator of the POS terminal would then press a button or otherwise allow the POS terminal receives the data representing the rounding code.

将具有相同舍入代码的加售聚集在一起是很有利的。 Upsell will have gathered together in the same rounding code is very beneficial. 例如,第一个箱中可以包含都具有第一舍入代码的多本书。 For example, a first container may comprise a first rounding code having a plurality of books. 第二个箱中可以包含都具有第二舍入代码的多本书。 It may comprise a second tank having a second rounding code books. 如果选择来自第一个箱的任何一本书作为加售,则将购买价格舍入到第一倍数(例如,最近的$5)。 If you select the first box from any book as an upsell, the purchase price will be rounded to the first multiple (for example, the nearest $ 5). 同样,选择来自第二个箱的任何一本书将使得购买价格舍入到第二倍数(例如,最近的$10)。 Similarly, selecting any book from the second tank so that the purchase price is rounded to a second multiple (e.g. the nearest $ 10).

参看图62,存货数据库5024和舍入代码数据库5026用于确定应为购买的物品和加售支付的钱数。 Referring to Figure 62, the inventory database 5024 and rounding code database 5026 is used to determine the payment for the item to be purchased and the upsell amount of money. 表5080和5082都代表对应于由交易标识符“12345678”识别的交易的数据。 Table 5080 and 5082 represent a transaction identifier corresponding to the data "12345678" of the transaction identification. 因此,表5080和5082代表存储在交易数据库5028(图57)中的数据。 Therefore, the representative data tables 5080 and 5082 are stored in the transaction database 5028 (FIG. 57). 一般地,交易数据库5028包括代表多个这种交易的数据。 Generally, the transaction database 5028 includes data representing a plurality of such transactions.

表5080代表在交易中包括的一个或多个物品,表5082代表在交易中包括的一个或多个加售。 One or more of one or more items, table 5082 represents the table on behalf of 5080 included in the transaction included in the transaction upsell. 表5080包括条目5084和5086,每个条目定义一种类型的购买物品。 Table 5080 includes entries 5084 and 5086, each defining a type of item to purchase. 每个条目包括(i)物品标识符5088;对应于图60的物品标识符5040;(ii)物品的数量5090;(iii)每单位物品的价格5092,该价格对应于图60的价格5044;以及(iv)每单位物品的带税价格5094。 Each entry includes (i) item identifier 5088; corresponding to the item identifier 5040 of FIG. 60; (ii) amount article 5090; Price (iii) the article per unit 5092, the price corresponding to the price 5044 of FIG 60; and (iv) with a 5094 tax price per unit item. 物品的带税价格可以由相应的价格5092、图60的应纳税状态5046(表明物品是否应该缴纳销售税或其他税)以及税率5096来确定。 With tax prices of the items may be from the corresponding 5092 price, taxable status 60 of 5046 (indicate whether items should pay sales tax or other taxes) and 5096 to determine the tax rate. 本领域普通技术人员很容易理解,税率5096例如可以作为数据库或程序5024的变量存储在存储设备5014(图57)上。 Those of ordinary skill in the art will readily appreciate, for example, the tax rate 5096 as a database or program variables stored on storage device 5024 of 5014 (FIG. 57) on. 合计每个物品的带税价格,以产生一个带税子总价格5098。 Total with tax price of each item to produce a sub-total price with tax 5098. 带税子总价格5098是如果在交易中不包括加售时应支付的价格。 5098 total price with tax is the price if the sale does not include the increase in the transaction should be paid.

表5082包括一个定义在交易中包括的加售的条目5100。 Table 5082 includes an entry 5100 upsell included in the transaction definition. 条目5100包括(i)舍入代码标识符5102,对应于图61的舍入代码标识符5056;(ii)舍入倍数5104,对应于图61的舍入倍数5058;以及(iii)固定值5106,对应于图61的固定值5060。 Entry 5100 includes (i) a rounding code identifier 5102, corresponding to FIG. 61 of the rounding code identifier 5056; (ii) a rounding multiple 5104, corresponding to FIG. 61 rounding multiple 5058; and (iii) a fixed value 5106 , 61 corresponding to the fixed value 5060 of FIG. 条目5100的舍入倍数的值为$5,表明带税子总价格5098将被舍入到$5的下一个较高的倍数。 Entry rounding multiple is $ 55,100, indicating that the total price with tax 5098 is to be rounded to the next higher one $ 5 multiples. 因此,值为$26.20的带税子总价格5098被舍入到$5的下一个较高倍数,产生值为$30的舍入后价格5108。 Thus, with tax is $ 26.20 5098 total price is rounded to the next higher multiple of $ 5, $ 30 to produce a value into the rounded price 5108.

图63显示了一个代表与交易有关的更多信息的表5120。 Figure 63 shows a table 5120 a representative for more information related to the transaction. 在本发明的某些实施例中,可以将这种信息存储在交易数据库5028(图57)中。 In certain embodiments of the present invention, such information can be stored in the transaction database 5028 (FIG. 57). 表5120包括条目5122和5124,每个条目定义与一个交易有关的更多信息。 Table 5120 includes entries 5122 and 5124, each defining a transaction with more relevant information. 每个条目包括(i)唯一地识别该交易的交易标识符5126;(ii)交易进行的日期5128;(iii)交易进行的时间5130;(iv)表明进行交易的POS终端的POS终端标识符5132;以及(v)从该交易产生的收益5134。 Each entry includes (i) a transaction identifier uniquely identifying the transaction 5126; date (ii) a transaction 5128; Time (iii) a transaction 5130; (iv) shows that the POS terminal for the POS terminal a transaction identifier 5132; and (v) revenue generated from the 5134 transaction. 表5120表示的信息例如可用于确定以收益产生和时间表示的图表。 For example, information represented by table 5120 may be used to determine the chart to generate and return time indicated.

图64显示了使用上述数据库来确定包括一个加售和一个或多个物品的购买的舍入后价格的方法5150。 Figure 64 shows a method 5150 using the database to determine the upsell comprises a one or more items purchased price rounding. POS终端接收在购买中的每个物品的一个代码(步骤5152)。 A code for each item of the POS terminal receives later (step 5152). 例如,条形码扫描器读取印在每个物品上的条形码,并产生表示该条形码的信号。 For example, a bar code scanner reads the bar code printed on each item, and generates a signal representation of the barcode. POS终端还接收一个加售的舍入代码(步骤5154)。 The POS terminal also receives a rounding code for an upsell (step 5154). 本领域普通技术人员应该理解,可以在接收物品代码之前、期间或之后接收舍入代码。 Those of ordinary skill in the art should be understood that the article prior to receiving the code, the code received during, or after rounding. 在所有代码都接收之后,POS终端从物品代码确定出购买价格(步骤5156)。 After all codes are received, POS terminal determines a purchase price from the item codes (step 5156). 如上面参考图62所述的,购买价格是通过对每个物品的带税价格求和来确定的。 As described above with reference to FIG. 62, the purchase price is determined by summing the price with tax of each item. POS终端通过访问舍入代码数据库5026(图57)从舍入代码确定一个舍入倍数(步骤5158)。 POS terminal by accessing the rounding code database 5026 (FIG. 57) from a rounding code rounding multiple determined (step 5158). 根据该舍入倍数,POS终端舍入购买价格,以产生一个舍入后价格(步骤5160)。 Based on the rounding multiple, POS terminals rounding the purchase price to yield a rounded price (step 5160). 舍入后价格是应支付的作为对物品和加售的交换的价格。 Price as the rounded price is to be paid for the items and the sale of exchange.

在上述实施例中,一次购买中包括一个加售。 In the above embodiment, a purchase includes an upsell. 然而,在一次购买中也可以包括多个加售。 However, a purchase may also include a plurality of upsells. 在这样的实施例中,一个加售可以作为对找零的交换而销售,而其他加售可以以固定价格销售。 In such an embodiment, one upsell in exchange for change due be sold as, other upsells can be sold at a fixed price. 如上面参考图61所述的,每个舍入代码既具有固定价格又具有舍入倍数。 As described above with reference to FIG. 61, each rounding code has both a fixed price and a rounding multiple. 于是,可以为每个加售确定固定价格。 Thus, it is possible to determine a fixed price for each upsell.

图65显示了用于确定包括多个具有舍入代码的加售的购买的舍入后价格的方法5180。 Figure 65 shows a means for determining comprises a plurality of later having a rounding code method upsell price 5180 after rounding. POS终端接收购买的每个物品的一个代码(步骤5182),还接收多个加售中的每一个的舍入代码(步骤5184)。 A code for each item of the POS terminal receives later (step 5182), also receives each of a plurality of upsells in the house into the code (step 5184). 如上所述,从物品代码确定购买价格(步骤5186)。 As described above, the purchase price is determined (step 5186) from the item codes.

选择舍入代码中的一个(步骤5188),并确定其舍入倍数(步骤5190)。 Selecting a rounding code (step 5188), and its rounding multiple is determined (step 5190). 该选择定义了一个选定的舍入代码和一组未选定的舍入代码。 The selection defines a selected rounding code and a set of unselected rounding code. 该组未选定的舍入代码可以由一个舍入代码(如果只有两个舍入代码)或不止一个舍入代码组成。 The set of unselected rounding code into the code (if there are two rounding codes) or more than one round of a rounding code. 选择哪一个舍入代码可以依赖于不同的标准。 Selecting a rounding code which may depend on different criteria. 在一个实施例中,POS终端选择具有最小(最低限度的)舍入倍数的舍入代码。 In one embodiment, POS terminal selects a rounding multiple rounding having the smallest (minimal) in code. 也就是说,POS终端选择不大于每个未选定舍入代码的舍入倍数的舍入倍数。 That is, POS terminal selects a rounding multiple is not greater than the rounding of each unselected rounding code into multiple. 例如,如果有三个舍入代码,其相应的舍入倍数为$5、$5和$10,则选择前两个舍入代码(舍入倍数为$5)中的任何一个。 For example, if any one of the three rounding codes, the corresponding rounding multiples of $ 5, $ 5 and $ 10, the former two rounding code is selected (rounding multiple of $ 5).

一旦选定了一个舍入代码,则确定每个剩余(未选定)舍入代码的固定价格(步骤5192)。 Once a rounding code is selected, it is determined for each remaining (unselected) rounding code fixed price (step 5192). 如上所述,固定价格可以从舍入代码数据库5026(图57和图61)确定。 As described above, the fixed price may code database 5026 (FIG. 57 and FIG. 61) determined from the house. 将这些固定价格加到在步骤5186确定的购买价格上,从而产生一个增大价格(步骤5194)。 These added fixed price determined at step 5186 the purchase price, thereby generating an increase in price (step 5194). 这个增大价格根据在步骤5190确定的舍入倍数来舍入,从而产生一个舍入后价格(步骤5196)。 This rounded price is increased in step 5190 is determined in accordance with the rounding multiple, thereby generating a rounded price (step 5196). 用这个舍入后价格交换在购买中包括的物品和加售。 With this rounded price exchange goods and the upsell included in the purchase. 本领域普通技术人员应该理解,可以在步骤5194之前而不是之后执行步骤5196。 Those skilled in the art will appreciate that rather than after performing step 5196 before step 5194.

参看图66,表5210和5212都代表对应于由交易标识符“12345671”识别的交易的数据。 Referring to Figure 66, table 5210, and 5212 represent data corresponding to a transaction by the transaction identifier "12345671" identified. 因此,表5210和5212代表存储在交易数据库5028(图57)中的数据。 Therefore, the representative data tables 5210 and 5212 are stored in the transaction database 5028 (FIG. 57). 与图62的表5080类似,表5210代表在交易中包括的一个或多个物品,与图62的表5082类似,表5212代表在交易中包括的加售。 Similar to the table 5080 of FIG. 62, one or more items included in the table 5210 on behalf of the transaction, and the table 5082 in FIG. 62 is similar to the table 5212 included in the transaction on behalf of upsell. 表5210包括条目5214和5216,每个条目定义一种类型的购买物品。 Table 5210 includes entries 5214 and 5216, each defining a type of item to purchase. 带税子总价格5218和税率5220与上面关于图62描述的那些作用一样。 The total price with tax 5218 and 5220 tax rates and the role of those described above with respect to FIG. 62, the same.

表5212包括条目5222、5224和5226,每个条目定义在交易中包括的一个加售。 Table 5212 includes entries 5222,5224 and 5226, each entry defines an upsell included in the transaction. 与表5082(图62)类似,表5212的每个条目包括(i)舍入代码标识符5228,对应于图61的舍入代码标识符5056;(ii)舍入倍数5230,对应于图61的舍入倍数5058;以及(iii)固定值5232,对应于图61的固定值5060。 Similar to the table 5082 (FIG. 62), each entry of the table 5212 includes (i) a rounding code identifier 5228, corresponding to FIG. 61 of the rounding code identifier 5056; (ii) a rounding multiple 5230, corresponding to 61 of FIG. rounding multiple 5058; and (iii) a fixed value 5232, corresponding to the fixed value 5060 of FIG. 61. 如上所述,选择一个加售来定义一个舍入倍数,剩余加售具有加到带税子总价格上的固定价格。 As described above, one upsell selected to define a rounding multiple, and the remaining upsells have fixed prices applied to the total price with tax. 依据上述的一个实施例,在图66所述的例子中,选择一个具有最小舍入倍数的加售。 According to the above embodiment a, in the example of FIG. 66, having a minimal rounding select multiple upsells. 这样一个加售可以是由条目5224和5226定义的加售之一,每个的舍入倍数都为$1。 Such an upsell may be by one of the entries 5224 and 5226 upsell defined, each rounding multiple of $ 1 are. 因此,剩余两个加售具有固定价格$1和$10。 Therefore, the remaining two upsells have fixed prices $ 1 and $ 10.

表5234表示加售的固定价格的使用。 Table 5234 represents the use upsell fixed prices. 附加加售固定价格5236是剩余(未选定)加售的固定价格的总和,为$11。 Additional upsells 5236 is the sum of the remaining fixed price upsell fixed prices (unselected), it is $ 11. 于是,带有附加加售的子总价格5238是$26.20与$11的和,为$37.20。 As a result, the total price of the child with additional upsell 5238 is $ 26.20 and $ 11 and for $ 37.20. 根据选定加售($1)的舍入倍数将这个子总价格舍入,产生值为$38.00的舍入后价格5240。 The selected upsell ($ 1) rounding multiple sub-total price of this rounding, generating a value of $ 38.00 is rounded price 5240.

在本发明的另一个实施例中,每个加售具有一个相应的“最小价格”,即在带税子总价格与舍入后价格之间的最小差值。 In another embodiment of the present invention, each having a corresponding upsell "minimum price", i.e., the minimum difference between the total price with tax and the rounded price. 例如,如果带税子总价格为$4.98,相应的舍入倍数是$5.00,则舍入后价格一般为$5.00(只多出$0.02)。 For example, if the total price with tax is $ 4.98, corresponding rounding multiple is $ 5.00, then the rounded price is typically $ 5.00 (only $ 0.02 extra). 然而,如果加售的最小价格是$2.00,则产生舍入后价格$7.00($4.98+$2.00舍入到最近的一美元)。 However, if the upsell minimum price is $ 2.00, generating a rounded price is $ 7.00 ($ 4.98 + $ 2.00 rounded to the nearest one US dollar).

一个或多个POS终端控制要提供给顾客的提议,以便能提供出那些具有高性能等级的提议。 One or more POS terminals control proposals to be supplied to the customer, who proposed in order to provide a high performance level. 本发明通过向顾客提供一组提议、并评价这些提议的性能比来确定最佳提议。 The present invention provides a set of proposed by the customer, and the evaluation of these proposals is proposed to determine the best performance ratio. 相反,随机或手工(人工)选择提议则不太可能确定出最佳提议。 In contrast, random or manual (artificial) selected proposal is unlikely to determine the best offers. 此外,本发明还有利地减轻了管理者或其他人员选择提议的任务。 Furthermore, the invention also advantageously reduces the management or other personnel to select the proposed task.

通过连续地评价提议的性能比,提供给顾客的提议继续保持最高性能。 By continuously evaluate the proposed performance ratio, the proposal to provide customers continue to maintain the highest performance. 如果一个曾经吸引人的提议的性能比下降了,则可以用其他高性能的提议来代替它。 If a proposal has been appealing performance than decreased, it is possible to use other high-performance proposal to replace it.

本发明还可以使展示给顾客的提议是随机的,因为POS终端在不同时间一般提供不同的提议。 The present invention may also be presented to enable the proposed customers is random, since a POS terminal typically provides different proposals at different times. 这随即使得对于顾客按照他们的利益控制提议系统变得很困难。 This then allows for customers according to their interests control the proposed system becomes very difficult.

参看图67,POS终端6010可以是由国际商用机器制造的IBM“4683”或IBM“4693”,包括处理器6012,例如一个或多个常规微处理器。 IBM "4683" or IBM Referring to Figure 67, POS terminal 6010 may be manufactured by International Business Machines of "4693", comprises a processor 6012, such as one or more conventional microprocessors. 处理器6012与一个数据存储设备6014、例如磁、光和/或半导体存储器的适当组合进行通信。 The processor 6012 and a data storage device 6014, such as an appropriate combination of magnetic, optical and / or semiconductor memory in communication. 处理器6012和存储设备6014中的每一个都可以(i)全部位于一单个计算机或其他计算设备内;(ii)由远程通信介质、例如串行端口电缆、电话线或射频收发机彼此相连;或(iii)二者的组合。 The processor 6012 and the storage device 6014 may each be of the (i) located entirely within a single computer or other computing device; (II), such as a serial port cable, telephone line or radio frequency transceiver connected to each other by a remote communication medium; or (iii) a combination of both. 例如,POS终端6010可以包括一个或多个连接到一个保持数据库的远程服务器计算机的计算机。 For example, POS terminal 6010 may comprise one or more connections to a remote server computer holding the database.

输入设备6016最好包括用于向处理器6012发送输入信号(例如表示购买的信号)的键盘。 The input device 6016 preferably includes means for transmitting an input signal to the processor 6012 (e.g., a signal indicative of purchase) of the keyboard. 打印机6018用于在纸或其他材料上记录标记,从而根据处理器6012的命令打印收据、赠券和优惠券。 6018 printer for recording marks on paper or other material, thereby printing receipts, coupons and vouchers according to a command processor 6012. 显示设备6020最好是用于向顾客和/或出纳员显示至少是字母数字的字符的视频监视器。 The display device 6020 is preferably used to display to the customer and / or cashier at least alphanumeric characters of the video monitor. 许多类型的输入设备、打印机和显示设备对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,在这里不需要详细说明。 Many types of input devices, printers and display devices to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and need not be described in detail herein. 输入设备6016、打印机6018和显示设备6020都与处理器6012进行通信。 The input device 6016, printer 6018 and display device 6020 are in communication with the processor 6012.

存储设备6014存储用于控制处理器6012的程序6022。 Storage device 6014 stores a program for controlling the processor 6012 to 6022. 处理器6012执行程序6022的指令,从而根据本发明、特别是根据这里详细说明的方法操作。 The processor 6012 performs instructions of the program 6022, so that according to the present invention, particularly in accordance with the method described in detail herein. 程序6022还包括必要的程序单元,例如操作系统和用于使处理器6012与计算机外围设备、例如输入设备6016、打印机6018和显示设备6020通信的“设备驱动程序”。 Program 6022 further includes necessary program elements, such as an operating system for causing a processor 6012 with computer peripheral devices such as input devices 6016, "device driver" communication device 6020 and the printer 6018 is displayed. 适当的设备驱动程序和其他必须的程序单元对于本领域普通技术人员都是公知的,因此不需要在这里详细说明。 Appropriate device drivers and other necessary program elements to those of ordinary skill in the art are well known, and therefore need not be described in detail here.

存储设备6014还存储(i)提议数据库6024;(ii)交易数据库6026;以及(iii)性能比数据库6028。 Storage device 6014 also stores (i) offer database 6024; (ii) a transaction database 6026; and (iii) the performance rate database 6028. 数据库6024、6026和6028在下面将结合附图中的例示性条目详细说明和显示。 Database 6024,6026 and 6028 will be described in detail below in conjunction with exemplary entries in the accompanying drawings and the display. 如同本领域普通技术人员所理解的,这里所显示的数据库的示意图和附带说明是存储的信息说明的例示性结构。 As one skilled in the art will appreciate, the schematic shown herein and accompanying database description are exemplary description of the configuration information stored. 除了所示的表之外,还可以采取许多其他的形式。 In addition to the table below, you can also take many other forms. 同样,显示的条目表示例示性信息,本领域普通技术人员应该理解,条目的个数和内容可以与这里所显示的不同。 Similarly, the entries shown represent exemplary information, one skilled in the art will appreciate, the number and content of the entries can be different from those illustrated herein.

图68显示了POS终端6010的另一个实施例,其中,控制设备6028通过通信介质6030与提供提议的系统6032进行通信。 Figure 68 shows another embodiment of the POS terminal 6010, wherein the control device 6028 to communicate via a communication medium 6030 with a system 6032 provides proposed. 控制设备6028包括与输入设备6016和显示设备6020通信的处理器6034。 The control device 6028 includes an input device and a display processor 6016 60346020 communications device. 用于提供提议的系统6032包括与存储设备6014和打印机6018通信的处理器6036。 The proposed system 6032 for providing communication includes a processor 6036 and memory device 6014 and the printer 6018. 在这个实施例中,控制设备6028可以是一个收银机,系统6032可以是根据从收银机接收的数据打印赠券的电子设备。 In this embodiment, the control device 6028 may be a cash register, system 6032 may be a printed coupon from the data received from the cash register of the electronic device. POS终端6010的其他配置也将会为本领域普通技术人员所理解。 Other configurations of the POS terminal 6010 will be known to those of ordinary skill in the art understand.

参看图69,网络6040包括与POS终端6044、6046和6048进行通信的服务器6042。 Referring to Figure 69, network 6040 includes a server in communication with the POS terminal 6042 and 6048 6044,6046. 服务器6042指导存储来自POS终端6044、6046和6048的数据以及向其发送数据的操作。 Guide data storing server 6042 6044,6046 and 6048 and an operation to send data from the POS terminal. 如上所述,服务器6042本身可以是一个POS终端,或者是可以与一个或多个POS终端通信的另一个计算设备。 As described above, the server 6042 may itself be a POS terminal, or may be associated with one or more other computing devices in communication POS terminal. 虽然图69中显示了三个POS终端,但在不偏离本发明的精神和范围的情况下,任何数目的POS终端都可以与服务器6042进行通信。 Although three POS terminals in FIG. 69, but without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention, any number of POS terminals may be in communication with the server 6042. POS终端6044、6046和6048中的每一个可以位于同一商店、连锁店的不同商店、或其他地方。 Each POS terminals 6044,6046 and 6048 can be located in the same store, different stores chain, or elsewhere. 服务器6042可以执行下面要说明的许多处理,特别是那些为不止一个POS终端执行的处理。 Server 6042 may perform many of the processing to be described below, particularly those dealing with more than one POS terminal is performed. 服务器6042还可以存储数据,例如提议数据库6024。 Server 6042 can also store data, such as the proposed database 6024.

参看图70,表6060显示了提议数据库6024(图67)的一个实施例。 Referring to Figure 70, table 6060 shows the offer database 6024 (FIG. 67) according to one embodiment. 表6060包括条目6062、6064、6066和6068,每个条目说明一个要提供给顾客的提议。 Table 6060 includes entries 6062,6064,6066 and 6068, each entry describes a proposal to be provided to the customer. 本领域普通技术人员能够理解,表6060可以包括任何数目的条目。 Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the table 6060 may include any number of entries. 每个条目6062、6064、6066和6068指明(i)唯一地指示该提议的提议标识符6070;(ii)说明该提议的提议说明6072;(iii)对于提议者的提议成本6074;以及(iv)提议频率6076。 Each entry specified 6062,6064,6066 and 6068 (i) uniquely indicating the offer proposed identifier 6070; (ii) Description of the proposed description of the proposed 6072; (iii) cost for the proposed proposer 6074; and (iv ) offer frequency 6076. 提议频率6076表明当提供一个提议时该相应提议被提供的次数的平均百分比。 Indicates that the corresponding offer frequency 6076 times the average percentage proposal offered a proposal when the time. 例如,每个条目6062、6064、6066和6068都包括25%的提议频率,于是平均来说,每个条目6062、6064、6066和6068都在每四次提供一个提议时大约被提供给顾客一次。 For example, each entry in 6062,6064,6066 and 6068 include 25% of the proposed frequency, so on average, each entry 6062,6064,6066 and 6068 customers in every four times a proposal about when to be provided once .

参看图71,交易数据库6026(图67)的记录6090定义了在由POS终端标识符6092识别的POS终端执行的交易。 Referring to Figure 71, the transaction database 6026 (FIG. 67) of the record 6090 define the transaction at a POS terminal identifier 6092 to identify performed by the POS terminal. 交易数据库6026(图67)一般包括诸如记录6090的多个记录,每个记录定义在一个不同的POS终端执行的交易。 Transaction database 6026 (FIG. 67) typically includes a plurality of records, such as records 6090, each transaction record is defined in a different execution of the POS terminal. 记录6090包括条目6094、6096和6098,每个条目说明一个交易。 Record 6090 includes entries 6094,6096 and 6098, each entry describes a transaction. 本领域普通技术人员应该理解,记录6090可以包括任何数目的条目。 One of ordinary skill will appreciate that record 6090 may include any number of entries. 每个条目6094、6096和6098指明(i)唯一地识别一个交易的交易标识符6100;(ii)交易日期6102;(iii)交易时间6104;(iv)说明交易细节、例如所购物品、购买价格和/或顾客身份的购买说明6106;(v)表明在交易期间提供的一个提议的提议标识符6108;(vi)提议是否被接受的指示6110;以及(vii)由于顾客接受该提议而产生的收益6112。 Each entry indicated 6094,6096 and 6098 (i) the transaction uniquely identifies a transaction identifier 6100; (ii) date of transaction 6102; (iii) transactions 6104; (iv) described the details of the transaction, e.g. items purchased, the purchase price and / or identity of the customer purchasing instructions 6106; (v) of the proposal indicates that a proposed transaction identifier provided during 6108; (vi) an indication of whether the proposal is accepted 6110; and (vii) as customers accept the offer to produce 6112 earnings.

参看图72,流程图6120显示了用于控制在一个或多个POS终端提供的提议的方法。 Referring to Figure 72, a flowchart 6120 illustrating a method for controlling one or more POS terminals proposal provided. 根据提议数据库6024(图67)向顾客提供提议(步骤6122)。 (67) provides a proposal (step 6122) on the proposal to the customer database 6024. 如上面参考表6060(图70)所述,每个提议包括一个表明相应的提议被提供的次数的平均百分比的提议频率。 As (FIG. 70) above the reference table 6060, each offer includes a number indicating an average of the percentage corresponding to the proposed offer frequency is supplied. 于是,提议数据库6024表明将哪些提议提供给顾客,还表明这些提议被提供的频率。 Thus, the show will offer database 6024 which proposes to provide to customers, also showed that the frequency of these proposals are provided.

例如,POS终端6010(图67)(或在一个网络化实施例中的图69的服务器6042)可以在每次要提供一个提议时产生一个在0和1之间的随机数。 For example, POS terminal 6010 (FIG. 67) (the server or the embodiment of FIG. 69 embodiment in a 6042 network) can generate a random number between 0 and 1 each time an offer to provide the time. 然后,根据该随机数和图70中所示的提议频率,选择一个提议。 Then, the proposal and the frequency shown in FIG. 70 the random number, select a proposal. 在0.00和0.25之间的随机数对应于提议“A”,而在0.26和0.50之间的随机数对应于提议“B”,对于提议“C”和“D”以次类推。 A random number between 0.00 and 0.25 correspond to the proposed "A", while a random number between 0.26 and 0.50 corresponds to the proposed "B", proposed for "C" and "D" inferior race on.

或者,POS终端6010或服务器6042可以在第一系列交易期间提供第一提议,然后在相继系列交易期间提供随后的提议。 Or, POS terminal 6010 or 6042 server can provide first proposed during the first series of transactions, then offer the following proposal during successive series of transactions. 交易系列的大小(在该系列中的交易个数)将根据表6060(图70)的提议频率6076来选择。 Series transaction size (the number of transactions in the series) will be selected according to the table 6060 (FIG. 70) offer frequency 6076. 例如,由图70的表6060指定的每个提议具有相同的提议频率(25%)。 For example, each of the proposed designated by chart 606 070 having the same offer frequency (25%). 于是,在第一系列的十个交易期间可以向顾客提供由条目6062定义的第一提议“A”,而在随后的分别包括十个交易的系列期间可以提供由条目6064、6066和6068定义的剩余的三个提议。 Thus, during the first series of ten proposed transaction may provide the first "A" as defined by the 6062 entry to the customer, and in the subsequent period include transaction may provide a series of 10 defined by the entry of 6064,6066 and 6068 the remaining three proposals. 由于有四个提议并且每个提议分别在四十次交易中的十次向顾客提供,所以每个提议的频率为25%。 Since there are four proposals were forty and each proposed transaction is to provide the customers ten times, so each proposed frequency of 25%.

在另一个实施例中,多个POS终端中的每一个可以向顾客提供不同的提议。 In another embodiment, each of the plurality of POS terminals may provide a different offer to customers. 例如,第一POS终端可以在一系列的一百次交易期间提供第一提议,而第二POS终端可以在一系列的一百次交易期间提供第二提议。 For example, the first POS terminal can provide first proposed in a series of transactions during a hundred times, while the second POS terminal can provide a second proposal in a series of transactions during a hundred times. 因此,第一提议和第二提议的频率都为50%(100/(100+100)=0.50=50%)。 Thus, the first offer and the second offer frequencies of 50% (100 / (100 + 100) = 0.50 = 50%).

一旦在步骤6122将提议提供给顾客,POS终端6010或服务器6042就计算每个提议的性能比(步骤6124)。 Once the step 6122 will be proposed to provide the customer, POS terminal 6010 or server 6042 calculates the performance ratio of each offer (step 6124). 性能比可以是任何测量量和/或计算量,例如接受率或利润率。 Performance ratio can be any measurements and / or calculation, for example, the acceptance rate or the margin. 本领域普通技术人员还可以理解许多其他性能比。 Those skilled in the art will also appreciate that many other performance ratio. 每个提议的性能比可以在预定时期计算,例如每天结束时,或在已经向顾客提供了预定数目的提议之后。 Performance ratio of each offer may be calculated at predetermined periods, such as at the end of each day, or have been provided after a predetermined number of proposals to customers.

可以根据下式计算接受率:接受率=接受次数/提供次数提供次数是一特定提议被提供给顾客的次数。 It can be calculated according to accepted rate: receiving acceptance rate = number / number of times to provide a number of times is the number of customers to a particular offer was provided. 同样,接受次数是该提供的提议被顾客接受的次数。 Similarly, the number is the number accepted the proposed offer is accepted by the customer. 提供次数和接受次数都可以由存储在交易数据库6026(图67)中的数据来确定。 The number and the number of accepted offers can be determined by the data stored in the transaction database 6026 (Figure 67) in the. 一般希望具有较高的接受率,并且在理想状态下一个提议的接受率可以为100%。 Generally desirable to have a higher acceptance rate, and under ideal conditions a proposed acceptance rate may be 100%. 然而,一个提议的接受率很可能低于100%。 However, a proposal acceptance rate is likely lower than 100%.

参看图73,表6140显示了性能比数据库6028(图67)的一个实施例。 Referring to Figure 73, table 6140 shows the performance of a specific embodiment of the database 6028 (FIG. 67). 在这个实施例中,性能比数据库6028被构造为存储上述的接受率数据。 In this embodiment, the performance rate database 6028 is configured to store the data acceptance rate. 表6140包括条目6142、6144、6146和6148,每个条目说明一个已经提供给顾客的提议。 Table 6140 includes entries 6142,6144,6146 and 6148, each entry describes a proposal has been provided to the customer. 本领域普通技术人员将会理解,表6140可以包括任何数目的条目。 Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the table 6140 may include any number of entries. 每个条目6142、6144、6146和6148指明(i)唯一地指示该提议的提议标识符6150;(ii)接受次数6152;(iii)提供次数6154;以及(iv)该提议的接受率6156。 Each entry specified 6142,6144,6146 and 6148 (i) for uniquely indicating the offer offer identifier 6150; (ii) receiving frequency 6152; (iii) providing the number 6154; and (iv) the rate of acceptance of the offer 6156. 表6140因此可用于确定哪些提议具有最高性能比。 Table 6140 may be used to determine which proposals thus have the highest performance ratio.

利润率是可以根据下式计算的提议的性能比:利润率=(收益-成本)/提供次数收益是由于顾客接受该提议而产生的所有收入值。 Margin is calculated in accordance with the proposed performance ratio: margin = (Revenue - Cost) / number of times to return all revenue because customers accept the offer values ​​generated. 成本是由顾客接受该提议导致的花费。 Cost is accepted by the customer spending due to the proposal. 提供次数是一特定提议被提供给顾客的次数。 Provided the number is the number of customers to a particular proposal was provided.

参看图74,表6170显示了性能比数据库6028(图67)的另一个实施例。 Referring to Figure 74, table 6170 shows the performance over a further embodiment of the database 6028 (FIG. 67). 在这个实施例中,性能比数据库6028被构造为存储每个提议的平均利润。 In this embodiment, the performance rate database 6028 is configured to store average profit per proposed. 表6170包括条目6172、6174、6176和6178,每个条目说明一个已经提供给顾客的提议。 Table 6170 includes entries 6172,6174,6176 and 6178, each entry describes a proposal has been provided to the customer. 本领域普通技术人员将会理解,表6170可以包括任何数目的条目。 Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the table 6170 may include any number of entries. 每个条目6172、6174、6176和6178指明(i)唯一地指示该提议的提议标识符6180;(ii)接受次数6182;(iii)提供次数6184;(iv)每个被接受提议所产生的平均收益6186;(v)每个被接受提议所产生的平均利润6188;以及(vi)每个提议所产生的平均利润6190。 Each entry specified 6172,6174,6176 and 6178 (i) uniquely indicating the offer proposed identifier 6180; (ii) receiving frequency 6182; (iii) providing the number 6184; (iv) each accept the proposal generated the average income 6186; average profit (v) each accepted proposals arising from 6188; and average profit 6190 (vi) each proposal generated.

本领域普通技术人员将会理解,接受次数6182、提供次数6184和平均收益6186可以由存储在交易数据库6026(图67)中的数据确定。 One of ordinary skill in the art will understand and accept the number 6182, 6184 and provided the number of average earnings 6186 may be determined from the data stored in the transaction database 6026 (Figure 67) in the. 例如,再次参看图71的记录6090,从提议标识符6108可以看出,在POS终端#7,提议“A”、“B”和“C”每个都已经被提议了一次。 For example, referring again to the record 6090 of FIG. 71, it can be seen from the offer identifier 6108, the POS terminal # 7, the proposed "A", "B" and "C" each time have been proposed. 如接受提议6110字段所示,提议“B”和“C”每个都已经被接受了一次。 As shown in field 6110 accepts the offer, the proposed "B" and "C" have each been accepted once. 同样,从提议“A”、“B”和“C”产生的收益分别是$0.00、$0.50和$0.78。 Similarly, the proposed "A", "B" and "C" revenue generated are $ 0.00, $ 0.50 and $ 0.78. 每个提议的平均收益则可以通过将从每个提议得到的总收益除以其被提议的次数来得到。 The average income of each proposal can be obtained by total revenue each proposed addition to the number of times to get its proposed will pass.

每个被接受提议的平均利润6188可以通过从平均收益6186减去每个提议的成本(图70的成本6074)来确定。 The average profit per 6188 accepted the proposed costs can be determined by subtracting the average revenue from each proposed 6186 (cost 6074 Figure 70). 最后,作为上述定义的利润率,每个提议的平均利润6190可以通过将每个被接受提议的平均利润6188乘以该提议的接受率来确定。 Finally, as the above-defined margins, the average profit per 6190 proposed by the average profit per accepted the proposed 6188 multiplied by the rate of acceptance of the offer is determined. 如上所述,提议的接受率通过将接受次数6182除以提供次数6184来确定。 As noted above, the rate of acceptance of the offer will be accepted by the number of times 6182 divided by 6184 to determine the number provided.

再参看图72,在计算出提议的性能比(步骤6124)之后,POS终端6010或服务器6042根据性能比确定对提议数据库6024的修改。 Referring again to FIG. 72, after calculating the proposed performance ratio (step 6124), POS terminal 6010 or server 6042 changes to the database of offers 6024 performance ratio determined according to. 根据计算出的提议的性能比,每个提议可以以不同的提议频率提供、甚至停止提供。 The calculated performance of the proposed ratio of each offer may be provided at a different offer frequency, or even discontinued. 如下所述,具有较高性能比的提议继续被提供给顾客,并且一般以较高的提议频率提供。 As described below, having a higher performance than the proposed continues to be provided to the customer, and generally provides a higher offer frequencies. 同样,具有低性能比的提议一般以较低的提议频率提供,或者甚至完全停止提供。 Also, the proposal has lower performance than is typically provided at lower offer frequencies, or even completely discontinued.

在一个实施例中,只有具有大于一预定阈值的性能比的提议继续被提供给顾客。 In one embodiment, only having greater than a predetermined threshold value proposed performance than continue to be provided to the customer. 如果一个或多个提议被停止提供,则如下所述,每个提议频率必须改变。 If one or more offers cease to be provided, as described below, each offer frequency must be changed.

图75显示了对停止提议的选择。 Figure 75 shows the selection of the proposed stop. 表6200显示了存储在性能比数据库6028(图67)的一个实施例中的数据。 Table 6200 shows the data stored in the performance than the embodiment of a database 6028 (FIG. 67) in the embodiment. 对于每个提议,有一个提议标识符6202和一个接受率6204。10%的阈值6206限定了表6200中的哪些提议将继续被提供。 For each offer, there is an offer identifier 6202 and an acceptance rate of 6204.10% threshold table 6206 which defines the proposed 6200 will continue to be provided. 特别地,由条目6208和6210定义的提议(提议“A”和“B”)具有大于10%的接受率,因此将继续被提供。 In particular, the proposed definition of the entries 6208 and 6210 (proposed "A" and "B") have acceptance rates greater than 10%, we will thus continue to be provided. 相反,由条目6212和6214定义的提议(提议“C”和“D”)具有小于10%的接受率,因此将停止提供。 In contrast, the proposed definition of the entries 6212 and 6214 (proposed "C" and "D") have acceptance rates less than 10%, thus will be discontinued.

表6212显示了存储在提议数据库6024(图67)的一个实施例中的数据。 Table 6212 shows the data stored in offer database 6024 (FIG. 67) of a embodiment. 如同参考图70所述的,每个提议具有一个提议标识符6218和一个提议频率6220。 As each reference to FIG. 70, the proposed an offer identifier 6218 and has a frequency of 6220 proposed. 由于提议“C”和“D”已经被停止,所以这些提议相应的提议频率为0%。 Since the proposed "C" and "D" has been stopped, the corresponding offer frequencies of these proposals is 0%. 继续被提议的提议“A”和“B”的提议频率也相应地改变。 Proposed may continue to be "A" and "B" offer frequency changes accordingly. 这些提议频率可以变为彼此相等(每个都为50%)。 The offer frequencies may become equal to each other (50% each). 或者,可以根据它们的相互关系改变提议频率,如下式所示:Fnew=Fold/Ftotal其中:Fnew是新的提议频率Fold是在改变之前的提议频率Ftotal是那些未被停止提供的提议的Fold值的总和。 Alternatively, the offer frequencies may be changed in accordance with their mutual relations in the following equation: Fnew = Fold / Ftotal wherein: Fnew before the new offer frequency Fold is the offer frequencies change Ftotal Fold those values ​​are not provided to stop the proposed Sum.

在图75中,提议“A”的提议频率“58%”是从那些未被停止提供的提议的提议频率计算出来的:58%=20.4%(20.4%+14.8%)同样可计算出提议“B”的提议频率“42%”:42%=14.8%(20.4%+14.8%)本领域普通技术人员将会理解,还有其他方法可以改变提议的提议频率。 In FIG. 75, the proposed "A" offer frequency "58%" is calculated from the frequency of those proposals are not provided to stop the proposed: 58% = 20.4% (20.4% + 14.8%) can be calculated similarly proposed " B "offer frequency" 42% ": 42% = 14.8% (20.4% + 14.8%) Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that there are other ways to change the frequency so proposed.

在另一个实施例中,预定数目的具有最高性能的提议继续被提供给顾客。 In another embodiment, the predetermined number of proposals with the highest performance continue to be provided to the customer. 剩余的提议则不提供(如果有的话)。 The remaining proposals are not provided (if any). 图76显示了在这个实施例中对停止提供的提议的选择。 Figure 76 shows the selection of the proposed stop provided in this embodiment. 表6240显示了存储在性能比数据库6028(图67)的另一个实施例中的数据。 Table 6240 shows the data stored in the performance database other than 6028 (FIG. 67) in the embodiment. 对于每个提议,有一个提议标识符6242和一个每个提议的平均利润6244。 For each proposal, there is an identifier 6242 and a proposed average profit per 6244 proposal. 阈值6246“三”限定了表6240中的将继续被提供的最高性能提议的个数。 Threshold 6246 "three" 6240 defines the highest performance will continue to be provided by the proposed number of tables. 特别地,由条目6248、6250和6252定义的提议(提议“A”“B”和“C”)是相对于每个提议的平均利润的头三个提议,因此将继续被提供。 In particular, the proposed definition entry 6248,6250 and 6252 (proposed "A" "B" and "C") with respect to average profit per head proposed three proposals, will thus continue to be provided. 相反,由条目6254定义的提议(提议“D”)将停止提供。 Instead, the proposal (proposal "D") as defined by the 6254 entry will be discontinued.

表6256显示了存储在提议数据库6024(图67)的另一个实施例中的数据。 Table 6256 shows data in another embodiment of the offer database 6024 (FIG. 67) stored in the embodiment. 如上所述,每个提议具有一个提议标识符6258和一个提议频率6260。 As described above, each offer has an offer identifier 6258 and an offer frequency 6260. 由于提议“D”已经被停止,所以相应的提议频率为0%。 Since the proposed "D" has been stopped, the corresponding offer frequency is 0%. 继续被提供的提议“A”、“B”和“C”的提议频率也相应地改变。 Proposed to continue to be provided to "A", "B" and "C" offer frequency changes accordingly. 这些提议频率可以变为彼此相等(每个都为33 1/3%)。 The offer frequencies may become equal to each other (each 33 1/3%). 或者,可以根据它们的相互关系以上述方式改变这些提议频率。 Alternatively, the offer frequencies may be changed in the above manner according to their relationship.

一旦提议被停止,可能希望能在将来的某个时候再提供它们。 Once the proposal is stopped, you may want to provide them again at some point in the future. 例如,在一个提议由于低性能比而被停止之后,诸如顾客品味等条件可能会改变。 For example, after a proposal due to low performance ratio is stopped, such as customer tastes and other conditions may change. 因此,被停止的提议可以继续保持在提议数据库6024(图67)中,并且,在提议被停止了一预定时间之后,可以有利地再次评价它的性能比。 Therefore, the proposal may remain stopped in offer database 6024 (FIG. 67), and, after being stopped a proposal for a predetermined time, it may be advantageous to evaluate the performance over again. 可以给予该被停止的提议随机选择的或预定的提议频率,使其相应的性能比能够被评价。 The administration may be stopped proposed randomly selected or predetermined offer frequency, so that the corresponding performance ratio can be evaluated.

另外,在一些情况中,在提议被停止之后,只有一个提议可以继续被提议。 In addition, in some cases, after the proposal was stopped, only one proposal may continue to be proposed. 评价这个提议的性能比,并与前一时期的提议的性能比进行比较。 Rate this proposed performance than the proposed performance than with the previous period and compared. 如果性能比下降到低于前一时期的性能比,则停止并替换该提议。 If the ratio drops below the performance of performance than the previous period, the proposal is stopped and replaced. 作为替换,可以给予另一个(被停止的)提议随机选择的或预定的提议频率,使其相应的性能比能够被评价。 Alternatively, the other may be administered (stopped) proposed randomly selected or predetermined offer frequency, so that the corresponding performance ratio can be evaluated.

在一些实施例中,可能希望特定提议的提议频率不改变,而不考虑为这些提议计算出的性能比。 In some embodiments, it may be desirable so proposed specific frequency does not change, regardless of these proposals was calculated performance ratio. 例如,高价值提议可以具有非常低的提议频率。 For example, the proposed high-value proposal may have a very low frequency. 则这个提议可作为一个奖品,只有少数顾客能够得到。 Then this proposal as a prize, only a few customers can get. 因此,给出这样一个高价值提议作为对找零的交换的机会则很少出现,但可以作为广告来刺激顾客频繁光顾一个商行。 Therefore, given such a high value proposition as an opportunity for change due to exchange is rare, but can be used as advertising to stimulate customers to frequent a firm.

参看图77,与图70的表6060类似,表6300显示了提议数据库6024(图67)的另一个实施例。 Referring to FIG. 77, similar to FIG table 606,070, and Table 6300 shows another offer database 6024 (FIG. 67) embodiment. 表6300包括条目6302、6304、6306和6308,每个条目说明一个要提供给顾客的提议。 Table 6300 includes entries 6302,6304,6306 and 6308, each entry describes a proposal to be provided to the customer. 每个条目6302、6304、6306和6308指明(i)唯一地指示该提议的提议标识符6310;(ii)说明该提议的提议说明6312;(iii)对于提议者的提议成本6314;(iv)提议频率6316;以及(v)固定频率指示6318。 Each entry specified 6302,6304,6306 and 6308 (i) uniquely indicating the offer proposed identifier 6310; (ii) Description of the proposed description of the proposed 6312; (iii) cost of the proposal for proponents 6314; (iv) offer frequency 6316; and (v) a fixed frequency indication 6318. 固定频率指示6318表明相应的提议频率是否可以如上所述根据提议的性能比而改变。 Fixed frequency indication 6318 indicates whether the corresponding offer frequency may be changed according to the proposal described above performance ratio.

例如,条目6308包括提议频率1%。 For example, entry 6308 comprising offer frequency of 1%. 由于这个提议具有相对高的价值($50礼券),它很可能常常、或许总是被接受。 Since this proposal has a relatively high value ($ 50 gift certificate), it is likely that often, perhaps always be accepted. 然而,提议的高成本($50)使得太经常地提议是无利益的。 However, the proposed high-cost ($ 50) so that the proposal is too often unprofitable. 因此,将这个提议的频率固定在1%。 Therefore, this proposed frequency is fixed at 1%.

虽然这里已经参考一个优选实施例说明了本发明,但本领域普通技术人员应该明白,在不偏离本发明的精神和范围的情况下,对于这里所述的这些实施例可以作出各种替换。 Although preferred embodiments have been described with reference to one embodiment of the present invention, those skilled in the art will appreciate, without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention, for the embodiments described herein may be made in these various alternative embodiments.

Claims (370)

  1. 1.一种系统,包括:彩票数据处理系统;包括存储商品信息的存储设备的控制器,所述控制器适于从所述彩票数据处理系统接收彩票信息;与所述控制器相连的至少一个POS终端,用于根据接收的彩票信息执行商品交易和彩票交易;以及所述POS终端包括一个用于在记录介质上记录商品和彩票信息的记录器。 1. A system, comprising: a lottery data processing system; controller comprises a storage device storing merchandise information, said controller adapted to receive lottery information from said lottery data processing system; at least one controller coupled to the POS terminal for performing lottery ticket transactions and merchandise transactions in accordance with the received lottery information; and said POS terminal including a recorder for recording merchandise and lottery information on a recording medium.
  2. 2.如权利要求1所述的系统,其中,所述控制器基本上实时地与所述彩票数据处理系统进行通信。 2. The system according to claim 1, wherein said controller communicates in substantially real time with said lottery data processing system.
  3. 3.如权利要求1所述的系统,其中,存储设备存储从所述彩票数据处理系统接收的彩票信息,所述彩票信息包括随机选择的彩票号码。 The system according to claim 1, wherein the storage device stores lottery information received from said lottery data processing system, the lottery ticket information comprises a randomly selected lottery numbers.
  4. 4.如权利要求2所述的系统,其中,所述POS终端适于输入由顾客选择的彩票号码,所述控制器适于将由顾客选择的彩票号码传送给所述彩票数据处理系统,并且所述控制器适于从所述彩票数据处理系统接收加密鉴别代码和执行彩票交易的授权。 4. The system according to claim 2, wherein said POS terminal is adapted to enter the lottery numbers selected by the customer, the controller is adapted to the customer by the lottery data processing system to transfer the selected lottery numbers, and the said controller is adapted to receive the encrypted authentication code and authorization to perform the lottery transaction from said lottery data processing system.
  5. 5.如权利要求1所述的系统,其中,所述控制器是商店网络服务器。 5. The system according to claim 1, wherein said controller is a store network server.
  6. 6.一种用于执行彩票交易的方法,包括下列步骤:在一个适于执行彩票交易和商品交易的POS终端启动彩票交易;从POS终端向一个与所述POS终端有效相连的POS控制器通知彩票交易已经启动;在POS终端和一个适于与POS控制器通信的彩票数据处理系统之间建立通信;请求将彩票信息从彩票数据处理系统传送到POS控制器;在彩票数据处理系统中产生彩票信息;通过POS控制器将彩票信息从彩票数据处理系统传送给POS终端;以及由POS终端将彩票信息输出到记录介质上。 6. A method for performing lottery ticket transactions, comprising the steps of: a promoter adapted to perform lottery ticket transactions and merchandise transactions transaction POS terminal; notified from the POS controller of the POS terminal to a POS terminal operably linked lottery transaction has been started; in a POS terminal and adapted to establish communication between the lottery data processing system in communication with the POS controller; request for lottery information from the lottery data processing system to the POS controller; generated lottery ticket lottery data processing system information; lottery information to the lottery data processing system from the POS terminal via the POS controller; and the output from the POS terminal lottery information onto the recording medium.
  7. 7.如权利要求6所述的方法,其中,所述产生步骤产生包括随机选择的彩票号码和加密鉴别代码的彩票信息。 7. The method according to claim 6, wherein said generating step comprises generating lottery information lottery numbers and the encrypted authentication code is randomly selected.
  8. 8.如权利要求6所述的方法,其中,所述输出步骤输出记录介质,该记录介质包括具有与彩票交易和商品交易有关的信息的销售收据。 8. The method according to claim 6, wherein said outputting step outputs the recording medium, the recording medium comprising a sales receipt having information lottery ticket transactions and merchandise transactions related to.
  9. 9.如权利要求6所述的方法,还包括下列步骤:将由顾客选择的彩票号码输入到POS终端;将由顾客选择的彩票号码发送给彩票数据处理系统;以及其中,所述产生步骤产生彩票信息,该信息包括对使用由顾客选择的彩票号码完成彩票交易的授权和与由顾客选择的彩票号码有关的加密鉴别代码。 9. The method according to claim 6, further comprising the steps of: by the lottery numbers selected by the customer is input to the POS terminal; transmitting by the customer the selected lottery numbers to the lottery data processing system; and wherein said generating step generates the lottery ticket information this information includes the use of lottery numbers selected by the customer to complete the lottery transaction authorization and encrypted authentication code and lottery numbers selected by the customer related.
  10. 10.如权利要求6所述的方法,还包括下列步骤:将一个全额彩票的百分比的指示输入进POS终端;将所述指示发送给彩票数据处理系统;以及其中,所述产生步骤产生包括对分数值彩票交易的授权的彩票信息。 10. The method according to claim 6, further comprising the steps of: a lottery percent full indication inputted into the POS terminal; transmitting the indication to the lottery data processing system; and wherein said generating step comprises generating lottery information on the authorization of the fractional lottery ticket transaction.
  11. 11.一种彩票数据处理系统,包括:彩票控制器,所述彩票控制器包括CPU和与所述CPU有效相连的存储器;所述彩票控制器适于与至少一个远程控制器进行通信,其中所述远程控制器包括用于存储商品信息的存储设备,所述彩票控制器适于从所述远程控制器接收对于彩票信息的请求,并响应于此将彩票信息传送给所述远程控制器;以及在所述彩票控制器中的所述存储器包含一个程序,所述程序适于由所述CPU执行,用于处理对彩票信息的请求,产生所请求的彩票信息,并将一个数据库保持在所述存储器内,以存储所请求的彩票信息。 11. A lottery data processing system, comprising: a lottery controller, said lottery controller including a CPU and a memory operatively connected to said CPU; said lottery controller adapted to communicate with at least one remote controller, wherein said remote controller includes a storage device for storing merchandise information, said lottery controller adapted to receive a request for lottery information from said remote controller, and in response thereto transmitting the lottery information to said remote controller; and said memory in said lottery controller containing a program, said program adapted to be executed by the CPU of the, for processing a request for lottery information, generating the requested lottery information, and maintaining a database at the a memory to store the requested lottery information.
  12. 12.如权利要求11所述的系统,其中,所述存储器中的所述程序适于产生传送到所述远程控制器的彩票信息,该彩票信息包括至少一组随机选择的彩票号码和加密鉴别代码。 12. The system of claim 11, wherein said program memory is adapted to generate the lottery information to said remote controller, the lottery ticket information comprises at least a set of lottery numbers and the encrypted authentication randomly selected code.
  13. 13.如权利要求11所述的系统,其中,所述彩票控制器适于从所述远程控制器接收至少一组由顾客选择的彩票号码。 13. The system of claim 11, wherein said lottery controller adapted to receive at least one set of ticket numbers selected by the customer from the remote controller.
  14. 14.如权利要求13所述的系统,其中,所述存储器中的所述程序适于产生传送到所述远程控制器的彩票信息,该彩票信息包括对完成与对彩票信息的请求有关的彩票交易的授权和与所述由顾客选择的彩票号码组有关的加密鉴别代码。 14. The system according to claim 13, wherein said program memory is adapted to generate the lottery information to said remote controller, the lottery ticket information comprises complete the request for lottery information to the lottery encrypted authentication code and authorization group and the lottery numbers selected by the customer related transactions.
  15. 15.如权利要求12所述的系统,还包括:与所述彩票控制器和PSTN有效相连的IVRU;其中,所述彩票控制器适于通过所述IVRU从所述PSTN接收字母数字代码;以及所述存储器中的所述程序还适于检索所述存储器中的所述数据库,以找到与该字母数字代码相匹配的存储的加密鉴别代码,如果找到匹配代码,对所述字母数字代码解密,并通过所述IVRU向所述PSTN发送第一消息,否则通过所述IVRU向所述PSTN发送第二消息。 15. The system of claim 12, further comprising: IVRU the lottery and PSTN controller operatively connected; wherein said lottery controller adapted to receive an alphanumeric code from said PSTN via said the IVRU; and said program memory of said database is further adapted to retrieve the memory to find a stored encrypted authentication code that matches the alphanumeric code, the code if a match is found, decrypt the alphanumeric code, and sending a first message to said PSTN via said IVRU, otherwise send a second message to said PSTN via said IVRU.
  16. 16.如权利要求14所述的系统,还包括:与所述彩票网络控制器和PSTN有效相连的IVRU其中,所述彩票控制器适于通过所述IVRU从所述PSTN接收字母数字代码;以及所述存储器中的所述程序还适于检索所述存储器中的所述数据库,以找到与该字母数字代码相匹配的存储的加密鉴别代码,如果找到匹配代码,对所述字母数字代码解密,并通过所述IVRU向所述PSTN发送第一消息,否则通过所述IVRU向所述PSTN发送第二消息。 16. The system according to claim 14, further comprising: IVRU wherein said lottery network controller and operably linked to the PSTN, said lottery controller adapted to receive an alphanumeric code from said PSTN via said the IVRU; and said program memory of said database is further adapted to retrieve the memory to find a stored encrypted authentication code that matches the alphanumeric code, the code if a match is found, decrypt the alphanumeric code, and sending a first message to said PSTN via said IVRU, otherwise send a second message to said PSTN via said IVRU.
  17. 17.如权利要求15所述的系统,其中,第一消息包括基于解密的字母数字代码的信息。 17. The system according to claim 15, wherein the first message includes information based on an alphanumeric code decryption.
  18. 18.如权利要求15所述的系统,其中,第二消息包括一个未找到匹配的指示。 18. The system according to claim 15, wherein the second message comprises an indication of a match is not found.
  19. 19.如权利要求15所述的系统,其中,第一消息包括一个关于字母数字代码是否来自一个中奖彩票的指示。 19. The system according to claim 15, wherein the first message comprises an indication about whether the alphanumeric code is from a winning lottery ticket.
  20. 20.一种使用彩票控制器处理对彩票信息的请求的方法,所述彩票控制器包括CPU和与所述CPU有效相连的存储器,其中,存储器包含一个程序,适于由所述CPU执行,用于处理彩票信息请求,所述方法包括下列步骤:从一个适于执行彩票交易和商品交易的数据处理系统接收对彩票信息的请求;根据对彩票信息的请求产生彩票信息;将彩票信息存储在存储器中;以及将彩票信息传送给所述适于执行彩票交易和商品交易的数据处理系统。 20. A method of using a lottery controller processes a request for lottery information to a method, said lottery controller including a CPU and a memory operatively connected with said CPU, wherein the memory contains a program, adapted to be executed by the CPU, with the processing lottery information requests, said method comprising the steps of: from a data processing system adapted to perform lottery ticket transactions and merchandise transactions receiving a request for lottery information; generating lottery information based on the request for lottery information; lottery ticket information stored in the memory ; and a data processing system adapted to perform lottery ticket transactions and merchandise transactions to transmit information to the lottery.
  21. 21.一种用于处理彩票请求的方法,包括下列步骤:接收对至少一个彩票的请求;产生用于彩票的随机选择的号码;产生包括随机选择的号码的鉴别代码;对鉴别代码加密;将随机选择的号码和加密鉴别代码存储在存储设备中;以及输出随机选择的号码和加密鉴别代码。 21. A method for processing lottery ticket requests, comprising the steps of: receiving a request for at least one lottery; generating a number of randomly selected lottery; authentication code comprises generating randomly selected numbers; of encrypted authentication code; and the randomly selected numbers and the encrypted authentication code stored in the storage device; and the encrypted authentication code and a number randomly selected output.
  22. 22.如权利要求21所述的方法,其中,在所述接收步骤的请求是对于分数值彩票的请求。 22. The method as claimed in claim 21, wherein in said request receiving step is for a fractional lottery ticket request.
  23. 23.用于处理彩票交易的计算机可执行过程步骤,存储在计算机可读介质上,包括:接收彩票请求的步骤;产生随机选择的彩票号码的步骤;根据随机选择的彩票号码产生鉴别代码的步骤;对鉴别代码加密的步骤;将随机选择的彩票号码和加密鉴别代码存储在存储设备中的步骤;以及输出随机选择的彩票号码和加密鉴别代码的步骤。 23. A computer for processing lottery ticket transactions executable process steps, stored on a computer-readable medium, comprising the steps of: receiving a request for lottery; step of randomly selected lottery numbers generated; authentication code generating step according to a randomly selected lottery numbers ; authentication code for encrypting step; step of randomly selected lottery numbers and the encrypted authentication code stored in the storage device; and a step lottery numbers and the encrypted authentication code randomly selected output.
  24. 24.如权利要求23所述的计算机可执行过程步骤,其中,在所述接收步骤中的彩票请求是对于分数值彩票的请求。 24. The computer-executable process steps according to claim 23, wherein the lottery ticket request in said receiving step is for a fractional lottery ticket request.
  25. 25.一种用于执行彩票交易和商品交易的系统,包括:包括存储商品信息和彩票信息的存储设备的POS控制器;所述POS控制器适于与一个彩票数据处理系统进行通信;所述POS控制器还适于向所述彩票数据处理系统发送对彩票信息的请求,并响应于此从所述彩票数据处理系统接收所请求的彩票信息;至少一个POS终端,有效地与所述POS控制器相连,用于根据所接收的彩票信息执行商品交易和彩票交易;以及与所述POS终端相连的记录器,用于发出商品和彩票交易的收据,所述收据包括来自所述彩票数据处理系统的彩票信息。 25. A system for performing lottery ticket transactions and merchandise transactions, comprising: a POS controller including a storage device storing merchandise information and lottery information; said POS controller adapted to communicate with a lottery data processing system; the POS controller further adapted to transmit a request for lottery information to said lottery data processing system, and in response thereto receiving the lottery information from said lottery data processing system requested; at least one POS terminal, the POS control effectively is connected, according to the received lottery information and lottery ticket transactions performed commodity trading; and a recorder connected to said POS terminal for issuing a receipt of merchandise and lottery transactions, said receipt comprising the lottery data processing system from lottery information.
  26. 26.一种使用POS终端执行彩票交易和商品交易的方法,所述POS终端与包括存储商品信息的存储设备的POS控制器有效地相连,所述方法包括下列步骤:在POS终端启动对要购买的多个物品的交易,包括对购买至少一个彩票的请求;向POS终端输入对彩票信息的请求;向POS控制器发送对彩票信息的请求;在POS终端从POS控制器接收所请求的彩票信息;以及在记录介质上记录彩票信息和商品交易。 26. A method of performing lottery ticket transactions and merchandise transactions method using a POS terminal, the POS terminal effectively connected to the POS controller comprises a storage device storing merchandise information, said method comprising the steps of: to initiate later in the POS terminal a plurality of article transactions, including a request to purchase at least one lottery ticket; input a request for lottery information to the POS terminal; transmitting a request for lottery information to the POS controller; receiving at the POS terminal from the POS controller the requested lottery ticket information ; and on the recording medium, lottery information and commodity trading.
  27. 27.如权利要求26所述的方法,还包括将所请求的彩票信息存储在POS控制器的存储设备中的步骤。 27. The method according to claim 26, further comprising the step of storing the requested lottery ticket information in the storage device of the POS controller.
  28. 28.一种数据处理系统,包括:包括CPU和与所述CPU有效相连的存储设备的POS控制器;所述POS控制器适于从至少一个能够执行彩票交易和商品交易的POS终端接收对彩票信息的请求;所述POS控制器还适于将对彩票信息的请求通知给能够产生彩票信息的彩票数据处理系统,并响应于此,接收所请求的彩票信息;以及所述POS控制器中的所述存储设备包含一个程序,所述程序适于由所述CPU执行,用于处理来自所述POS终端的对彩票信息的请求。 28. A data processing system comprising: a POS controller including a CPU and a storage device operatively connected to said CPU; said POS controller adapted to receive a ticket from the at least capable of performing lottery ticket transactions and merchandise transactions POS terminal request information; said POS controller further adapted to request for lottery information is notified to the lottery data processing system capable of generating lottery information, and in response thereto, receiving the requested lottery information; and the POS controller the storage device contains a program, the program adapted to be executed by the CPU of the, for processing a request for lottery information from said POS terminal.
  29. 29.一种使用POS控制器处理彩票请求的方法,所述POS控制器包括CPU和与所述CPU有效相连并包含一个程序的存储设备,所述程序适于由所述CPU执行,用于处理彩票请求,所述方法包括下列步骤:从执行彩票交易和商品交易的POS终端接收对彩票信息的请求;将请求传送给能够根据对彩票信息的请求产生彩票信息的彩票数据处理系统;从彩票数据处理系统接收彩票信息;以及向POS终端发送彩票信息。 29. A method of using the POS controller the requested lottery processing method, the POS controller including a CPU connected to said CPU and effective and includes a program storage device, the program adapted to be executed by said CPU, for processing lottery ticket request, said method comprising the steps of: receiving a request for lottery information from the lottery ticket transactions and merchandise transactions executed in the POS terminal; transmitting the request to a lottery data processing system capable of generating lottery information based on the request for lottery information; lottery data receiving lottery ticket information processing system; and transmitting the lottery information to the POS terminal.
  30. 30.一种交易处理设备,包括:适于执行彩票交易和商品交易的POS终端;所述POS终端适于与POS控制器进行通信;所述POS终端适于向所述POS控制器发送对彩票信息的请求,并从所述POS控制器接收所请求的彩票信息;以及所述POS终端包括记录器,用于将商品和彩票交易记录在记录介质上。 30. A transaction processing device, comprising: a POS terminal adapted to perform lottery ticket transactions and merchandise transactions; the POS terminal adapted to communicate with a POS controller; a lottery POS terminal adapted to transmit to the POS controller request information, and receives the requested lottery information from said POS controller; and the POS terminal includes a recording means for merchandise and lottery transactions recorded on the recording medium.
  31. 31.一种使用POS终端执行彩票交易和商品交易的方法,所述POS终端与适于与一个彩票数据处理系统进行通信的POS控制器有效地相连,所述方法包括下列步骤:在POS终端启动对要购买的多个物品的交易,包括对购买至少一个彩票的请求;向POS终端输入对彩票信息的请求;在POS终端接收包括加密鉴别代码的彩票信息;以及在记录介质上记录彩票信息和商品交易。 31. A method of performing lottery ticket transactions and merchandise transactions using a POS terminal, said POS terminal adapted to be connected with active POS controller in communication with a lottery data processing system, said method comprising the steps of: in the POS terminal Start a plurality of articles to be purchased in the transaction, including a request for the purchase of at least one lottery ticket; input a request for lottery information to the POS terminal; receiving lottery ticket information including the encrypted authentication code in the POS terminal; and lottery information recorded on a recording medium and trading.
  32. 32.如权利要求31所述的方法,其中,所述输入步骤包括输入对于包括随机选择的彩票号码的彩票信息的请求,所述接收步骤包括接收随机选择的彩票号码和加密鉴别代码。 32. The method according to claim 31, wherein said input step includes an input request for lottery ticket information including randomly selected lottery numbers, and said receiving step comprises receiving lottery numbers and the encrypted authentication code randomly selected.
  33. 33.如权利要求31所述的方法,其中,所述输入步骤包括请求使用专门的由顾客选择的彩票号码作为所请求的彩票信息的至少一部分。 33. The method as claimed in claim 31, wherein said inputting step comprises requesting to use a special lottery ticket at least a portion of the information selected by the customer as requested lottery numbers.
  34. 34.如权利要求31所述的方法,其中,在所述启动步骤中的请求是对于分数值彩票的请求。 34. The method according to claim 31, wherein said step of initiating the request is a request for a fractional lottery ticket.
  35. 35.如权利要求34所述的方法,其中,接收的彩票信息包括对执行分数值彩票交易的授权。 35. The method according to claim 34, wherein the received lottery information includes an authorization to perform a fractional lottery ticket transaction.
  36. 36.一种购买彩票的方法,包括:请求购买至少一个彩票和至少一项商品;接收一个构成彩票并包含关于购买商品项的信息的记录介质。 36. A method to buy lottery tickets, comprising: a request to purchase at least one lottery ticket and at least one product; receiving a recording medium constituting the lottery ticket and containing information about the purchased product term.
  37. 37.如权利要求36所述的方法,其中,在所述请求步骤请求的彩票是分数值彩票。 37. The method according to claim 36, wherein the lottery ticket request in said requesting step is a fractional lottery ticket.
  38. 38.一种购买彩票的方法,包括:请求购买一项商品;为购买支付超过购买价格的钱数;指导将为购买支付的超过购买价格的钱数用于购买分数值彩票;以及接收一个构成分数值彩票并包含关于购买商品项的信息的记录介质。 38. A method to buy lottery tickets, including: requests to purchase a commodity; more than the purchase price paid for the purchase of money; amount of money buying guide will exceed the purchase price paid for the purchase of fractional lottery ticket; and receiving a constitution fractional lottery ticket and a recording medium containing information about the purchase of merchandise items.
  39. 39.一种使用包括存储设备的彩票中央控制器鉴别彩票的方法,包括下列步骤:接收与彩票有关的第一信息;确定第一信息是否等效于存储在存储设备中的第二信息,其中第二信息与多个已授权彩票有关;如果未找到等效信息,输出表明未找到匹配的第一消息;如果找到一个等效信息,在第一信息上执行解密操作;以及根据解密操作输出第二消息。 39. A method of using the authentication ticket lottery central controller includes a storage device, comprising the steps of: receiving first information related to the lottery ticket; determining whether the first information is equivalent to second information stored in the storage device, wherein a second plurality of information related to an authorized lottery; if the equivalent information is not found, the output of the first message indicates that a match is not found; if it finds a equivalent information, the decryption operation is performed on the first information; and a decryption operation according to the output second message.
  40. 40.如权利要求39所述的方法,其中,所接收的第一信息包括加密鉴别代码。 40. The method according to claim 39, wherein the received first information comprises an encrypted authentication code.
  41. 41.如权利要求39所述的方法,其中,所述接收步骤包括通过与一个PSTN有效相连的IVRU接收第一信息。 41. The method according to claim 39, wherein said receiving comprises receiving a first information with a PSTN IVRU operably linked steps.
  42. 42.如权利要求39所述的方法,其中,所述接收步骤包括从另一个数据处理系统接收第一信息。 42. The method according to claim 39, wherein said receiving step comprises receiving first information from another data processing system.
  43. 43.如权利要求39所述的方法,其中,第二消息包括一个关于彩票是否是中奖彩票的报告。 43. The method according to claim 39, wherein the second message comprises a report as to whether the lottery ticket is a winning lottery ticket.
  44. 44.如权利要求40所述的方法,其中,解密操作包括对加密鉴别代码解密,第二消息包括基于解密的鉴别代码的信息。 44. The method according to claim 40, wherein the decryption operation comprises decrypting the encrypted authentication code, a second message comprising information based on the decrypted authentication code.
  45. 45.一种包括记录介质的收据,在其上记录着彩票信息、商品交易信息和加密鉴别代码。 45. A recording medium including receipt, on which record lottery information, commodity trading information and encrypted authentication code.
  46. 46.如权利要求45所述的收据,其中,彩票信息包括分数值彩票。 46. ​​The receipt according to claim 45, wherein the lottery ticket information comprises a fractional lottery tickets.
  47. 47.一种交易处理系统,包括:适于执行彩票交易和商品交易的POS终端;与所述POS终端相连的输入设备,用于向所述POS终端输入与要购买的至少一个物品和要为该物品支付的钱数有关的信息;所述POS终端适于根据要为该物品支付的钱数计算出一个找零值;所述输入设备包括可操纵部件,用于通过将找零值运用于购买等于计算出的找零值的彩票量而使所述POS终端执行彩票交易;以及所述POS终端包括记录器,用于在记录介质上记录商品交易和用计算出的找零值购买的彩票量。 47. A transaction processing system, comprising: a POS terminal adapted to perform lottery ticket transactions and merchandise transactions; an input device connected to the POS terminal, for at least one article to said POS terminal and the input is to be purchased and to information about the amount of money paid for the article; the POS terminal adapted to calculate an amount of money to be paid according to a change amount for the article; the input device comprises a steerable member, applied for by the change value the change amount of the purchase of lottery tickets is equal to the calculated value of the POS terminal performs the lottery ticket transactions; and said POS terminal including a recorder for recording and commodity trading with the calculated amount of change to buy lottery on a recording medium the amount.
  48. 48.如权利要求47所述的系统,其中,所购买的彩票量包括分数值彩票。 48. The system according to claim 47, wherein the amount of the lottery ticket, the fractional lottery ticket purchased comprises.
  49. 49.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的方法,包括:产生购买的购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格和舍入后价格之间的差值;产生用于指示在加售和找零之间的选择的选择信号;以及如果选择信号表明选择了加售,用加售交换上舍入值。 49. A method upsell purchased for determining the point of sale terminal, comprising: generating a purchase price of the purchase; after generating a rounded price; calculated roundup amount, the value is rounded in the purchase price and the difference between the rounded price; generating a selection signal for indicating selection between the upsell and change due; and if the selection signal indicates selection of the upsell, the rounding value upsell to exchange.
  50. 50.如权利要求49所述的方法,还包括:如果选择信号表明选择了找零,则识别一第二加售,产生用于指示在第二加售和找零之间的选择的第二选择信号,以及如果第二选择信号表明选择了第二加售,用第二加售交换上舍入值。 If the second selection signal indicates selection of the change, then identifying a second upsell, generating a selection between the second upsell and for indicating the change of: 50. The method according to claim 49, further comprising a selection signal, and if the second selection signal indicates selection of the second upsell, the rounding value to the second upsell to exchange.
  51. 51.如权利要求50所述的方法,还包括:产生一个随机值;其中,只有当随机值在值的一规定范围内时才执行识别第二加售的步骤。 Wherein, when the random value only when the step of identifying a second upsell is performed within a predetermined range of values; generating a random value: 51. A method as claimed in claim 50, further comprising.
  52. 52.如权利要求49所述的方法,还包括:打印优惠券。 52. The method according to claim 49, further comprising: printing a coupon.
  53. 53.如权利要求52所述的方法,还包括:保持标识符数据库;产生唯一的标识符;将唯一的标识符存储进标识符数据库;以及将唯一的标识符打印在优惠券上。 53. The method according to claim 52, further comprising: maintaining an identifier database; generating a unique identifier; the identifier unique identifier is stored into the database; and printing the unique identifier on the voucher.
  54. 54.如权利要求52所述的方法,还包括:根据购买日期产生一个日期标识符;以及将日期标识符打印在优惠券上。 54. A method according to claim 52, further comprising: generating a date identifier in accordance with a later date; and printing the date identifier on the voucher.
  55. 55.如权利要求49所述的方法,还包括:保持提议加售数据库;将上舍入值存储在提议加售数据库中;将加售存储在提议加售数据库中;以及将选择信号存储在提议加售数据库中。 55. The method according to claim 49, further comprising: maintaining a database of offered upsells; the roundup value stored in the database of offered upsells; upsell is stored in the database of offered upsells; and storing the selection signal in offered upsell database.
  56. 56.如权利要求55所述的方法,还包括:将购买日期存储在提议加售数据库中。 56. The method according to claim 55, further comprising: storing a date of the purchase in the database of offered upsells.
  57. 57.如权利要求49所述的方法,其中,所述加售包括游戏入场权。 57. The method according to claim 49, wherein the upsell comprises a game entry.
  58. 58.如权利要求57所述的方法,还包括:保持游戏数据库;产生唯一的标识符;将唯一的标识符存储在游戏数据库中;以及将上舍入值存储在游戏数据库中。 58. The method according to claim 57, further comprising: maintaining a game database; generating a unique identifier; will in the game database stored unique identifier; and the roundup value stored in the game database.
  59. 59.如权利要求49所述的方法,还包括:如果选择信号表明选择了加售,则将表示该加售的信号存储在顾客记录中,从而将该加售与一个顾客联系起来。 59. The method according to claim 49, further comprising: if the selection signal indicates selection of the upsell, the upsell will represent a signal stored in the customer record, thereby linking the upsell with a customer.
  60. 60.如权利要求59所述的方法,还包括:存储表示用于识别赠送加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;以及存储表示用于识别接收加售的第二顾客的第二顾客标识符的信号。 60. The method according to claim 59, further comprising: storing signals indicative of the identified upsell first customer Get a first customer identifier; and storing the received represents for identifying a second upsell in the customer two customer signal identifier.
  61. 61.如权利要求59所述的方法,还包括:存储表示用于识别赠送加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;存储表示用于识别多个顾客的多个顾客标识符的信号;以及选择多个顾客标识符中的至少一个,从而选择至少一个顾客来接收加售。 61. The method according to claim 59, further comprising: storing signals indicative of the identified upsell Get a first customer of a first customer identifier; stores a plurality of customer for identifying a plurality of customer identifiers signal; and selecting at least one identifier of a plurality of customers, thereby selecting at least one customer to receive the upsell.
  62. 62.如权利要求49所述的方法,其中,识别加售的步骤包括识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的多个加售,并且,其中输出步骤包括输出表示多个识别出的加售中的至少一个的信号。 62. The method according to claim 49, wherein the step of identifying the upsell comprises identifying a database corresponding to the plurality of upsells compared upsell price, and wherein the output step includes a plurality of identified upsells output a at least one signal.
  63. 63.如权利要求62所述的方法,还包括:产生用于指示在多个识别出的加售中的至少一个与找零之间的选择的选择信号。 63. The method according to claim 62, further comprising: generating a selection signal selecting between the plurality of identified upsells and at least one for indicating the change.
  64. 64.如权利要求62所述的方法,还包括:对多个识别出的加售进行排序,从而将第一加售排列在第二加售之前。 64. The method according to claim 62, further comprising: a plurality of identified upsells sorted, arranged such that the first upsell before a second upsell.
  65. 65.如权利要求64所述的方法,其中,输出步骤包括输出表示第一加售的信号。 65. The method according to claim 64, wherein the outputting step includes outputting a signal indicative of the first upsell.
  66. 66.如权利要求65所述的方法,还包括:产生用于指示在识别出的加售与找零之间的选择的选择信号;以及如果选择信号表明未选择第一加售,输出表示第二加售的信号。 66. The method according to claim 65, further comprising: generating for indicating selection signal identified between the upsell and change; and if the selection signal indicates that the first upsell is not selected, outputs a second two and sale signals.
  67. 67.如权利要求64所述的方法,其中,排序步骤包括根据每个识别出的加售的成本对多个识别出的加售进行排序。 67. The method according to claim 64, wherein the sorting step includes sorting based on the cost of each identified upsell of the plurality of identified upsells.
  68. 68.如权利要求49所述的方法,还包括:产生一个购买条件,并且,保持数据库的步骤包括:保持关于至少一个加售价格和一个相应的加售和至少一个相应的加售条件的数据库,并且,识别步骤包括:识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格和购买条件的至少一个加售。 68. The method according to claim 49, further comprising: generating a purchase condition, and the step of maintaining a database comprises: maintaining a database of at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell and at least one corresponding upsell condition and the identifying step comprises: identifying a database corresponding to the compared upsell price and the purchase condition of at least one upsell.
  69. 69.如权利要求49所述的方法,其中,产生舍入后价格的步骤包括根据大于购买价格的整数产生舍入后价格。 69. A method according to claim 49, wherein the step of generating a rounded price comprises generating a rounded price based on the integer is greater than the purchase price.
  70. 70.如权利要求69所述的方法,其中,产生舍入后价格的步骤包括根据大于购买价格的最小整数产生舍入后价格。 70. A method according to claim 69, wherein the step of generating a rounded price comprises generating a rounded price smallest integer greater than the purchase price.
  71. 71.如权利要求49所述的方法,其中,产生舍入后价格的步骤包括根据大于购买价格的1/4美元的倍数产生舍入后价格。 71. A method according to claim 49, wherein the step of generating a rounded price comprises generating a rounded price in dependence on a multiple 1/4 greater than the purchase price.
  72. 72.如权利要求49所述的方法,还包括:对于多个顾客中的每一个,存储表示一个加售的首选加售信号。 72. The method according to claim 49, further comprising: for each of a plurality of customers in the stores represents a preferred upsell upsell signal.
  73. 73.如权利要求72所述的方法,其中,产生选择信号的步骤包括访问存储的首选加售信号,并根据该首选加售信号产生选择信号。 73. The method according to claim 72, wherein the step of generating the selection signal comprises preferredupsell access the stored signal, and generating a selection signal according to the preferred upsell signal.
  74. 74.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的方法,包括:保持关于至少一个加售价格和相应的加售的数据库;产生购买的购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格和舍入后价格之间的差值;将计算出的上舍入值与数据库中的至少一个加售价格进行比较;以及如果计算出的上舍入值对应于一个比较的加售价格,识别出数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的至少一个加售。 74. A method upsell in the point of sale terminal for determining a purchase, comprising: maintaining a database of at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell; generate a purchase price of the purchase; generating a rounded price; computing rounding value, the rounded value is the difference between the purchase price and the rounded price; the calculated roundup amount in the database of at least one upsell price; and if the calculated roundup amount corresponds to a compared upsell price, identify the database corresponds to the compared upsell price of at least one upsell.
  75. 75.如权利要求74所述的方法,还包括:产生用于指示在识别出的加售和找零之间的选择的选择信号。 75. A method according to claim 74, further comprising: generating a selection signal selecting between the identified upsell and for indicating the change.
  76. 76.如权利要求75所述的方法,其中,数据库包括多个加售价格和相应的加售,所述方法还包括:如果选择信号表明选择了找零,则识别出数据库中对应于比较的加售的第二加售。 76. A method according to claim 75, wherein the database includes a plurality of upsell price and a corresponding upsell, the method further comprising: if the selection signal indicates selection of change due, is identified in the database corresponding to the comparison upsell second upsell.
  77. 77.如权利要求74所述的方法,其中,产生选择信号的步骤包括:产生用于指示在识别出的加售、找零和第二加售之间的选择的选择信号,所述方法还包括:如果选择信号表明选择了第二加售,确定对应于第二加售的第二加售价格。 77. The method according to claim 74, wherein the step of generating the selection signal comprises: generating for indicating that the identified upsell, the change between the selection signal and a second upsell, the method further comprising: if the selection signal indicates selection of the second upsell, determining a second upsell corresponding to the second upsell price.
  78. 78.如权利要求75所述的方法,还包括:打印优惠券。 78. The method according to claim 75, further comprising: printing a coupon.
  79. 79.如权利要求78所述的方法,还包括:在优惠券上打印标识符。 79. The method according to claim 78, further comprising: printing an identifier on the voucher.
  80. 80.如权利要求78所述的方法,还包括:保持标识符数据库;产生唯一的标识符;将该唯一的标识符存储在标识符数据库中;以及在优惠券上打印该唯一的标识符。 80. The method according to claim 78, further comprising: maintaining an identifier database; generating a unique identifier; the unique identifier stored in the identifier database; and printing the unique identifier on the voucher.
  81. 81.如权利要求78所述的方法,还包括:根据购买日期产生日期标识符;以及在优惠券上打印日期标识符。 81. The method according to claim 78, further comprising: generating a date identifier in accordance with the date of purchase; and printing the date identifier on the voucher.
  82. 82.如权利要求75所述的方法,还包括:保持提议加售数据库;将上舍入值存储在提议加售数据库中;将识别出的加售存储在提议加售数据库中;以及将选择信号存储在提议加售数据库中。 And selection; holding database of offered upsells; the roundup value stored in the database of offered upsells; the identified upsell is stored in the database of offered upsells: 82. The method as claimed in claim 75, further comprising signals are stored in the database of offered upsells.
  83. 83.如权利要求82所述的方法,还包括:将购买日期存储在提议加售数据库中。 83. The method according to claim 82, further comprising: storing a date of the purchase in the database of offered upsells.
  84. 84.如权利要求75所述的方法,其中,加售包括游戏入场权。 84. The method according to claim 75, wherein the upsell comprises a game entry.
  85. 85.如权利要求84所述的方法,还包括:保持游戏数据库;产生唯一的标识符;将该唯一的标识符存储在游戏数据库中;以及将上舍入值存储在游戏数据库中。 85. The method according to claim 84, further comprising: maintaining a game database; generating a unique identifier; storing the unique identifier in the game database; and the roundup value stored in the game database.
  86. 86.如权利要求75所述的方法,还包括:如果选择信号表明选择了识别出的加售,将表示识别出的加售的信号存储在顾客记录中,从而将识别出的加售与顾客联系起来。 86. The method according to claim 75, further comprising: if the selection signal indicates selection of the identified upsell signal indicative of the identified upsell in the customer stored in the record, thereby associating the identified upsell with a customer linked.
  87. 87.如权利要求86所述的方法,还包括:存储表示用于识别赠送识别出的加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;以及存储表示用于识别接收所赠送加售的第二顾客的第二顾客标识符的信号。 87. The method according to claim 86, further comprising: storing signals representing a gift for identifying a first customer who identified upsell first customer identifier; and storing expressed for identifying who receives the donated upsell customers of the second signal of the second customer identifier.
  88. 88.如权利要求86所述的方法,还包括:存储表示用于识别赠送识别出的加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;存储表示用于识别多个顾客的多个顾客标识符的信号;以及选择多个顾客标识符中的至少一个,从而选择至少一个接收所赠送加售的顾客。 88. The method according to claim 86, further comprising: storing signals indicative Get identifying a first customer who identified upsell of a first customer identifier; stores a plurality of customer for identifying a plurality of customers identifier signal; and selecting a plurality of at least one customer identifier, thereby selecting at least one customer to receive the donated upsell.
  89. 89.如权利要求75所述的方法,还包括:为多个顾客中的每一个存储表示一个加售的首选加售信号。 89. The method according to claim 75, further comprising: showing a preferred upsell upsell signals each of a plurality of customer storage.
  90. 90.如权利要求89所述的方法,其中,产生选择信号的步骤包括访问存储的首选加售信号,并根据该首选加售信号产生选择信号。 90. The method according to claim 89, wherein the step of generating the selection signal comprises preferredupsell access the stored signal, and generating a selection signal according to the preferred upsell signal.
  91. 91.如权利要求74所述的方法,其中,识别加售的步骤包括识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的多个加售。 91. The method according to claim 74, wherein the step of identifying the upsell comprises identifying a database corresponding to the compared upsell price plurality of upsells.
  92. 92.如权利要求91所述的方法,还包括:产生用于指示在多个识别出的加售中的至少一个与找零之间的选择的选择信号。 92. The method according to claim 91, further comprising: generating a selection signal for indicating selection between the identified upsell plurality of at least one of the change.
  93. 93.如权利要求91所述的方法,还包括:对多个识别出的加售进行排序,从而将第一加售排列在第二加售之前。 93. The method as claimed in claim 91, further comprising: a plurality of identified upsells sorted, arranged such that the first upsell before a second upsell.
  94. 94.如权利要求93所述的方法,其中,排序步骤包括根据每个识别出的加售的成本对多个识别出的加售进行排序。 94. The method of claim 93, wherein the sorting step includes sorting based on the cost of each identified upsell of the plurality of identified upsells.
  95. 95.如权利要求74所述的方法,还包括:产生购买条件,并且,保持数据库的步骤包括:保持关于至少一个加售价格和相应的加售和至少一个相应的加售条件的数据库,并且,识别步骤包括:识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格和购买条件的至少一个加售。 95. The method according to claim 74, further comprising: generating a purchase condition, and the step of maintaining a database comprises: maintaining a database of at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell and at least one corresponding upsell condition, and the identifying step comprises: identifying a database corresponding to the compared upsell price and the purchase condition of at least one upsell.
  96. 96.如权利要求74所述的方法,其中,产生舍入后价格的步骤包括根据大于购买价格的整数产生舍入后价格。 Step 96. The method according to claim 74, wherein generating a rounded price comprises generating a rounded price based on the integer is greater than the purchase price.
  97. 97.如权利要求96所述的方法,其中,产生舍入后价格的步骤包括根据大于购买价格的最小整数产生舍入后价格。 Step 97. The method according to claim 96, wherein generating a rounded price comprises generating a rounded price smallest integer greater than the purchase price.
  98. 98.如权利要求74所述的方法,其中,产生舍入后价格的步骤包括根据大于购买价格的1/4美元的倍数产生舍入后价格。 Step 98. The method according to claim 74, wherein generating a rounded price comprises generating a rounded price in dependence on a multiple 1/4 greater than the purchase price.
  99. 99.一种用于确定购买的加售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:关于至少一个加售价格和相应的加售的数据库,以及用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器根据程序进行操作,以便产生购买的购买价格,产生舍入后价格,计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值,将计算出的上舍入值与数据库中的至少一个加售价格进行比较,以及如果计算出的上舍入值对应于一个比较的加售价格,识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的至少一个加售。 99. A device for later determination upsell, comprising: a storage device; and a processor, a memory storage device coupled to the storage device: on at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell database, and for controlling the processor; and a processor operating according to a program to generate a purchase price of the purchase, generate a rounded price, calculate a round with a value, the value is rounded between the purchase price and the rounded price a difference, the calculated value is rounded on at least one of the database are compared upsell price, and if the calculated roundup amount corresponds to a compared upsell price, identifying a database corresponding to the compared upsell at least one upsell price.
  100. 100.如权利要求99所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以产生用于指示在识别出的加售与找零之间的选择的选择信号。 100. The apparatus according to claim 99, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate a selection signal selecting between the upsell and change for indicating identified.
  101. 101.如权利要求100所述的装置,其中,数据库包括多个加售价格和相应的加售,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,如果选择信号表明选择了找零,则识别出数据库中对应于比较的加售的第二加售。 101. The apparatus according to claim 100, wherein the database includes a plurality of upsell price and a corresponding upsell, wherein the processor is further operative with the program, if the selection signal indicates selection of the change is identified in the database It corresponds to the compared upsell second upsell.
  102. 102.如权利要求99所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生用于指示在识别出的加售、找零和第二加售之间的选择的选择信号,以及如果选择信号表明选择了第二加售,确定对应于第二加售的第二加售价格。 102. The apparatus according to claim 99, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: generate for indicating the identified upsell, the selection signal for selecting between the change and a second upsell, and If the selection signal indicates selection of the second upsell, determining a second upsell price corresponding to the second upsell.
  103. 103.如权利要求100所述的装置,还包括:与处理器相连的用于打印优惠券的打印机。 103. The apparatus according to claim 100, further comprising: a processor coupled to the printer for printing coupons.
  104. 104.如权利要求103所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便驱动打印机在优惠券上打印标识符。 104. The apparatus according to claim 103, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to drive the printer to print an identifier on the voucher.
  105. 105.如权利要求103所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储标识符数据库;以及其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生唯一的标识符;将该唯一的标识符存储在标识符数据库中;以及驱动打印机在优惠券上打印该唯一的标识符。 105. The apparatus according to claim 103, wherein the storage device further stores an identifier database; and wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: generate a unique identifier; the unique identifier stored in the identifier databases; and drive the printer to print the unique identifier on the voucher.
  106. 106.如权利要求103所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:根据购买日期产生日期标识符;以及驱动打印机在优惠券上打印日期标识符。 106. The apparatus according to claim 103, wherein the processor is further performed according to the operation program to: generate a date identifier in accordance with the date of purchase; and drive the printer to print the date identifier on the voucher.
  107. 107.如权利要求100所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储提议加售数据库;并且,其中处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:将上舍入值存储在提议加售数据库中;将识别出的加售存储在提议加售数据库中;以及将选择信号存储在提议加售数据库中。 107. The apparatus according to claim 100, wherein the storage device further stores a database of offered upsells; and wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: round up the value stored in the database of offered upsells; identification upsell is stored in the database of offered upsells; and storing the selection signal in the database of offered upsells.
  108. 108.如权利要求107所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便将购买日期存储在提议加售数据库中。 108. The apparatus according to claim 107, wherein the processor is further operative with the program, so that the purchase date is stored in the database of offered upsells.
  109. 109.如权利要求100所述的装置,其中,加售包括游戏入场权。 109. The apparatus according to claim 100, wherein the upsell comprises a game entry.
  110. 110.如权利要求109所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储游戏数据库,以及其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生唯一的标识符;将该唯一的标识符存储在游戏数据库中;以及将上舍入值存储在游戏数据库中。 110. The apparatus according to claim 109, wherein the storage device further stores a game database, and wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: generate a unique identifier; storing the unique identifier in the game database ; and the rounded values ​​are stored in the game database.
  111. 111.如权利要求100所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储顾客记录,并且,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:如果选择信号表明选择了识别出的加售,将表示识别出的加售的信号存储在顾客记录中,从而将识别出的加售与顾客联系起来。 111. The apparatus according to claim 100, wherein the storage device further stores a customer record, and wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: if the selection signal indicates selection of the identified upsell, indicating the identified upsell signals are stored in the customer record, so the identified upsell with customers.
  112. 112.如权利要求111所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储:表示用于识别赠送识别出的加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;以及表示用于识别接收所赠送的加售的第二顾客的第二顾客标识符的信号。 112. The apparatus according to claim 111, wherein the storage device further stores: signals indicative Get identifying a first customer who identified upsell a first customer identifier; and represents for identifying receives the donated second upsell the customer's customer second signal identifier.
  113. 113.如权利要求111所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储:表示用于识别赠送识别出的加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;以及表示用于识别多个顾客的多个顾客标识符的信号;以及,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便选择多个顾客标识符中的至少一个,从而选择至少一个接收所赠送加售的顾客。 113. The apparatus according to claim 111, wherein the storage device further stores: signals indicative Get identifying a first customer who identified upsell a first customer identifier; and represents for identifying a plurality of customers signals of a plurality of customer identifiers; and, wherein the processor is further performed according to a program operation, the plurality of customer identifiers to select at least one, thereby selecting at least one customer who receives the donated upsell.
  114. 114.如权利要求100所述的装置,其中,存储设备还为多个顾客中的每一个存储表示一个加售的首选加售信号。 114. The apparatus according to claim 100, wherein the storage device further plurality of customers each of a storage signal represents a preferred upsell upsell.
  115. 115.如权利要求114所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便访问存储的首选加售信号,并根据该首选加售信号产生选择信号。 115. The apparatus according to claim 114, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to access the stored preferred upsell signals, and generating a selection signal according to the preferred upsell signal.
  116. 116.如权利要求100所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的多个加售。 116. The apparatus according to claim 100, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to identify the database upsell price corresponding to a plurality of upsells comparison.
  117. 117.如权利要求116所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生用于指示在多个识别出的加售中的至少一个与找零之间的选择的选择信号。 117. The apparatus according to claim 116, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: generate a selection signal for indicating selection between the identified upsell plurality of at least one of the change.
  118. 118.如权利要求116所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:对多个识别出的加售进行排序,从而将第一加售排列在第二加售之前。 118. The apparatus according to claim 116, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: identify a plurality of upsells sorted, arranged such that the first upsell before a second upsell.
  119. 119.如权利要求118所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便根据每个识别出的加售的成本对多个识别出的加售进行排序。 119. The apparatus according to claim 118, wherein the processor is further operative with the program, based on the cost for ordering each identified upsell of the plurality of identified upsells.
  120. 120.如权利要求99所述的装置,其中存储设备还存储:关于至少一个加售价格和相应的加售和至少一个相应的加售条件的数据库;其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便产生购买条件,以及识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格和该购买条件的至少一个加售。 120. The apparatus according to claim 99, wherein the storage device further stores: a database of at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell and at least one corresponding upsell condition; wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generating purchase condition, and identifying a database corresponding to the compared upsell price and the purchase condition of at least one upsell.
  121. 121.如权利要求99所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便根据大于购买价格的整数产生舍入后价格。 121. The apparatus according to claim 99, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate a rounded price based on the integer is greater than the purchase price.
  122. 122.如权利要求121所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便根据大于购买价格的最小整数产生舍入后价格。 122. The apparatus according to claim 121, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate a rounded price smallest integer greater than the purchase price.
  123. 123.如权利要求99所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便根据大于购买价格的1/4美元的倍数产生舍入后价格。 123. The apparatus according to claim 99, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate a rounded price is a multiple of 1/4 greater than the purchase price.
  124. 124.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的方法,所述终端存储所需支付值,所述方法包括:保持关于至少一个加售价格和相应的加售的数据库;产生购买的购买价格;将所需支付值设置为等于购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值;将计算出的上舍入值与数据库中的至少一个加售价格进行比较;以及如果计算出的上舍入值对应于比较的加售价格,识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的至少一个加售,以及输出表示该识别出的加售的信号。 124. A method of upsell purchased for determining a point of sale terminal, the terminal storing a required payment amount, comprising: maintaining a database of at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell; generating for later purchase price; you will pay the required set value equal to the purchase price; generating a rounded price; calculated roundup amount, the rounded value is the difference between the purchase price and the rounded price; calculated the upper rounded value in the database at least one upsell price; and if the calculated roundup amount corresponds to a compared upsell price, identifying a database corresponding to the compared upsell price of at least one upsell , and outputs a signal upsell the recognized.
  125. 125.如权利要求124所述的方法,还包括:产生用于指示在识别出的加售和找零之间的选择的选择信号;以及如果选择信号表明选择了识别出的加售,将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格。 125. The method of claim 124, further comprising: generating a selection signal selecting between the identified upsell and for indicating the change; and if the selection signal indicates selection of the identified upsell, The after you set the value to be paid equal to the rounded price.
  126. 126.如权利要求125所述的方法,其中,数据库包括多个加售价格和相应的加售,所述方法还包括:如果选择信号表明选择了找零,则识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的第二加售,以及输出表示识别出的第二加售的信号。 126. The method of claim 125, wherein the database includes a plurality of upsell price and a corresponding upsell, the method further comprising: if the selection signal indicates selection of the change is identified in the database corresponding to the add-compare the selling price of a second upsell, and outputting a second signal indicative of the identified upsell.
  127. 127.如权利要求126所述的方法,还包括:产生一个随机值;并且,其中只有在随机值在值的一规定范围内时才执行输出表示识别出的第二加售的信号的步骤。 127. The method of claim 126, further comprising: generating a random value; and, wherein the random value only when the second step a signal indicative of the identified upsell in a predetermined range of values.
  128. 128.如权利要求124所述的方法,其中,产生选择信号的步骤包括:产生用于指示在识别出的加售、找零和第二加售之间的选择的选择信号,所述方法还包括:如果选择信号表明选择了第二加售,确定对应于第二加售的第二加售价格,以及如果计算出的上舍入值对应于第二加售价格,将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格。 128. The method of claim 124, wherein the step of generating the selection signal comprises: generating for indicating that the identified upsell, the change between the selection signal and a second upsell, the method further comprising: if the selection signal indicates selection of the second upsell, determining a second upsell price corresponding to the second upsell, and if the calculated roundup amount corresponds to the second upsell price, set the required payment amount after rounding equal to the price.
  129. 129.如权利要求125所述的方法,还包括:打印优惠券。 129. The method according to claim 125, further comprising: printing a coupon.
  130. 130.如权利要求129所述的方法,还包括:在优惠券上打印标识符。 130. The method according to claim 129, further comprising: printing an identifier on the voucher.
  131. 131.如权利要求129所述的方法,还包括:保持标识符数据库;产生唯一的标识符;将唯一的标识符存储进标识符数据库;以及将唯一的标识符打印在优惠券上。 131. The method of claim 129, further comprising: maintaining an identifier database; generating a unique identifier; the identifier unique identifier is stored into the database; and printing the unique identifier on the voucher.
  132. 132.如权利要求129所述的方法,还包括:根据购买日期产生日期标识符;以及将日期标识符打印在优惠券上。 132. The method of claim 129, further comprising: generating a date identifier in accordance with the date of purchase; and printing the date identifier on the voucher.
  133. 133.如权利要求125所述的方法,还包括:保持提议加售数据库;将上舍入值存储在提议加售数据库中;将识别出的加售存储在提议加售数据库中;以及将选择信号存储在提议加售数据库中。 133. The method according to claim 125, further comprising: storing the identified upsell in the database of offered upsells;; retention database of offered upsells; rounding the value stored in the database of offered upsells in the selection and signals are stored in the database of offered upsells.
  134. 134.如权利要求133所述的方法,还包括:将购买日期存储在提议加售数据库中。 134. The method of claim 133, further comprising: storing a date of the purchase in the database of offered upsells.
  135. 135.如权利要求125所述的方法,其中,加售包括游戏入场权。 135. The method of claim 125, wherein the upsell comprises a game entry.
  136. 136.如权利要求135所述的方法,还包括:保持游戏数据库;产生唯一的标识符;将唯一的标识符存储在游戏数据库中;以及将上舍入值存储在游戏数据库中。 136. The method of claim 135, further comprising: maintaining a game database; generating a unique identifier; will in the game database stored unique identifier; and the roundup value stored in the game database.
  137. 137.如权利要求125所述的方法,还包括:如果选择信号表明选择了识别出的加售,则将表示识别出的加售的信号存储在顾客记录中,从而将该识别出的加售与顾客联系起来。 137. The method of claim 125, further comprising: if the selection signal indicates selection of the identified upsell, will be represented by a signal stored in the identified upsell in the customer record, thereby identifying the upsell linked to the customer.
  138. 138.如权利要求137所述的方法,还包括:存储表示用于识别赠送识别出的加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;以及存储表示用于识别接收所赠送的加售的第二顾客的第二顾客标识符的信号。 138. The method of claim 137, further comprising: storing signals indicative Get identifying a first customer who identified upsell of a first customer identifier; and storing for identifying represents receives the donated upsell customers of the second signal a second customer identifier.
  139. 139.如权利要求137所述的方法,还包括:存储表示用于识别赠送识别出的加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;存储表示用于识别多个顾客的多个顾客标识符的信号;以及选择多个顾客标识符中的至少一个,从而选择至少一个接收所赠送加售的顾客。 139. The method of claim 137, further comprising: storing signals indicative Get identifying a first customer who identified upsell of a first customer identifier; stores a plurality of customer for identifying a plurality of customers identifier signal; and selecting a plurality of at least one customer identifier, thereby selecting at least one customer to receive the donated upsell.
  140. 140.如权利要求125所述的方法,还包括:为多个顾客中的每一个存储表示一个加售的首选加售信号。 140. The method of claim 125, further comprising: showing a preferred upsell upsell signals each of a plurality of customer storage.
  141. 141.如权利要求140所述的方法,其中,产生选择信号的步骤包括访问存储的首选加售信号,并根据该首选加售信号产生选择信号。 141. The method of claim 140, wherein the step of generating the selection signal comprises preferredupsell access the stored signal, and generating a selection signal according to the preferred upsell signal.
  142. 142.如权利要求124所述的方法,其中,识别加售的步骤包括识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的多个加售,并且,其中输出步骤包括输出表示多个识别出的加售中的至少一个的信号。 142. The method of claim 124, wherein the step of identifying the upsell comprises identifying a database corresponding to the plurality of upsells compared upsell price, and wherein the output step includes a plurality of identified upsells output a at least one signal.
  143. 143.如权利要求142所述的方法,还包括:产生用于指示在多个识别出的加售中的至少一个与找零之间的选择的选择信号。 143. The method of claim 142, further comprising: generating a selection signal for indicating selection between the identified upsell plurality of at least one of the change.
  144. 144.如权利要求142所述的方法,还包括:对多个识别出的加售进行排序,从而将第一加售排列在第二加售之前。 144. The method of claim 142, further comprising: a plurality of identified upsells sorted, arranged such that the first upsell before a second upsell.
  145. 145.如权利要求144所述的方法,其中,输出步骤包括输出表示第一加售的信号。 145. The method of claim 144, wherein the outputting step includes outputting a signal indicative of the first upsell.
  146. 146.如权利要求145所述的方法,还包括:产生用于指示在识别出的加售与找零之间的选择的选择信号;以及如果选择信号表明未选择第一加售,输出表示第二加售的信号。 146. The method of claim 145, further comprising: generating for indicating selection signal identified between the upsell and change; and if the selection signal indicates that the first upsell is not selected, outputs a second two and sale signals.
  147. 147.如权利要求144所述的方法,其中,排序步骤包括根据每个识别出的加售的成本对多个识别出的加售进行排序。 147. The method of claim 144, wherein the sorting step includes sorting based on the cost of each identified upsell of the plurality of identified upsells.
  148. 148.如权利要求124所述的方法,还包括:产生购买条件,并且,其中保持数据库的步骤包括:保持关于至少一个加售价格和相应的加售和至少一个相应的加售条件的数据库,并且,其中识别步骤包括:识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格和购买条件的至少一个加售。 148. The method according to claim 124, further comprising: generating a purchase condition, and wherein the step of maintaining a database comprises: maintaining a database of at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell and at least one corresponding upsell condition, and, wherein the identifying step comprises: identifying a database corresponding to the compared upsell price and the purchase condition of at least one upsell.
  149. 149.如权利要求124所述的方法,其中,产生舍入后价格的步骤包括根据大于购买价格的整数产生舍入后价格。 Step 149. The method according to claim 124, wherein the generating a rounded price comprises generating a rounded price based on the integer is greater than the purchase price.
  150. 150.如权利要求149所述的方法,其中,产生舍入后价格的步骤包括根据大于购买价格的最小整数产生舍入后价格。 Step 150. The method according to claim 149, wherein generating a rounded price comprises generating a rounded price smallest integer greater than the purchase price.
  151. 151.如权利要求124所述的方法,其中,产生舍入后价格的步骤包括根据大于购买价格的1/4美元的倍数产生舍入后价格。 Step 151. The method according to claim 124, wherein the generating a rounded price comprises generating a rounded price in dependence on a multiple 1/4 greater than the purchase price.
  152. 152.一种用于确定购买的加售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:所需支付值,关于至少一个加售价格和相应的加售的数据库,以及用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便产生购买的购买价格,将所需支付值设置为等于购买价格,产生舍入后价格,计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值,将计算出的上舍入值与数据库中的至少一个加售价格进行比较,以及如果计算出的上舍入值对应于比较的加售价格,识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的至少一个加售,以及输出表示识别出的加售的信号。 152. A device for later determination upsell, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a required payment amount, a database of at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell , and a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program to generate a purchase price of the purchase, set the required payment amount to be equal to the purchase price, generate a rounded price, calculate a round-the value of the said upper rounded value in the purchase price and the rounded price difference between the calculated values ​​and the rounding of the at least one database is compared upsell price, and if the calculated roundup amount corresponds to the compared upsell price, identifying a database corresponding to the compared upsell at least one upsell price, and outputting a signal indicative of the identified upsell.
  153. 153.如权利要求152所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以产生用于指示在识别出的加售与找零之间的选择的选择信号。 153. The apparatus according to claim 152, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate a selection signal selecting between the upsell and change for indicating identified.
  154. 154.如权利要求153所述的装置,其中,数据库包括多个加售价格和相应的加售,并且,其中处理器还根据程序进行操作,如果选择信号表明选择了找零,则识别出数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的第二加售。 154. The apparatus according to claim 153, wherein the database includes a plurality of upsell price and a corresponding upsell, and wherein the processor is further operative with the program, if the selection signal indicates selection of the change, the database is identified corresponding to the sale price plus a second upsell comparison.
  155. 155.如权利要求152所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生用于指示在识别出的加售、找零和第二加售之间的选择的选择信号,以及如果选择信号表明选择了第二加售,确定对应于第二加售的第二加售价格。 155. The apparatus according to claim 152, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: generate for indicating the identified upsell, the selection signal for selecting between the change and a second upsell, and If the selection signal indicates selection of the second upsell, determining a second upsell price corresponding to the second upsell.
  156. 156.如权利要求153所述的装置,还包括:与处理器相连的用于打印优惠券的打印机。 156. The apparatus according to claim 153, further comprising: a processor coupled to the printer for printing coupons.
  157. 157.如权利要求156所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便驱动打印机在优惠券上打印标识符。 157. The apparatus according to claim 156, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to drive the printer to print an identifier on the voucher.
  158. 158.如权利要求156所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储标识符数据库;以及其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生唯一的标识符;将该唯一的标识符存储在标识符数据库中;以及驱动打印机在优惠券上打印该唯一的标识符。 158. The apparatus according to claim 156, wherein the storage device further stores an identifier database; and wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: generate a unique identifier; the unique identifier stored in the identifier databases; and drive the printer to print the unique identifier on the voucher.
  159. 159.如权利要求156所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:根据购买日期产生日期标识符;以及驱动打印机在优惠券上打印日期标识符。 159. The apparatus according to claim 156, wherein the processor is further performed according to the operation program to: generate a date identifier in accordance with the date of purchase; and drive the printer to print the date identifier on the voucher.
  160. 160.如权利要求153所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储提议加售数据库;并且,其中处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:将上舍入值存储在提议加售数据库中;将识别出的加售存储在提议加售数据库中:以及将选择信号存储在提议加售数据库中。 160. The apparatus according to claim 153, wherein the storage device further stores a database of offered upsells; and wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: round up the value stored in the database of offered upsells; identification upsell is stored in the database of offered upsells in: as well as the selection signal stored in the database of offered upsells.
  161. 161.如权利要求160所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便将购买日期存储在提议加售数据库中。 161. The apparatus according to claim 160, wherein the processor is further operative with the program, so that the purchase date is stored in the database of offered upsells.
  162. 162.如权利要求153所述的装置,其中,加售包括游戏入场权。 162. The apparatus according to claim 153, wherein the upsell comprises a game entry.
  163. 163.如权利要求162所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储游戏数据库,以及其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生唯一的标识符;将该唯一的标识符存储在游戏数据库中;以及将上舍入值存储在游戏数据库中。 163. The apparatus according to claim 162, wherein the storage device further stores a game database, and wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: generate a unique identifier; storing the unique identifier in the game database ; and the rounded values ​​are stored in the game database.
  164. 164.如权利要求153所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储顾客记录,并且,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:如果选择信号表明选择了识别出的加售,将表示识别出的加售的信号存储在顾客记录中,从而将识别出的加售与顾客联系起来。 164. The apparatus according to claim 153, wherein the storage device further stores a customer record, and wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: if the selection signal indicates selection of the identified upsell, indicating the identified upsell signals are stored in the customer record, so the identified upsell with customers.
  165. 165.如权利要求164所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储:表示用于识别赠送识别出的加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;以及表示用于识别接收所赠送的加售的第二顾客的第二顾客标识符的信号。 165. The apparatus according to claim 164, wherein the storage device further stores: signals indicative Get identifying a first customer who identified upsell a first customer identifier; and represents for identifying receives the donated second upsell the customer's customer second signal identifier.
  166. 166.如权利要求164所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储:表示用于识别赠送识别出的加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;以及表示用于识别多个顾客的多个顾客标识符的信号;以及,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便选择多个顾客标识符中的至少一个,从而选择至少一个接收所赠送加售的顾客。 166. The apparatus according to claim 164, wherein the storage device further stores: signals indicative Get identifying a first customer who identified upsell a first customer identifier; and represents for identifying a plurality of customers signals of a plurality of customer identifiers; and, wherein the processor is further performed according to a program operation, the plurality of customer identifiers to select at least one, thereby selecting at least one customer who receives the donated upsell.
  167. 167.如权利要求153所述的装置,其中,存储设备还为多个顾客中的每一个存储表示一个加售的首选加售信号。 167. The apparatus according to claim 153, wherein the storage device further plurality of customers each of a storage signal represents a preferred upsell upsell.
  168. 168.如权利要求167所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便访问存储的首选加售信号,并根据该首选加售信号产生选择信号。 168. The apparatus according to claim 167, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to access the stored preferred upsell signals, and generating a selection signal according to the preferred upsell signal.
  169. 169.如权利要求152所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的多个加售。 169. The apparatus according to claim 152, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to identify the database upsell price corresponding to a plurality of upsells comparison.
  170. 170.如权利要求169所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生用于指示在多个识别出的加售中的至少一个与找零之间的选择的选择信号。 170. The apparatus according to claim 169, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: generate a selection signal for indicating selection between the identified upsell plurality of at least one of the change.
  171. 171.如权利要求169所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:对多个识别出的加售进行排序,从而将第一加售排列在第二加售之前。 171. The apparatus according to claim 169, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: identify a plurality of upsells sorted, arranged such that the first upsell before a second upsell.
  172. 172.如权利要求171所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便根据每个识别出的加售的成本对多个识别出的加售进行排序。 172. The apparatus according to claim 171, wherein the processor is further operative with the program, based on the cost for ordering each identified upsell of the plurality of identified upsells.
  173. 173.如权利要求152所述的装置,其中存储设备还存储:关于至少一个加售价格和相应的加售和至少一个相应的加售条件的数据库;并且,其中处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便产生购买条件,以及识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格和购买条件的至少一个加售。 173. The apparatus according to claim 152, wherein the storage device further stores: regarding at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell and at least one corresponding upsell condition database; and wherein the processor is further operative with the program, to generate a purchase condition, and identifying a database corresponding to the compared upsell price and the purchase condition of at least one upsell.
  174. 174.如权利要求152所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便根据大于购买价格的整数产生舍入后价格。 174. The apparatus according to claim 152, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate a rounded price based on the integer is greater than the purchase price.
  175. 175.如权利要求174所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便根据大于购买价格的最小整数产生舍入后价格。 175. The apparatus according to claim 174, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate a rounded price smallest integer greater than the purchase price.
  176. 176.如权利要求152所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便根据大于购买价格的1/4美元的倍数产生舍入后价格。 176. The apparatus according to claim 152, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate a rounded price is a multiple of 1/4 greater than the purchase price.
  177. 177.一种用于根据购买确定第二产品的方法,所述购买包括第一产品,终端存储所需支付值,所述方法包括:保持关于至少一个加售价格、相应的购买物品和相应的第二产品的数据库;产生购买的购买价格;将所需支付值设置为等于购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值;将计算出的上舍入值与数据库中的至少一个加售价格进行比较;以及如果计算出的上舍入值对应于比较的加售价格,识别购买物品和数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的第二产品,如果第一产品对应于识别出的购买物品,输出表示第二产品的信号,产生用于指示在第二产品和第一产品之间的选择的选择信号;以及如果选择信号表明选择了第二产品,将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格。 177. A method for determining the later method according to a second product, the purchase including a first product, the terminal storing a required payment amount, the method comprising: holding on at least one upsell price, a corresponding item purchased and a corresponding second product database; generate a purchase price of the purchase; the required payment amount is set equal to the purchase price; generating a rounded price; calculated roundup amount, the roundup purchase price is the price and the rounded a difference between; the calculated roundup amount in the database of at least one upsell price; and if the calculated roundup amount corresponds to a compared upsell price, identify the item purchased and a corresponding database to the compared upsell price of the second product, if the first product corresponds to the identified item purchased, outputting a second product signal, a selection signal is generated between the second product and the first product selection for indicating ; and if the selection signal indicates selection of the second product, the required payment amount to be equal to the rounded price.
  178. 178.一种用于根据购买确定第二产品的装置,所述购买包括第一产品,所述装置包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:所需支付值,关于至少一个加售价格和相应的加售的数据库,以及用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便产生购买的购买价格,将所需支付值设置为等于购买价格,产生舍入后价格,计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值,将计算出的上舍入值与数据库中的至少一个加售价格进行比较,以及如果计算出的上舍入值对应于比较的加售价格,识别购买物品和数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的第二产品,如果第一产品对应于识别出的购买物品,输出表示第二产品的信号,产生用于指示在第二产品和第一产品之间的选择的选择信号;以及如果选择信号表明选择了 178. A method for determining apparatus according to a second product purchase, the purchase including a first product, the apparatus comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a required payment amount, about at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell database, and a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program to generate a purchase price of the purchase, set the required payment amount to be equal to the purchase price, generate rounded price, calculate a round with a value, the value is rounded in the difference between the purchase price and the rounded price, the calculated roundup amount in the database for at least one upsell price compared, and if the calculated roundup amount corresponds to a compared upsell price, identify the item purchased and a database corresponding to a comparison of the second upsell price of the product, if the first product corresponds to the identified item purchased, outputting represents a second product signal to generate a selection signal selecting between the first product and the second product for indicating; and if the selection signal indicates selection of the 第二产品,将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格。 The second product, the required payment amount to be equal to the rounded price.
  179. 179.一种用于根据购买确定第二产品的方法,所述购买包括第一产品,终端存储所需支付值,所述方法包括:保持关于至少一个加售价格、相应的购买物品和相应的第二产品的数据库;产生购买的购买价格;将所需支付值设置为等于购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值;将计算出的上舍入值与数据库中的至少一个加售价格进行比较;以及如果计算出的上舍入值对应于比较的加售价格,识别购买物品和数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的第二产品,如果第一产品对应于识别出的购买物品,输出表示第二产品的信号,产生用于指示在第二产品和找零之间的选择的选择信号;以及如果选择信号表明选择了第二产品,将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格。 179. A method for determining the later method according to a second product, the purchase including a first product, the terminal storing a required payment amount, the method comprising: holding on at least one upsell price, a corresponding item purchased and a corresponding second product database; generate a purchase price of the purchase; the required payment amount is set equal to the purchase price; generating a rounded price; calculated roundup amount, the roundup purchase price is the price and the rounded a difference between; the calculated roundup amount in the database of at least one upsell price; and if the calculated roundup amount corresponds to a compared upsell price, identify the item purchased and a corresponding database to the compared upsell price of the second product, if the first product corresponds to the identified item purchased, outputting a signal indicative of a second product, the second selection signal is generated between the products and for indicating the change of the selection; and if the selection signal indicates selection of the second product, the required payment amount to be equal to the rounded price.
  180. 180.一种用于根据购买确定第二产品的装置,所述购买包括第一产品,所述装置包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:所需支付值,关于至少一个加售价格和相应的加售的数据库,以及用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便产生购买的购买价格,将所需支付值设置为等于购买价格,产生舍入后价格,计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值,将计算出的上舍入值与数据库中的至少一个加售价格进行比较,以及如果计算出的上舍入值对应于比较的加售价格,识别购买物品和对应于数据库中比较的加售价格的第二产品,如果第一产品对应于识别出的购买物品,输出表示第二产品的信号,产生用于指示在第二产品和找零之间的选择的选择信号;以及如果选择信号表明选择了第二 180. A method for determining apparatus according to a second product purchase, the purchase including a first product, the apparatus comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a required payment amount, about at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell database, and a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program to generate a purchase price of the purchase, set the required payment amount to be equal to the purchase price, generate rounded price, calculate a round with a value, the value is rounded in the difference between the purchase price and the rounded price, the calculated roundup amount in the database for at least one upsell price compared, and if the calculated roundup amount corresponds to a compared upsell price, identify the item purchased and second product corresponds in the database compared upsell price, if the first product corresponds to the identified item purchased, outputting second product signal to generate a selection signal for indicating selection between the second product and the change of the representation; and if the selection signal indicates selection of the second 产品,将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格。 Products, the required payment amount to be equal to the rounded price.
  181. 181.一种用于提议在销售点终端的购买的加售的方法,包括:产生购买的购买价格;将所需支付值设置为等于购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格和舍入后价格之间的差值;产生用于指示在加售和找零之间的选择的选择信号;以及如果选择信号表明选择了加售,将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格。 181. A method of upsell is purchased for the proposed point of sale terminal, comprising: generating a purchase price of the purchase; the required payment amount is set equal to the purchase price; generating a rounded price; calculated roundup amount, the rounded value is the difference between the purchase price and the rounded price; generating a selection signal for indicating selection between the upsell and change due; and if the selection signal indicates selection of the upsell, the after setting the required payment amount to be equal to the rounded price.
  182. 182.如权利要求181所述的方法,还包括:如果选择信号表明选择了加售,则提供优惠券。 182. The method of claim 181, further comprising: if the selection signal indicates selection of the upsell, provide coupons.
  183. 183.如权利要求182所述的方法,还包括:在优惠券上打印标识符。 183. The method of claim 182, further comprising: printing an identifier on the voucher.
  184. 184.如权利要求182所述的方法,还包括:保持标识符数据库;产生唯一的标识符;将唯一的标识符存储进标识符数据库;以及将唯一的标识符打印在优惠券上。 184. The method of claim 182, further comprising: maintaining an identifier database; generating a unique identifier; the identifier unique identifier is stored into the database; and printing the unique identifier on the voucher.
  185. 185.如权利要求182所述的方法,还包括:根据购买日期产生日期标识符;以及将日期标识符打印在优惠券上。 185. The method of claim 182, further comprising: generating a date identifier in accordance with the date of purchase; and printing the date identifier on the voucher.
  186. 186.如权利要求181所述的方法,还包括:保持提议加售数据库;将上舍入值存储在提议加售数据库中;将识别出的加售存储在提议加售数据库中;以及将选择信号存储在提议加售数据库中。 186. The method of claim 181, further comprising: storing the identified upsell in the database of offered upsells;; retention database of offered upsells; rounding the value stored in the database of offered upsells in the selection and signals are stored in the database of offered upsells.
  187. 187.如权利要求186所述的方法,还包括:将购买日期存储在提议加售数据库中。 187. The method of claim 186, further comprising: storing a date of the purchase in the database of offered upsells.
  188. 188.如权利要求181所述的方法,其中,加售包括游戏入场权。 188. The method of claim 181, wherein the upsell comprises a game entry.
  189. 189.如权利要求188所述的方法,还包括:保持游戏数据库;产生唯一的标识符;将唯一的标识符存储在游戏数据库中;以及将上舍入值存储在游戏数据库中。 189. The method of claim 188, further comprising: maintaining a game database; generating a unique identifier; will in the game database stored unique identifier; and the roundup value stored in the game database.
  190. 190.如权利要求181所述的方法,还包括:如果选择信号表明选择了识别出的加售,则将表示识别出的加售的信号存储在顾客记录中,从而将该识别出的加售与顾客联系起来。 190. The method of claim 181, further comprising: if the selection signal indicates selection of the identified upsell, will be represented by a signal stored in the identified upsell in the customer record, thereby identifying the upsell linked to the customer.
  191. 191.如权利要求190所述的方法,还包括:存储表示用于识别赠送识别出的加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;以及存储表示用于识别接收所赠送的加售的第二顾客的第二顾客标识符的信号。 191. The method of claim 190, further comprising: storing signals indicative Get identifying a first customer who identified upsell of a first customer identifier; and storing for identifying represents receives the donated upsell customers of the second signal a second customer identifier.
  192. 192.如权利要求190所述的方法,还包括:存储表示用于识别赠送识别出的加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;存储表示用于识别多个顾客的多个顾客标识符的信号;以及选择多个顾客标识符中的至少一个,从而选择至少一个接收所赠送的加售的顾客。 192. The method of claim 190, further comprising: storing signals indicative Get identifying a first customer who identified upsell of a first customer identifier; stores a plurality of customer for identifying a plurality of customers identifier signal; and selecting at least one identifier of a plurality of customers, thereby selecting at least one customer to receive donated upsells.
  193. 193.如权利要求181所述的方法,还包括:为多个顾客中的每一个存储表示一个加售的首选加售信号。 193. The method of claim 181, further comprising: a signal indicates a preferred upsell upsell for each of a plurality of customers in the store.
  194. 194.如权利要求193所述的方法,其中,产生选择信号的步骤包括访问存储的首选加售信号,并根据该首选加售信号产生选择信号。 194. The method of claim 193, wherein the step of generating the selection signal comprises preferredupsell access the stored signal, and generating a selection signal according to the preferred upsell signal.
  195. 195.如权利要求181所述的方法,其中,产生舍入后价格的步骤包括根据大于购买价格的整数产生舍入后价格。 Step 195. The method according to claim 181, wherein the generating a rounded price comprises generating a rounded price based on the integer is greater than the purchase price.
  196. 196.如权利要求195所述的方法,其中,产生舍入后价格的步骤包括根据大于购买价格的最小整数产生舍入后价格。 Step 196. The method according to claim 195, wherein generating a rounded price comprises generating a rounded price smallest integer greater than the purchase price.
  197. 197.如权利要求181所述的方法,其中,产生舍入后价格的步骤包括根据大于购买价格的1/4美元的倍数产生舍入后价格。 Step 197. The method according to claim 181, wherein the generating a rounded price comprises generating a rounded price in dependence on a multiple 1/4 greater than the purchase price.
  198. 198.一种用于提议购买的加售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:所需支付值,以及用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便产生购买的购买价格,将所需支付值设置为等于购买价格,产生舍入后价格,计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值,产生用于指示在加售与找零之间的选择的选择信号,以及如果选择信号表明选择了加售,将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格。 198. An apparatus upsell offer for purchase, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a required payment amount, and a program for controlling the processor; and the processor operating under the procedures, to generate a purchase price of the purchase, set the required payment amount to be equal to the purchase price, generate a rounded price, calculate a round with a value, the value is rounded in the purchase price and the rounded price a difference between generated for indicating selection between the upsell and change the selection signal, and if the selection signal indicates selection of the upsell, the required payment amount is set equal to the rounded price.
  199. 199.如权利要求198所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便产生用于指示在识别出的加售与找零之间的选择的选择信号。 199. The apparatus according to claim 198, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate a selection signal for indicating selection between the identified upsell and change a.
  200. 200.如权利要求199所述的装置,还包括:与处理器相连的用于打印优惠券的打印机。 200. The apparatus according to claim 199, further comprising: a processor coupled to the printer for printing coupons.
  201. 201.如权利要求200所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便驱动打印机在优惠券上打印标识符。 201. The apparatus according to claim 200, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to drive the printer to print an identifier on the voucher.
  202. 202.如权利要求200所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储标识符数据库;以及其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生唯一的标识符;将该唯一的标识符存储在标识符数据库中;以及驱动打印机在优惠券上打印该唯一的标识符。 202. The apparatus according to claim 200, wherein the storage device further stores an identifier database; and wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: generate a unique identifier; the unique identifier stored in the identifier databases; and drive the printer to print the unique identifier on the voucher.
  203. 203.如权利要求199所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:根据购买日期产生日期标识符;以及驱动打印机在优惠券上打印日期标识符。 203. The apparatus according to claim 199, wherein the processor is further performed according to the operation program to: generate a date identifier in accordance with the date of purchase; and drive the printer to print the date identifier on the voucher.
  204. 204.如权利要求199所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储提议加售数据库;并且,其中处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:将上舍入值存储在提议加售数据库中;将识别出的加售存储在提议加售数据库中;以及将选择信号存储在提议加售数据库中。 204. The apparatus according to claim 199, wherein the storage device further stores a database of offered upsells; and wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: round up the value stored in the database of offered upsells; identification upsell is stored in the database of offered upsells; and storing the selection signal in the database of offered upsells.
  205. 205.如权利要求204所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便将购买日期存储在提议加售数据库中。 205. The apparatus according to claim 204, wherein the processor is further operative with the program, so that the purchase date is stored in the database of offered upsells.
  206. 206.如权利要求199所述的装置,其中,加售包括游戏入场权。 206. The apparatus according to claim 199, wherein the upsell comprises a game entry.
  207. 207.如权利要求206所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储游戏数据库,以及其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生唯一的标识符;将该唯一的标识符存储在游戏数据库中;以及将上舍入值存储在游戏数据库中。 207. The apparatus according to claim 206, wherein the storage device further stores a game database, and wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: generate a unique identifier; storing the unique identifier in the game database ; and the rounded values ​​are stored in the game database.
  208. 208.如权利要求199所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储顾客记录,并且,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:如果选择信号表明选择了识别出的加售,将表示识别出的加售的信号存储在顾客记录中,从而将识别出的加售与顾客联系起来。 208. The apparatus according to claim 199, wherein the storage device further stores a customer record, and wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: if the selection signal indicates selection of the identified upsell, indicating the identified upsell signals are stored in the customer record, so the identified upsell with customers.
  209. 209.如权利要求208所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储:表示用于识别赠送识别出的加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;以及表示用于识别接收所赠送的加售的第二顾客的第二顾客标识符的信号。 209. The apparatus according to claim 208, wherein the storage device further stores: signals indicative Get identifying a first customer who identified upsell a first customer identifier; and represents for identifying receives the donated second upsell the customer's customer second signal identifier.
  210. 210.如权利要求208所述的装置,其中,存储设备还存储:表示用于识别赠送识别出的加售的第一顾客的第一顾客标识符的信号;以及表示用于识别多个顾客的多个顾客标识符的信号;以及,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便选择多个顾客标识符中的至少一个,从而选择至少一个接收所赠送加售的顾客。 210. The apparatus according to claim 208, wherein the storage device further stores: signals indicative Get identifying a first customer who identified upsell a first customer identifier; and represents for identifying a plurality of customers signals of a plurality of customer identifiers; and, wherein the processor is further performed according to a program operation, the plurality of customer identifiers to select at least one, thereby selecting at least one customer who receives the donated upsell.
  211. 211.如权利要求199所述的装置,其中,存储设备还为多个顾客中的每一个存储表示一个加售的首选加售信号。 211. The apparatus according to claim 199, wherein the storage device further plurality of customers each of a storage signal represents a preferred upsell upsell.
  212. 212.如权利要求211所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便访问存储的首选加售信号,并根据该首选加售信号产生选择信号。 212. The apparatus according to claim 211, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to access the stored preferred upsell signals, and generating a selection signal according to the preferred upsell signal.
  213. 213.如权利要求198所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便根据大于购买价格的整数产生舍入后价格。 213. The apparatus according to claim 198, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate a rounded price based on the integer is greater than the purchase price.
  214. 214.如权利要求213所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便根据大于购买价格的最小整数产生舍入后价格。 214. The apparatus according to claim 213, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate a rounded price smallest integer greater than the purchase price.
  215. 215.如权利要求198所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便根据大于购买价格的1/4美元的倍数产生舍入后价格。 215. The apparatus according to claim 198, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate a rounded price is a multiple of 1/4 greater than the purchase price.
  216. 216.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的方法,包括:产生购买的购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格和舍入后价格之间的差值;产生用于指示在加售和找零之间的选择的选择信号;以及如果选择信号表明选择了加售,打印表示上舍入值的标记。 216. A method upsell purchased for determining the point of sale terminal, comprising: generating a purchase price of the purchase; after generating a rounded price; calculated roundup amount, the value is rounded in the purchase price and rounding the difference between the price; generating a selection signal for indicating selection between the upsell and change due; and if the selection signal indicates selection of the upsell, the print values ​​represent rounding flag.
  217. 217.一种用于确定购买的加售的装置,包括:存储设备;与存储设备相连的处理器;以及与处理器相连的打印机,存储设备存储:用于控制处理器的程序;处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便产生购买的购买价格,产生舍入后价格,计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值,产生用于指示在加售与找零之间的选择的选择信号;以及如果选择信号表明选择了加售,打印机打印表示上舍入值的标记。 217. A method for determining an upsell of purchase device comprising: a storage device; a processor coupled to the storage device; and a printer connected to the processor, the storage device storing: a program for controlling the processor; processor further operating under the procedures, to generate a purchase price of the purchase, generate a rounded price, calculate a round with a value, the value is rounded in the difference between the purchase price and the rounded price, generate for indicating select signal between the upsell and change; and if the selection signal indicates selection of the upsell, showing the printer indicia roundup.
  218. 218.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的方法,所述终端存储所需支付值,所述方法包括:产生购买的购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格和舍入后价格之间的差值;将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格;提供加售作为对上舍入值的交换。 218. A method for determining an upsell in the process of purchasing point of sale terminal, the terminal storing a required payment amount, the method comprising: generating a purchase price of the purchase; generating a rounded price; calculated roundup amount the rounded value is the difference between the purchase price and the rounded price; the required payment amount is set equal to the rounded price; upsell in exchange for providing the rounded value.
  219. 219.一种用于确定购买的加售的方法,包括:保持关于至少一个加售价格和相应的加售的数据库;接收购买的购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格和舍入后价格之间的差值;将计算出的上舍入值与数据库中的至少一个加售价格进行比较;以及如果计算出的上舍入值对应于比较的加售价格,识别出数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的至少一个加售,以及输出表示识别出的加售的信号。 219. A method of determining an upsell of a purchase method, comprising: maintaining a database of at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell; receive a purchase price of the purchase; after generating a rounded price; calculated roundup amount, the said upper rounded value is a difference between the purchase price and the price after rounding; the calculated roundup amount in the database of at least one upsell price; and if the calculated roundup amount corresponds to the compared upsell price, upsell database signal corresponding to the compared upsell price of at least one upsell, and outputs a recognized identified.
  220. 220.如权利要求219所述的方法,还包括:产生用于指示在识别出的加售和找零之间的选择的选择信号;以及如果选择信号表明选择了识别出的加售,传送舍入后价格。 220. The method of claim 219, further comprising: generating a selection signal indicative of the identified upsell and selection between the change in; and if the selection signal indicates selection of the identified upsell, transfer homes after the price.
  221. 221.如权利要求220所述的方法,其中,传送舍入后价格的步骤包括,如果选择信号表明选择了识别出的加售,向收银机传送舍入后价格。 221. The method of claim 220, wherein the step of transmitting the rounded price comprises, if the selection signal indicates selection of the identified upsell, transmitting the rounded price to the cash register.
  222. 222.如权利要求219所述的方法,其中,接收购买价格的步骤包括从收银机接收购买的购买价格。 222. The method of claim 219, wherein the step of receiving the purchase price comprises receiving the purchase price of the purchase from the cash register.
  223. 223.一种用于确定购买的加售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:关于至少一个加售价格和相应的加售的数据库,以及用于控制处理器的程序;处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便接收购买的购买价格,产生舍入后价格,计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值,将计算出的上舍入值与数据库中的至少一个加售价格进行比较,以及如果计算出的上舍入值对应于比较的加售价格,识别数据库中对应于比较的加售价格的至少一个加售,以及输出表示识别出的加售的信号。 223. A method for determining an upsell of purchase device comprising: a storage device; and a processor, a memory storage device coupled to the storage device: on at least one upsell price and a corresponding upsell database, and for controlling the processor; processor also operate according to a program, to receive the purchase price of the purchase, generate a rounded price, calculate a round with a value, the value is rounded between the purchase price and the rounded price a difference, the calculated value is rounded on at least one of the database are compared upsell price, and if the calculated roundup amount corresponds to a compared upsell price, identifying a database corresponding to the compared upsell price at least one upsell, and outputting a signal indicative of the identified upsell.
  224. 224.如权利要求223所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便产生用于指示在识别出的加售与找零之间的选择的选择信号,以及如果选择信号表明选择了识别出的加售,传送舍入后价格。 224. The apparatus according to claim 223, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to generate for indicating the selection signal identified between the upsell and change, and if the selection signal indicates selection of the identified upsell, transmit the rounded price.
  225. 225.如权利要求224所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,如果选择信号表明选择了识别出的加售,则向收银机传送舍入后价格。 225. The apparatus according to claim 224, wherein the processor is further operative with the program, if the selection signal indicates selection of the identified upsell, transmitting the rounded price to the cash register.
  226. 226.如权利要求223所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便从收银机接收购买的购买价格。 226. The apparatus according to claim 223, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to receive the purchase price of the purchase from the cash register.
  227. 227.一种用于在收银机确定购买的加售的方法,所述收银机存储所需支付值,并与处理系统进行通信,所述方法包括:产生购买的购买价格;将所需支付值设置为等于购买价格;将购买价格传送给处理系统;以及如果从处理系统接收舍入后价格,则将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格。 Cash register 227. A method of determining an upsell of a purchase, the cash register is used to store the desired payment amount, and communicate with a processing system, the method comprising: generating a purchase price of the purchase; the required payment amount is set equal to the purchase price; transmit the purchase price to the processing system; and if a rounded price received from the processing system, then the required payment amount to be equal to the rounded price.
  228. 228.一种用于确定购买的加售的装置,所述装置与处理系统进行通信,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器;存储设备存储:所需支付值,以及用于控制处理器的程序;处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便产生购买的购买价格,将所需支付值设置为等于购买价格;将购买价格传送给处理系统;以及如果从处理系统接收舍入后价格,则将所需支付值设置为等于舍入后价格。 228. A method of determining later upsell apparatus, the apparatus communicating with a processing system, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device; a storage device storing: a required payment amount, and for controlling the processor; processor also operate according to a program to generate a purchase price of the purchase, set the required payment amount to be equal to the purchase price; purchase price is transmitted to a processing system; and the processing system is received from the rounded price, payment amount will be required to be equal to the rounded price.
  229. 229.一种使用销售点终端帮助购买分数值彩票的方法,包括:确定货币值;分配一个彩票的一部分,所述部分是基于所述货币值的;输出识别彩票的彩票标识符和识别彩票的分配部分的部分标识符;以及存储彩票标识符和部分标识符。 229. A method of using point of sale terminal to purchase fractional lottery tickets assistance method, comprising: determining a monetary value; allocate a portion of a lottery ticket, the portion being based on the monetary value; lottery ticket identifier, and outputs the recognized identification lottery part identifier allocated portion; and storing the ticket identifier and portion identifier.
  230. 230.如权利要求229所述的方法,其中,确定货币值的步骤包括:根据对一个购买的找零值确定货币值。 230. The method of claim 229, wherein the step of determining a monetary value comprises: determining a monetary value based on a change amount of the purchase.
  231. 231.如权利要求229所述的方法,还包括:从多个彩票中选择所述彩票。 231. The method of claim 229, further comprising: selecting the ticket from a plurality of tickets.
  232. 232.如权利要求231所述的方法,其中,从多个彩票中选择所述彩票的步骤包括:选择具有至少等于货币值的未分配部分的彩票。 232. The method of claim 231, wherein said selecting from a plurality of lottery ticket comprising the step of: selecting a lottery ticket at least the monetary value is not allocated portion.
  233. 233.如权利要求231所述的方法,其中,从多个彩票中选择所述彩票的步骤包括:确定一组彩票,其中的每个彩票具有至少等于货币值的未分配部分;以及从该组彩票中选择具有最小未分配部分的彩票。 233. The method of claim 231, wherein the selected lottery ticket from a plurality of steps comprising: determining a set of tickets, each ticket having an unallocated portion at least equal monetary value; and from the set of selecting a lottery ticket minimal unallocated portion.
  234. 234.一种使用销售点终端帮助购买分数值彩票的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:确定货币值;分配一个彩票的一部分,所述部分是基于所述货币值的;输出识别彩票的彩票标识符和识别彩票的分配部分的部分标识符;以及将彩票标识符和部分标识符存储在存储设备中。 234. A method of using point of sale terminal means to help the purchase of fractional lottery tickets, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program , to: determine a monetary value; allocate a portion of a lottery ticket, the portion being based on the monetary value; partial identifiers allocated portion of the lottery ticket identifier and outputs the recognized identification lottery; and the ticket identifier and portion identifier symbols stored in the storage device.
  235. 235.如权利要求234所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:根据对一个购买的找零值确定货币值。 235. The apparatus according to claim 234, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: determine a monetary value to the change value in accordance with the purchase.
  236. 236.如权利要求234所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:从多个彩票中选择所述彩票。 236. The apparatus according to claim 234, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: select the ticket from a plurality of tickets.
  237. 237.如权利要求236所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:选择具有至少等于货币值的未分配部分的彩票。 237. The apparatus according to claim 236, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: select the ticket having a monetary value at least equal to the unallocated portion.
  238. 238.如权利要求236所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:确定一组彩票,其中的每个彩票具有至少等于货币值的未分配部分;以及从该组彩票中选择具有最小未分配部分的彩票。 238. The apparatus according to claim 236, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: determine a set of tickets, each ticket having an unallocated portion at least equal monetary value; and selecting from the set of lottery lottery ticket having an unallocated portion of the minimum.
  239. 239.一种使用销售点终端帮助购买分数值彩票的方法,包括:确定货币值;分配多个彩票中的每个彩票的一部分,每个彩票的所述部分与所述货币值的一部分相联系;输出识别多个彩票的多个彩票标识符和识别每个彩票的分配部分的多个部分标识符;以及存储彩票标识符和部分标识符。 239. A method of using point of sale terminal to purchase fractional lottery tickets assistance method, comprising: determining a monetary value; a portion of each of the plurality of lottery ticket dispensing, the portion of each ticket portion of the monetary value associated ; portions of a plurality of identifiers identifying a plurality of outputs and a ticket identifier identifying a plurality of lottery tickets each allocated portion of the lottery ticket; and storing the ticket identifier and portion identifier.
  240. 240.一种使用销售点终端帮助购买分数值彩票的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:确定货币值;分配多个彩票中的每个彩票的一部分,每个彩票的所述部分与所述货币值的一部分相联系;输出识别多个彩票的多个彩票标识符和识别每个彩票的分配部分的多个部分标识符;以及将彩票标识符和部分标识符存储在存储设备中。 240. A method of using point of sale terminal means to help the purchase of fractional lottery tickets, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program , to: determine a monetary value; a portion of each of the plurality of lottery ticket dispensing, the portion of each ticket is associated with a portion of the monetary value; identifying a plurality of outputs of the plurality of lottery ticket identifier and the identification of each a plurality of partial identifiers allocated portion of the lottery; and the ticket identifier and the portion identifier in the storage device.
  241. 241.一种使用销售点终端帮助购买分数值彩票的方法,包括:确定对一个购买的找零值;根据找零值确定货币值;从多个彩票中选择一个彩票,所选择的彩票具有至少等于货币值的未分配部分;分配选定彩票的至少一个部分,所述部分是基于所述货币值的;输出识别彩票的彩票标识符和识别选定彩票的分配部分的部分标识符;以及存储彩票标识符和部分标识符。 241. A method of using point of sale terminal to purchase fractional lottery tickets assistance method, comprising: determining a change amount of the purchase; determining a monetary value based on an amount of change; selecting a ticket from a plurality of tickets, the selected ticket having at least the monetary value unallocated portion; at least one selected portion of the dispensing lottery ticket, the portion being based on the monetary value; lottery ticket identifier identifying the recognition output selected portions of the allocated portion of the lottery ticket identifier; and storing ticket identifier and portion identifier.
  242. 242.如权利要求241所述的方法,其中,确定货币值的步骤包括:将找零值舍入到一预定倍数,从而产生一个舍入找零值;以及将货币值设置为等于舍入找零值。 242. The method of claim 241, wherein the step of determining a monetary value comprises: rounding the amount of change due to a predetermined multiple, thereby generating a rounded change amount; and the monetary value is set equal to the rounded find zero value.
  243. 243.如权利要求242所述的方法,其中,舍入找零值的步骤包括:将找零值下舍入到一预定倍数,从而产生一个下舍入找零值。 243. The method of claim 242, wherein the step of rounding the amount of change due comprises: rounding the amount of change due to a predetermined multiple, thereby generating a rounded change amount lower.
  244. 244.如权利要求241所述的方法,还包括:输出一个提议,将一个分数值彩票作为对找零的交换。 244. The method of claim 241, further comprising: outputting an offer, a fractional lottery ticket in exchange for change due.
  245. 245.一种使用销售点终端帮助购买分数值彩票的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:确定对一个购买的找零值;根据找零值确定货币值;从多个彩票中选择一个彩票,所选择的彩票具有至少等于货币值的未分配部分;分配选定彩票的至少一个部分,所述部分是基于所述货币值的;输出识别彩票的彩票标识符和识别选定彩票的分配部分的部分标识符;以及将彩票标识符和部分标识符存储在存储设备中。 245. A method of using point of sale terminal means to help the purchase of fractional lottery tickets, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program to: determine a purchase amount of change; the amount of change is determined in accordance with a monetary value; selecting a ticket from a plurality of tickets, the selected ticket having a monetary value at least equal to the unallocated portion; at least one selected dispensing lottery portion, the portion being based on the monetary value; lottery ticket identifier identifying the recognition output selected portions of the allocated portion of the lottery ticket identifier; and the ticket identifier and the portion identifier in the storage in the storage device.
  246. 246.如权利要求245所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:将找零值舍入到一预定倍数,从而产生一个舍入找零值;以及将货币值设置为等于舍入找零值。 246. The apparatus according to claim 245, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: round the amount of change due to a predetermined multiple, thereby generating a rounded change amount; and the monetary value is set equal to rounding change due.
  247. 247.如权利要求246所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:将找零值下舍入到一预定倍数,从而产生一个下舍入找零值。 247. The apparatus according to claim 246, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: round the amount of change due to a lower predetermined multiple, thereby generating a rounded change amount lower.
  248. 248.如权利要求245所述的方法,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:输出一个提议,将一个分数值彩票作为对找零的交换。 248. The method of claim 245, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: output an offer, a fractional lottery ticket in exchange for change due.
  249. 249.一种使用销售点终端帮助购买分数值彩票的方法,包括:接收识别彩票的彩票标识符和识别彩票的分配部分的部分标识符;确定彩票的奖金值;以及根据彩票的分配部分确定奖金值的一部分。 249. A method of using point of sale terminal to purchase fractional lottery tickets assistance method, comprising: partial identifier allocated portion of the ticket identifier and the identification of the lottery ticket received identification; determining lottery prize value; and determining a prize according to the allocated portion of the lottery part of the value.
  250. 250.一种使用销售点终端帮助购买分数值彩票的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:接收识别彩票的彩票标识符和识别彩票的分配部分的部分标识符;确定彩票的奖金值;以及根据彩票的分配部分确定奖金值的一部分。 250. A method of using point of sale terminal means to help the purchase of fractional lottery tickets, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program so: partial identifiers allocated portion of the ticket identifier and the identification of the lottery ticket received identification; determining lottery prize value; and determining a prize value of the lottery part according to the allocated portion.
  251. 251.一种使用销售点终端帮助购买分数值彩票的方法,包括:确定货币值;分配一个彩票的至少一个部分,所述部分是基于所述货币值的;确定彩票的奖金值;以及根据彩票的分配部分确定奖金值的一部分。 251. A method of using point of sale terminal to purchase fractional lottery tickets assistance method, comprising: determining a monetary value; assigning at least a portion of a lottery ticket, the portion being based on the monetary value; determining bonus lottery tickets; and A lottery determining a portion of the dispensing portion of the prize value.
  252. 252.一种使用销售点终端帮助购买分数值彩票的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:确定货币值;分配一个彩票的至少一个部分,所述部分是基于所述货币值的;确定彩票的奖金值;以及根据彩票的分配部分确定奖金值的一部分。 252. A method of using point of sale terminal means to help the purchase of fractional lottery tickets, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program , to: determine a monetary value; a lottery ticket dispensing at least one portion, the portion being based on the monetary value; determining lottery prize value; and a portion of the prize value is determined according to the allocated portion of the lottery ticket.
  253. 253.一种使用销售点终端帮助购买分数值彩票的方法,包括:保持彩票供给,每个彩票具有未分配部分;获得附加彩票。 253. A method of using point of sale terminal to purchase fractional lottery tickets assistance method, comprising: holding the ticket supply, each ticket having an unallocated portion; acquiring an additional ticket.
  254. 254.如权利要求253所述的方法,其中,获得附加彩票的步骤包括:计算具有高于第一预定阈值的未分配部分的彩票数目;以及如果具有高于第一预定阈值的未分配部分的彩票数目低于第二预定阈值,则获得附加彩票。 254. The method of claim 253, wherein the step of acquiring an additional ticket comprises: calculating a first predetermined threshold having a value greater than the unallocated portion of the number of tickets; and if the unallocated portion having a greater than a first predetermined threshold value number of tickets below a second predetermined threshold value, acquire an additional ticket.
  255. 255.如权利要求253所述的方法,其中,获得附加彩票的步骤包括:接收一个关于所请求部分的指示;计算具有高于所请求部分的未分配部分的彩票数目;以及如果具有高于所请求部分的未分配部分的彩票数目低于一预定阈值,则获得附加彩票。 255. The method of claim 253, wherein the step of acquiring an additional ticket comprises: receiving an indication on a requested portion; calculating a number of tickets having an unallocated portion is above the requested portion; and if higher than having number of tickets unallocated portion of the request portion is lower than a predetermined threshold value, acquire an additional ticket.
  256. 256.如权利要求253所述的方法,其中,获得附加彩票的步骤包括:获得一预定数目的附加彩票。 256. The method of claim 253, wherein the step of acquiring an additional ticket comprises: obtaining a predetermined number of additional tickets.
  257. 257.如权利要求253所述的方法,还包括:计算彩票的未分配部分的总和。 257. The method of claim 253, further comprising: calculating the sum of the unallocated portion of the lottery.
  258. 258.如权利要求257所述的方法,其中,获得附加彩票的步骤包括:如果计算出的总和低于一预定阈值,则获得附加彩票。 258. The method of claim 257, wherein the step of acquiring an additional ticket comprises: if the calculated sum is below a predetermined threshold value, acquire an additional ticket.
  259. 259.一种使用销售点终端帮助购买分数值彩票的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:保持彩票供给,每个彩票具有未分配部分;获得附加彩票。 259. A method of using point of sale terminal means to help the purchase of fractional lottery tickets, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program to: holding the ticket supply, each ticket having an unallocated portion; acquiring an additional ticket.
  260. 260.如权利要求259所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:计算具有高于第一预定阈值的未分配部分的彩票数目;以及如果具有高于第一预定阈值的未分配部分的彩票数目低于第二预定阈值,则获得附加彩票。 And if having not greater than a first predetermined threshold value; calculating number of tickets having unallocated portion that is above a first predetermined threshold value: 260. The apparatus according to claim 259, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to number of tickets allocated portion is lower than a second predetermined threshold value, acquire an additional ticket.
  261. 261.如权利要求259所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:接收一个关于所请求部分的指示;计算具有高于所请求部分的未分配部分的彩票数目;以及如果具有高于所请求部分的未分配部分的彩票数目低于一预定阈值,则获得附加彩票。 261. The apparatus according to claim 259, wherein the processor is further performed according to a program operation, so as to: receive an indication of a requested portion; calculated number of tickets having an unallocated portion is above the requested portion; and if having lottery number is above the requested portion of the unallocated portion is below a predetermined threshold value, acquire an additional ticket.
  262. 262.如权利要求259所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:获得一预定数目的附加彩票。 262. The apparatus according to claim 259, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: obtain a predetermined number of additional tickets.
  263. 263.如权利要求259所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:计算彩票的未分配部分的总和。 263. The apparatus according to claim 259, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: calculate the sum of the unallocated portion of the lottery.
  264. 264.如权利要求263所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:如果计算出的总和低于一预定阈值,则获得附加彩票。 264. The apparatus according to claim 263, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: if the calculated sum is below a predetermined threshold value, acquire an additional ticket.
  265. 265.一种用于在销售点终端提供辅助产品销售的方法,包括:接收包括至少一个物品的购买;根据所述至少一个物品确定加售;以及输出所述加售的指示。 265. A method for providing a supplementary product sale at a point of sale terminal, comprising: receiving a purchase at least one item; article according to at least one of said determining an upsell; and an output indicative of the upsell.
  266. 266.一种用于在销售点终端提供辅助产品销售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:接收包括至少一个物品的购买;根据所述至少一个物品确定加售;以及输出所述加售的指示。 266. An apparatus for providing a supplementary product sale at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operation to: receive a purchase at least one item; article according to at least one of said determining an upsell; and an output indicative of the upsell.
  267. 267.一种用于在销售点终端提供辅助产品销售的方法,包括:接收包括至少一个物品的购买;根据所述至少一个物品确定加售;为所述至少一个物品和加售确定舍入后价格;以及提供一个提议,以便将所述至少一个物品和加售与舍入后价格进行交换。 267. A system for providing a supplementary product sale at a point of sale terminal, comprising: receiving a purchase at least one item; article according to at least one of said determining an upsell; the at least one item and the upsell is determined after rounding price; and a proposal for the at least one item and the upsell rear and the rounded price is exchanged.
  268. 268.如权利要求267所述的方法,还包括:接收对所述提议的响应;以及将所述至少一个物品和加售与舍入后价格进行交换。 268. The method of claim 267, further comprising: receiving a response to the proposal; and the at least one item and the upsell rear and the rounded price is exchanged.
  269. 269.一种用于在销售点终端提供辅助产品销售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:接收包括至少一个物品的购买;根据所述至少一个物品确定加售;为所述至少一个物品和加售确定舍入后价格;以及提供一个提议,以便将所述至少一个物品和加售与舍入后价格进行交换。 269. An apparatus for providing a supplementary product sale at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operation to: receive a purchase at least one item; at least one item determined according to the upsell; the at least one item and the upsell after determining a rounded price; and a proposal for the at least one article and after upsell and rounded price exchange.
  270. 270.如权利要求269所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:接收对所述提议的响应;以及将所述至少一个物品和加售与舍入后价格进行交换。 270. The apparatus according to claim 269, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: receive a response to the proposal; and the at least one item and the upsell rear and the rounded price is exchanged.
  271. 271.一种用于在销售点终端提供辅助产品销售的方法,包括:接收包括至少一个物品的购买;确定数据库中对应于所述至少一个物品的记录;根据所述记录确定加售;以及输出所述加售的指示。 271. A method for providing a supplementary product sale at a point of sale terminal, comprising: receiving a purchase at least one item; database corresponding to said determined at least one item of the record; upsell is determined according to the recording; and an output the indication of the upsell.
  272. 272.如权利要求271所述的方法,还包括:为所述至少一个物品和加售确定舍入后价格。 272. The method of claim 271, further comprising: after the at least one item and the upsell determining a rounded price.
  273. 273.如权利要求272所述的方法,其中,确定舍入后价格的步骤包括:根据所述记录确定舍入后价格。 273. The method of claim 272, wherein the step of determining a rounded price comprises: determining the record according to the rounded price.
  274. 274.如权利要求272所述的方法,其中,确定舍入后价格的步骤包括:确定购买的购买价格;根据所述记录确定舍入倍数;以及根据舍入倍数舍入购买价格,从而产生舍入后价格。 274. The method of claim 272, wherein the step of determining a rounded price comprises: determining a purchase price of the purchase; determining a rounding multiple based on the record; and rounding the purchase price based on the rounding multiple, thereby generating homes after the price.
  275. 275.如权利要求272所述的方法,其中,确定舍入后价格的步骤包括:确定购买的购买价格;根据所述记录确定加售价格;以及将购买价格加上加售价格,从而产生舍入后价格。 275. The method of claim 272, wherein the step of determining a rounded price comprises: determining a purchase price of the purchase; upsell price determined depending on the recording; and add the purchase price to the upsell price, thereby generating homes after the price.
  276. 276.如权利要求272所述的方法,还包括:将所需支付值设置为舍入后价格。 276. The method of claim 272, further comprising: setting the required payment amount to the rounded price.
  277. 277.如权利要求271所述的方法,其中,确定记录的步骤包括:确定数据库中的多个记录,其中每个记录对应于所述至少一个物品;确定多个加售,每个加售基于所述多个记录中的一个记录;以及输出多个加售中的至少一个加售的指示。 277. The method of claim 271, wherein the step of determining the recording comprises: determining a plurality of database records, wherein each record corresponding to said at least one item; determining a plurality of upsells, each upsell based on recording a plurality of records; and an output indicative of the plurality of upsells at least one upsell.
  278. 278.一种用于在销售点终端提供辅助产品销售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储:用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:接收包括至少一个物品的购买;确定数据库中对应于所述至少一个物品的记录;根据所述记录确定加售;以及输出所述加售的指示。 278. An apparatus for providing a supplementary product sale at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device storing: a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operation to: receive a purchase at least one item; determining database record corresponding to the at least one article; determining an upsell based on the record; and an output indicative of the upsell.
  279. 279.如权利要求278所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:为所述至少一个物品和加售确定舍入后价格。 279. The apparatus according to claim 278, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: the at least one item and the upsell price is determined after rounding.
  280. 280.如权利要求279所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:根据所述记录确定舍入后价格。 280. The apparatus according to claim 279, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: determine based on the record price after rounding.
  281. 281.如权利要求279所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:确定购买的购买价格;根据所述记录确定舍入倍数;以及根据舍入倍数舍入购买价格,从而产生舍入后价格。 281. The apparatus according to claim 279, wherein the processor is further performed according to a program operation, to: determine the purchase price of the purchase; determining a rounding multiple based on the record; and the purchase price in accordance with the rounding multiple homes, resulting in after rounding the price.
  282. 282.如权利要求279所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:确定购买的购买价格;根据所述记录确定加售;以及将购买价格加上加售价格,从而产生舍入后价格。 282. The apparatus according to claim 279, wherein the processor is further performed according to a program operation, to: determine the purchase price of the purchase; upsell is determined according to the recording; and add the purchase price to the upsell price, thereby generating homes after the price.
  283. 283.如权利要求279所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:将所需支付值设置为舍入后价格。 283. The apparatus according to claim 279, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: set the required payment amount to the rounded price.
  284. 284.如权利要求278所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:确定数据库中的多个记录,其中每个记录对应于所述至少一个物品;确定多个加售,每个加售基于所述多个记录中的一个记录;以及输出多个加售中的至少一个加售的指示。 284. The apparatus according to claim 278, wherein the processor is further performed according to a program operation, to: determine a plurality of database records, wherein each record corresponding to said at least one item; determining a plurality of upsells, each a record of the upsell based on the plurality of recording; and a plurality of outputs indicative of at least one upsell upsell.
  285. 285.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的方法,包括:测量销售点终端的活动率;以及根据所述活动率执行辅助处理。 285. A method for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a pointof-sale terminal, comprising: measuring an activity rate of a point of sale terminal; and performing a supplementary process in accordance with the activity rate.
  286. 286.如权利要求285所述的方法,其中,执行辅助处理的步骤包括:如果活动率大于一个预定阈值,禁止用于提供辅助处理的系统。 286. The method of claim 285, wherein the step of performing a supplementary process comprises: if the activity rate is greater than a predetermined threshold value, disable the system for providing a supplementary process.
  287. 287.如权利要求285所述的方法,其中,执行辅助处理的步骤包括:如果活动率小于一个预定阈值,允许用于提供辅助处理的系统工作。 287. The method of claim 285, wherein the step of performing a supplementary process comprises: if the activity rate is less than a predetermined threshold value, allows the system to work for providing a supplementary process.
  288. 288.如权利要求285所述的方法,还包括:根据表示一天中的时间的信号确定一个预定阈值。 288. The method of claim 285, further comprising: determining a predetermined threshold value based on the signal in time represented day.
  289. 289.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:测量销售点终端的活动率;以及根据所述活动率执行辅助处理。 289. An apparatus for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates to: measure an activity rate of a point of sale terminal; and performing a supplementary process in accordance with the activity rate.
  290. 290.如权利要求289所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:如果活动率大于一个预定阈值,禁止用于提供辅助处理的系统。 290. The apparatus according to claim 289, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: if the activity rate is greater than a predetermined threshold value, prohibits a system for providing a supplementary process.
  291. 291.如权利要求289所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:如果活动率小于一个预定阈值,允许用于提供辅助处理的系统工作。 291. The apparatus according to claim 289, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: if the activity rate is less than a predetermined threshold value, allows the system to work for providing a supplementary process.
  292. 292.如权利要求289所述的装置,其中,处理器还进行操作,以便根据表示一天中的时间的信号确定一个预定阈值。 292. The apparatus according to claim 289, wherein the processor is further operative to determine a predetermined threshold value based on the signal in time represented day.
  293. 293.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的方法,包括:测量销售点终端的活动率;根据所述活动率和提议调度表提供辅助产品提议。 293. A method for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a pointof-sale terminal, comprising: measuring an activity rate of a point of sale terminal; providing a supplementary product offer in accordance with the activity rate and an offer schedule.
  294. 294.如权利要求293所述的方法,其中,提议调度表包括一组辅助产品提议,每个辅助产品提议对应于活动率的一个预定范围。 294. The method of claim 293, wherein the offer schedule comprises a set of supplementary product offers, each supplementary product offer corresponding to a predetermined range of activity rates.
  295. 295.如权利要求294所述的方法,其中,逐步耗时的辅助产品提议对应于活动率的逐步变大的范围。 295. The method of claim 294, wherein the gradual time-consuming supplementary product offer corresponding to the active rate becomes progressively larger range.
  296. 296.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;以及处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:测量销售点终端的活动率;以及根据所述活动率和提议调度表执行辅助产品提议。 296. An apparatus for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further accordance with the program operates to: measure an activity rate of a point of sale terminal; and performing a supplementary product offer in accordance with the activity rate and an offer schedule.
  297. 297.如权利要求296所述的装置,其中,提议调度表包括一组辅助产品提议,每个辅助产品提议对应于活动率的一个预定范围。 297. The apparatus according to claim 296, wherein the offer schedule comprises a set of supplementary product offers, each supplementary product offer corresponding to a predetermined range of activity rates.
  298. 298.如权利要求297所述的装置,其中,逐步耗时的辅助产品提议对应于活动率的逐步变大的范围。 298. The apparatus according to claim 297, wherein the gradual time-consuming supplementary product offers correspond to progressively larger range of activity rates.
  299. 299.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的方法,包括:测量一个标准;根据所述标准确定是否禁止用于提供辅助处理的系统;以及禁止所述用于提供辅助处理的系统。 299. A method for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a pointof-sale terminal, comprising: measuring a criterion; determining whether to disable a system for providing a supplementary process in accordance with the standard; and disabling the means for providing a supplementary process system.
  300. 300.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:测量一个标准;根据所述标准确定是否禁止用于提供辅助处理的系统;以及禁止所述用于提供辅助处理的系统。 300. An apparatus for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates to: measure a criterion; determining whether to disable a system for providing a supplementary process in accordance with the standard; and disabling the system for providing a supplementary process.
  301. 301.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的方法,包括:测量一个标准;根据所述标准确定是否允许用于提供辅助处理的系统工作;以及允许所述用于提供辅助处理的系统工作。 301. A method for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a pointof-sale terminal, comprising: measuring a criterion; determining whether to allow the system according to the standard work for providing a supplementary process; and allowing the means for providing a supplementary process the system works.
  302. 302.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:测量一个标准;根据所述标准确定是否允许用于提供辅助处理的系统工作;以及允许所述用于提供辅助处理的系统工作。 302. An apparatus for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates to: measure a criterion; determining whether to allow the system according to the standard work for providing a supplementary process; and allowing operation of the system for providing a supplementary process.
  303. 303.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的方法,包括:测量多个销售点终端的活动率;根据所述活动率确定是否执行辅助处理;以及为至少一个销售点终端执行辅助处理。 303. A method for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a pointof-sale terminal, comprising: measuring an activity rate of a plurality of point of sale terminals; determining whether to perform a supplementary process in accordance with the activity rate; and at least one point of sale terminal to perform secondary processing.
  304. 304.如权利要求303所述的方法,其中,执行辅助处理的步骤包括:为每个销售点终端执行辅助处理。 304. The method of claim 303, wherein the step of performing a supplementary process comprises: performing the supplementary process for each point of sale terminal.
  305. 305.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:测量多个销售点终端的活动率;根据所述活动率确定是否执行辅助处理;以及为至少一个销售点终端执行辅助处理。 305. An apparatus for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates to: measure an activity rate of a plurality of point of sale terminals; determining whether to perform a supplementary process in accordance with the activity rate; and at least one point of sale terminal to perform the supplementary process.
  306. 306.如权利要求305所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:为每个销售点终端执行辅助处理。 306. The apparatus according to claim 305, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: perform the supplementary process for each point of sale terminal.
  307. 307.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的方法,包括:测量多个销售点终端的活动率;根据所述活动率确定是否禁止用于提供辅助处理的系统;以及为多个销售点终端中的每一个禁止用于提供辅助处理的系统。 307. A method for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a pointof-sale terminal, comprising: measuring an activity rate of a plurality of point of sale terminals; determining whether to disable a system for providing a supplementary process in accordance with the activity rate; and a multi- a point of sale terminal in each of a prohibition of a system for providing a supplementary process.
  308. 308.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:测量多个销售点终端的活动率;根据所述活动率确定是否禁止用于提供辅助处理的系统;以及为多个销售点终端中的每一个禁止用于提供辅助处理的系统。 308. An apparatus for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates to: measure an activity rate of a plurality of point of sale terminals; determining whether to disable a system for providing a supplementary process in accordance with the activity rate; and disabling a system for providing a supplementary process for each of the plurality of point of sale terminals .
  309. 309.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的方法,包括:测量销售点终端的活动率;以及如果所述活动率小于一预定阈值,根据一个购买确定加售,根据所述购买确定加售价格,以及提议用所述加售交换所述加售价格。 309. A method for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a pointof-sale terminal, comprising: measuring an activity rate of a point of sale terminal; and if the activity rate is less than a predetermined threshold, determining an upsell in accordance with a later, according to the determining an upsell purchase price, and the proposed use of the upsell exchange the upsell price.
  310. 310.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:测量销售点终端的活动率;以及如果所述活动率小于一预定阈值,根据一个购买确定加售,根据所述购买确定加售价格,以及提议用所述加售交换所述加售价格。 310. An apparatus for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates to: measure an activity rate of a point of sale terminal; and if the activity rate is less than a predetermined threshold, determining an upsell in accordance with a purchase, the purchase is determined according to the upsell price, and with the proposed exchange of the upsell upsell price.
  311. 311.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的方法,包括:接收否决信号;以及根据所述否决信号执行辅助处理。 311. A method for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a pointof-sale terminal, comprising: receiving an override signal; and performing signal processing according to the auxiliary rejected.
  312. 312.如权利要求311所述的方法,其中,执行步骤包括:如果否决信号未表明执行辅助处理,禁止用于提供辅助处理的系统。 312. The method according to claim 311, wherein the performing step includes: if the override signal does not indicate performance of the supplemental process, disable the system for providing a supplementary process.
  313. 313.如权利要求311所述的方法,其中,执行步骤包括:如果否决信号表明执行辅助处理,允许用于提供辅助处理的系统工作。 313. The method according to claim 311, wherein the performing step includes: if the override signal indicates performance of the supplemental process, allowing the system to work for providing a supplementary process.
  314. 314.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:接收否决信号;以及根据所述否决信号执行辅助处理。 314. An apparatus for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates so as to: receive an override signal; and said override signal in accordance perform the supplementary process.
  315. 315.如权利要求314所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:如果否决信号未表明执行辅助处理,禁止用于提供辅助处理的系统。 315. The apparatus according to claim 314, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: if the override signal does not indicate performance of the supplemental process, disable the system for providing a supplementary process.
  316. 316.如权利要求314所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:如果否决信号表明执行辅助处理,允许用于提供辅助处理的系统工作。 316. The apparatus according to claim 314, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: if the override signal indicates performance of the supplemental process, allowing the system to work for providing a supplementary process.
  317. 317.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的方法,包括:接收否决信号;以及如果所述否决信号表明执行辅助处理,根据一个购买确定加售,根据所述购买确定加售价格,以及提议用所述加售交换所述加售价格。 317. A method for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a pointof-sale terminal, comprising: receiving an override signal; and if the override signal indicates performance of the supplemental process, determining an upsell in accordance with a purchase, the purchase is determined according to upsell prices, as well as with the proposed exchange the upsell upsell price.
  318. 318.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:接收否决信号;以及如果所述否决信号表明执行辅助处理,根据一个购买确定加售,根据所述购买确定加售价格,以及提议用所述加售交换所述加售价格。 318. An apparatus for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates so as to: receive an override signal; and if the override signal indicates performance of the supplemental process, determining an upsell in accordance with a purchase, the purchase price of the upsell is determined according to the proposal by the upsell and exchanging the upsell price.
  319. 319.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的方法,包括:测量销售点终端的活动率;以及如果所述活动率低于第一预定阈值,提议具有第一提议速度的第一加售;以及如果所述活动率高于第二预定阈值,提议具有大于第一提议速度的第二提议速度的第二加售。 319. A method for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a pointof-sale terminal, comprising: measuring an activity rate of a point of sale terminal; having a first and a second offer speed if the activity rate is below a first predetermined threshold value, the proposed a upsells; and having a second offer speed greater than the first offer speed of the second upsell if the activity rate is higher than a second predetermined threshold value, the proposal.
  320. 320.一种用于控制在销售点终端的辅助处理的执行的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:测量销售点终端的活动率;以及如果所述活动率低于第一预定阈值,提议具有第一提议速度的第一加售;以及如果所述活动率高于第二预定阈值,提议具有大于第一提议速度的第二提议速度的第二加售。 320. An apparatus for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates to: measure an activity rate of a point of sale terminal; and if the activity rate is below a first predetermined threshold value, the first proposal upsell having a first offer speed; and if the activity rate is higher than a second predetermined threshold value He proposed having a second offer speed greater than the first offer speed of the second upsell.
  321. 321.一种用于处理在销售点终端的辅助产品销售的方法,包括:接收舍入代码;以及根据舍入代码舍入购买价格。 321. A method for processing point of sale terminal for a supplementary product sale, comprising: receiving a rounding code; and a price based on the rounding code for later round.
  322. 322.一种用于处理在销售点终端的辅助产品销售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:接收舍入代码;以及根据舍入代码舍入购买价格。 A supplementary product sale device 322. A method for processing point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operation to: receive a rounding code; and a price based on the rounding code for later round.
  323. 323.一种用于处理在销售点终端的辅助产品销售的方法,包括:接收舍入代码,所述舍入代码具有相应的舍入倍数;以及根据舍入倍数舍入购买价格。 A supplementary product sale 323. A method for processing point of sale terminal, comprising: receiving a rounding code, the rounding code having a corresponding rounding multiple; The rounding multiple and rounding the purchase price.
  324. 324.一种用于处理在销售点终端的辅助产品销售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:接收舍入代码,所述舍入代码具有相应的舍入倍数;以及根据舍入倍数舍入购买价格。 A supplementary product sale device 324. A method for processing point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operation to: receive a rounding code, the rounding code having a corresponding rounding multiple; and rounding the purchase price based on the rounding multiple.
  325. 325.一种用于处理在销售点终端的辅助产品销售的方法,包括:接收舍入代码;确定对应于所述舍入代码的舍入倍数;以及根据舍入倍数舍入购买价格。 325. A method for processing point of sale terminal of a supplementary product sale, comprising: receiving a rounding code; determining rounding code corresponding to the rounding multiple; The rounding multiple and rounding the purchase price.
  326. 326.一种用于处理在销售点终端的辅助产品销售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:接收舍入代码;确定对应于所述舍入代码的舍入倍数;以及根据舍入倍数舍入购买价格。 A supplementary product sale device 326. A method for processing point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operation to: receive a rounding code; determining rounding code corresponding to the rounding multiple; and rounding the purchase price based on the rounding multiple.
  327. 327.一种用于处理在销售点终端的辅助产品销售的方法,包括:接收多个舍入代码,每个舍入代码具有相应的舍入倍数和固定价格;确定购买价格;以及根据舍入代码舍入所述购买价格。 327. A method for processing point of sale terminal for a supplementary product sale, comprising: receiving a plurality of rounding codes, each rounding code having a corresponding rounding multiple and fixed price; determining the purchase price; The rounding and Code rounding the purchase price.
  328. 328.如权利要求327所述的方法,其中,舍入步骤包括:将至少一个固定价格加到购买价格上,从而产生增大的购买价格;以及根据舍入倍数舍入所述增大的购买价格。 328. The method of claim 327, wherein the step of rounding comprises: at least one of the fixed prices to the purchase price, thereby generating an augmented purchase price; and rounding multiple rounding according to the augmented purchase price.
  329. 329.如权利要求327所述的方法,其中,舍入步骤包括:根据舍入倍数舍入所述购买价格,从而产生增大的购买价格;以及将至少一个固定价格加到所述增大的购买价格上。 329. The method of claim 327, wherein the step of rounding comprises: rounding multiple rounding according to the purchase price, thereby generating an augmented purchase price; increases and the at least one of the fixed prices to the purchase price.
  330. 330.如权利要求327所述的方法,其中,舍入步骤包括:选择舍入代码,从而定义一个选定的舍入代码和一组未选定的舍入代码。 330. The method of claim 327, wherein the step of rounding comprises: selecting a rounding code, thereby defining a selected rounding code and a set of unselected rounding code.
  331. 331.如权利要求330所述的方法,其中,舍入步骤还包括:将每个未选定舍入代码的固定价格加到所述购买价格上,从而产生增大的购买价格;以及根据选定舍入代码的舍入倍数舍入所述增大的购买价格。 331. The method of claim 330, wherein the step of rounding further comprises: each unselected rounding code to the fixed prices to the purchase price, thereby generating an augmented purchase price; and according to option rounding code given rounding multiple rounding the augmented purchase price.
  332. 332.如权利要求330所述的方法,其中,舍入步骤还包括:根据选定舍入代码的舍入倍数舍入所述购买价格,从而产生增大的价格;以及将每个未选定舍入代码的固定价格加到所述增大的价格上。 332. The method of claim 330, wherein the step of rounding further comprises: rounding the purchase code according to the selected rounding multiple rounded price, resulting in an increased price; and each unselected rounding code on the fixed prices to the increased price.
  333. 333.如权利要求330所述的方法,其中,选择舍入代码的步骤包括:选择具有不大于每个未选择的舍入代码的舍入倍数的舍入倍数的舍入代码。 333. The method of claim 330, wherein the step of selecting a rounding code comprises: selecting a rounding code is not larger than each unselected rounding multiple rounding multiple rounding code.
  334. 334.如权利要求330所述的方法,其中,选择舍入代码的步骤包括:选择具有最小舍入倍数的舍入代码。 334. The method according to claim 330, wherein the step of selecting a rounding code comprises: selecting a minimal rounding multiple rounding code.
  335. 335.如权利要求327所述的方法,其中,每个舍入代码的固定价格和舍入倍数都相等。 335. The method of claim 327, wherein each rounding code rounding multiple and fixed price are equal.
  336. 336.一种用于处理在销售点终端的辅助产品销售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:接收多个舍入代码,每个舍入代码具有相应的舍入倍数和固定价格;确定购买价格;以及根据舍入代码舍入所述购买价格。 A supplementary product sale device 336. A method for processing point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operation to: receive a plurality of rounding codes, each rounding code having a corresponding rounding multiple and fixed price; determining the purchase price; the purchase price and the rounding code homes.
  337. 337.如权利要求336所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:将至少一个固定价格加到购买价格上,从而产生增大的购买价格;以及根据舍入倍数舍入所述增大的购买价格。 337. The apparatus according to claim 336, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: at least one of the fixed prices to the purchase price, thereby generating an augmented purchase price; and in accordance with the rounding multiple rounding said the increased purchase price.
  338. 338.如权利要求336所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:根据舍入倍数舍入所述购买价格,从而产生增大的购买价格;以及将至少一个固定价格加到所述增大的购买价格上。 338. The apparatus according to claim 336, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: in accordance with the rounding multiple rounding the purchase price, thereby generating an augmented purchase price; and at least one of the fixed prices to the increased purchase price.
  339. 339.如权利要求336所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:选择舍入代码,从而定义一个选定的舍入代码和一组未选定的舍入代码。 339. The apparatus according to claim 336, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: select a rounding code, thereby defining a selected rounding code and a set of unselected rounding code.
  340. 340.如权利要求339所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:将每个未选定舍入代码的固定价格加到所述购买价格上,从而产生增大的购买价格;以及根据选定舍入代码的舍入倍数舍入所述增大的购买价格。 340. The apparatus according to claim 339, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: each rounding code to said unselected fixed price purchase price, thereby generating an augmented purchase price ; and the rounding increases according to the selected rounding code rounding multiple purchase price.
  341. 341.如权利要求339所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:根据选定舍入代码的舍入倍数舍入所述购买价格,从而产生增大的价格;以及将每个未选定舍入代码的固定价格加到所述增大的价格上。 341. The apparatus according to claim 339, wherein the processor is further performed according to a program operation to: according to the selected rounding code rounding multiple rounding the purchase price, thereby generating an increased price; and each of last unselected rounding code to the fixed prices to the price increase.
  342. 342.如权利要求339所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:选择具有不大于每个未选择的舍入代码的舍入倍数的舍入倍数的舍入代码。 342. The apparatus according to claim 339, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: select a rounding code having a rounding code is not larger than each unselected rounding multiple rounding multiple.
  343. 343.如权利要求339所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:选择具有最小舍入倍数的舍入代码。 343. The apparatus according to claim 339, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: choose a minimal rounding multiple rounding code.
  344. 344.如权利要求336所述的装置,其中,每个舍入代码的固定价格和舍入倍数都相等。 344. The apparatus according to claim 336, wherein each rounding code rounding multiple and fixed price are equal.
  345. 345.一种用于控制在销售点终端提供的提议的方法,包括:在销售点终端提供多个提议;测量每个提议的性能比,从而定义多个性能比;根据多个性能比中的至少一个选择提议的一个子集;以及在销售点终端提供所述提议的子集。 345. A method for controlling offers that are provided at the point of sale terminal, comprising: providing a plurality of proposed point of sale terminal; measuring a performance ratio of each offer, thereby defining a plurality of performance ratio; performance ratio in accordance with a plurality of selecting at least a subset of a proposed; and provide the subset of the proposed point of sale terminal.
  346. 346.如权利要求345所述的方法,其中,提供多个提议的步骤是在第一时限期间执行的;以及,其中,提供提议的子集的步骤是在第一时限之后的第二时限期间执行的。 346. The method of claim 345, wherein the step of providing a plurality of offers is performed during a first time frame; and a step, wherein a subset is proposed after the first time during the second time implemented.
  347. 347.如权利要求345所述的方法,其中,提供多个提议的步骤包括:在多个终端中的每一个提供多个提议中的一个提议。 347. The method of claim 345, wherein the step of providing a plurality of offers comprises: providing each of a plurality of a proposal in the proposal of the plurality of terminals.
  348. 348.如权利要求345所述的方法,还包括:测量子集的性能比;以及如果子集的性能比小于一预定阈值,在提供提议子集的步骤之后,提供多个提议。 348. The method of claim 345, further comprising: a performance than the subset of measurements; and if the performance of the proposed subset of the plurality is less than a predetermined threshold value, after the step of providing a subset of the proposed offers.
  349. 349.如权利要求345所述的方法,其中,选择提议子集的步骤包括:选择具有至少一预定性能比的提议。 349. The method according to claim 345, wherein the step of selecting a subset of the proposed comprising: selecting at least one proposed having predetermined performance ratio.
  350. 350.如权利要求345所述的方法,其中,选择提议子集的步骤包括:选择预定数目的最高性能的提议。 350. The method according to claim 345, wherein the step of selecting a subset of the proposed comprising: selecting a predetermined number of the proposed highest-performance.
  351. 351.一种用于控制在销售点终端提供的提议的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:在销售点终端提供多个提议;测量每个提议的性能比,从而定义多个性能比;根据多个性能比中的至少一个选择提议的一个子集;以及在销售点终端提供提议的子集。 351. An apparatus for controlling offers that are provided at the point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program to: provide a plurality of point of sale terminal proposed; measuring a performance ratio of each offer, thereby defining a plurality of performance ratio; performance ratio in accordance with a plurality of at least one of selecting a subset of the proposed; and providing a point of sale terminal proposal the subset.
  352. 352.如权利要求351所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:在第一时限期间提供多个提议;以及在第一时限之后的第二时限期间提供提议的子集。 352. The apparatus according to claim 351, wherein the processor is further performed according to the operation program to: provide a plurality of offers during a first time frame; and provide the subset proposed during a second time after the first time.
  353. 353.如权利要求351所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便在多个终端中的每一个提供多个提议中的一个提议。 353. The apparatus according to claim 351, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to provide each of a plurality of a proposal in the proposal of the plurality of terminals.
  354. 354.如权利要求351所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:测量子集的性能比;以及如果子集的性能比小于一预定阈值,在提供了提议子集之后,提供多个提议。 354. The apparatus according to claim 351, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to: measure performance than the subset; and thereafter, if the subset property is less than a predetermined threshold value, provided the proposed subset, provide multiple proposals.
  355. 355.如权利要求351所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便选择具有至少一预定性能比的提议。 355. The apparatus according to claim 351, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to select at least one proposed having predetermined performance ratio.
  356. 356.如权利要求351所述的装置,其中,处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便选择预定数目的最高性能的提议。 356. The apparatus according to claim 351, wherein the processor is further operative with the program to select a predetermined number of the proposed highest-performance.
  357. 357.一种用于控制在销售点终端提供的提议的方法,包括:在销售点终端提供第一提议;测量第一提议的性能比;以及如果第一提议的性能比低于一预定阈值,在销售点终端提供第二提议。 357. A method for controlling offers that are provided at the point of sale terminal, comprising: providing a first proposed point of sale terminal; measuring performance than the first offer; and if the first offer is below a predetermined performance than the threshold value, the second proposal provides point of sale terminal.
  358. 358.一种用于控制在销售点终端提供的提议的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:在销售点终端提供第一提议;测量第一提议的性能比;以及如果第一提议的性能比低于一预定阈值,在销售点终端提供第二提议。 358. An apparatus for controlling offers that are provided at the point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program to: provide a first offer at a point of sale terminal; a first measure proposed by the performance ratio; and a second proposal if the proposal of the first performance, the ratio is below the point of sale terminal with a predetermined threshold value.
  359. 359.一种用于控制在销售点终端提供的提议的方法,包括:在第一销售点终端提供第一提议;在第二销售点终端提供第二提议;测量第一提议的性能比;测量第二提议的性能比;以及如果第二提议的性能比小于第一提议的性能比,在第二销售点终端提供第一提议。 359. A method for controlling offers that are provided at the point of sale terminal, comprising: providing a first offer at a first point of sale terminal; providing a second proposal in a second point of sale terminal; measuring performance than the first offer; Measurement the second proposed performance ratio; and if the second performance than the performance of the proposed less than the first proposal, there is provided a first point of sale terminal in a second proposal.
  360. 360.一种用于控制在销售点终端提供的提议的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:在第一销售点终端提供第一提议;在第二销售点终端提供第二提议;测量第一提议的性能比;测量第二提议的性能比;以及如果第二提议的性能比小于第一提议的性能比,在第二销售点终端提供第一提议。 360. An apparatus for controlling offers that are provided at the point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program to: provide a first offer at a first point of sale terminal; providing a second proposal in a second point of sale terminal; a first measure proposed by the performance ratio; and a second proposed measure performance ratio; and if performance is less than a second proposal performance than the first offer, provide the first offer at the second point of sale terminal.
  361. 361.一种用于控制在销售点终端提供的提议的方法,包括:对于多个购买中的每一个,根据购买确定加售,确定加售价格,每个加售价格基于一个购买,以及提议以所述加售交换所述加售价格;测量每个加售的性能比,从而定义多个性能比;根据多个性能比中的至少一个选择加售的一个子集;以及在销售点终端提供所述加售子集。 361. A method for controlling offers that are provided at the point of sale terminal, comprising: for each of a plurality of purchase, determining an upsell based on the purchase, determining an upsell price, plus the price of each of the lattice in a purchase, and the proposed the upsell to exchange the upsell price; measuring a performance ratio of each upsell, thereby defining a plurality of performance ratio; performance ratio in accordance with a plurality of at least one upsell of a selected subset; point of sale terminal and providing said subset of upsells.
  362. 362.一种用于控制在销售点终端提供的提议的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便对于多个购买中的每一个:根据购买确定加售,确定加售价格,每个加售价格基于一个购买,以及提议以所述加售交换所述加售价格;测量每个加售的性能比,从而定义多个性能比;根据多个性能比中的至少一个选择加售的一个子集;以及在销售点终端提供所述加售子集。 362. An apparatus for controlling offers that are provided at the point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor is further operative with the program , so that for each of a plurality of purchase: determining an upsell based on the purchase, determining an upsell price, plus the price of each of the lattice in a later, and proposes to exchange the upsell price of the upsell; measuring each upsell performance ratio, thereby defining a plurality of performance ratio; performance ratio in accordance with a plurality of at least one upsell of a selected subset; and provide the subset of upsells at a point of sale terminal.
  363. 363.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的方法,包括:根据购买确定加售;以及提议以加售交换加售价格。 363. A method upsell purchased for determining the point of sale terminal, comprising: determining an upsell in accordance later; and proposes to exchange the upsell upsell price.
  364. 364.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:根据购买确定加售,提议以加售交换加售价格。 364. A method for the device for later upsell in determining the point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates to: determine the purchase according to upsell, upsell proposal to exchange the upsell price.
  365. 365.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的方法,包括:产生加售的购买价格;根据购买价格确定加售价格;以及提议以加售价格交换加售。 365. A method upsell purchased for determining the point of sale terminal, comprising: generating a purchase price of the upsell; determining upsell price based on the purchase price; upsell price and proposes to exchange the upsell.
  366. 366.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生加售的购买价格;根据购买价格确定加售价格;以及提议以加售价格交换加售。 366. A method for the device for later upsell in determining the point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates to: generate a purchase price upsell; determining an upsell price based on the purchase price; and a proposal to exchange the upsell price upsell.
  367. 367.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的方法,包括:产生购买的购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值;根据上舍入值确定加售;以及输出表示所述加售的信号。 367. A method upsell purchased for determining the point of sale terminal, comprising: generating a purchase price of the purchase; generating a rounded price; calculated roundup amount, the roundup purchase price and the value is the difference between the rounded price; the roundup amount determining an upsell; and outputting a signal indicative of the upsell.
  368. 368.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生购买的购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值;根据上舍入值确定加售;以及输出表示所述加售的信号。 368. A method for the device for later upsell in determining the point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates to: generate a purchase price of the purchase; generating a rounded price; calculated roundup amount, the rounded value is a difference between the purchase price and the rounded price; determined according to the roundup upsells; and outputting a signal indicative of the upsell.
  369. 369.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的方法,包括:产生购买的购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值;根据上舍入值确定加售;以及提议以所述加售交换上舍入值。 369. A method upsell purchased for determining the point of sale terminal, comprising: generating a purchase price of the purchase; generating a rounded price; calculated roundup amount, the roundup purchase price and the value is the difference between the rounded price; the roundup amount determining an upsell; and proposes to exchange the upsell rounding value.
  370. 370.一种用于确定在销售点终端的购买的加售的装置,包括:存储设备;以及与存储设备相连的处理器,存储设备存储用于控制处理器的程序;并且处理器还根据程序进行操作,以便:产生购买的购买价格;产生舍入后价格;计算上舍入值,所述上舍入值是在购买价格与舍入后价格之间的差值;根据上舍入值确定加售;以及提议以所述加售交换上舍入值。 370. A method for the device for later upsell in determining the point of sale terminal, comprising: a storage device; and a processor coupled to the storage device, the storage device stores a program for controlling the processor; and the processor according to the procedure operates to: generate a purchase price of the purchase; generating a rounded price; calculated roundup amount, the rounded value is a difference between the purchase price and the rounded price; determined according to the roundup upsell; and proposes to exchange the upsell roundup.
CN 98803555 1997-03-21 1998-03-20 Method and system for processing supplementary product at point-of-sale terminal CN1253644A (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08822709 US6267670B1 (en) 1997-03-21 1997-03-21 System and method for performing lottery ticket transactions utilizing point-of-sale terminals
US08841791 US5926796A (en) 1997-05-05 1997-05-05 Method and apparatus for selling subscriptions to periodicals in a retail environment
US08920116 US6119099A (en) 1997-03-21 1997-08-26 Method and system for processing supplementary product sales at a point-of-sale terminal
US4534798 true 1998-03-20 1998-03-20
US09045518 US7072850B1 (en) 1997-03-21 1998-03-20 Method and apparatus for processing a supplementary product sale at a point-of-sale terminal
US09045036 US7606729B1 (en) 1997-03-21 1998-03-20 Method and apparatus for facilitating the play of fractional lottery tickets utilizing point-of-sale terminals
US09045084 US6223163B1 (en) 1997-03-21 1998-03-20 Method and apparatus for controlling offers that are provided at a point-of-sale terminal
US09045386 US7272569B1 (en) 1997-03-21 1998-03-20 Method and apparatus for controlling the performance of a supplementary process at a point-of-sale terminal

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1253644A true true CN1253644A (en) 2000-05-17

Family

ID=27574310

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN 98803555 CN1253644A (en) 1997-03-21 1998-03-20 Method and system for processing supplementary product at point-of-sale terminal

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1016012A4 (en)
KR (1) KR20010005536A (en)
CN (1) CN1253644A (en)
CA (1) CA2284662C (en)
WO (1) WO1998043149A3 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103366465B (en) * 2003-05-09 2016-05-11 艾曼·H·阿勒兹尤德 System and method for real-time with a lottery jackpot of

Families Citing this family (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6644696B2 (en) 1998-10-23 2003-11-11 Coinstar, Inc. Coin-discriminator voucher anti-counterfeiting method and apparatus
US7233912B2 (en) 1997-08-26 2007-06-19 Walker Digital, Llc Method and apparatus for vending a combination of products
US7729988B1 (en) * 1997-03-21 2010-06-01 Walker Digital, Llc Method and apparatus for processing credit card transactions
US7437313B1 (en) 1998-03-11 2008-10-14 West Direct, Llc Methods, computer-readable media, and apparatus for offering users a plurality of scenarios under which to conduct at least one primary transaction
CA2348921C (en) 1998-10-23 2011-10-11 Coinstar, Inc. Coin-discriminator voucher anti-counterfeiting method and apparatus
US6116402A (en) * 1998-10-23 2000-09-12 Coinstar, Inc. Voucher coding for self-service coin discriminator
WO2001018759A1 (en) 1999-09-07 2001-03-15 Walker Digital, Llc Method and apparatus for conducting a lottery ticket transaction
US6969318B1 (en) 2000-03-14 2005-11-29 Walker Digital, Llc System and method for applying lottery multipliers
US7390264B2 (en) 2000-05-17 2008-06-24 Walker Digital, Llc Method and system to incorporate game play into product transactions
US7753772B1 (en) 2000-05-25 2010-07-13 Walker Digital, Llc Systems and methods wherein a player indicates an item that may be received based on a game event outcome associated with the player
US6565084B1 (en) 2000-06-02 2003-05-20 Milestone Entertainment Games, and methods for improved game play in games of chance and games of skill
US7168617B2 (en) 2000-06-07 2007-01-30 Walker Digital, Llc Game presentation in a retail establishment
US6488280B1 (en) 2000-09-27 2002-12-03 Milestone Entertainment Games, and methods and apparatus for game play in games of chance
US8727853B2 (en) 2000-09-27 2014-05-20 Milestone Entertainment, LLC Methods and apparatus for enhanced play in lottery and gaming environments
JP2004509715A (en) * 2000-09-27 2004-04-02 マイルストーン・エンターテイメント・エルエルシー To a method and apparatus for new try your luck game and play this
US7798896B2 (en) 2000-09-27 2010-09-21 Milestone Entertainment Llc Apparatus, systems and methods for implementing enhanced gaming and prizing parameters in an electronic environment
US8393946B2 (en) 2001-09-26 2013-03-12 Milestone Entertainment Llc Apparatus and method for game play in an electronic environment
GB0226093D0 (en) * 2002-11-08 2002-12-18 Noble Organisation The Ltd A cash register
US8306908B1 (en) 2002-12-31 2012-11-06 West Corporation Methods and apparatus for intelligent selection of goods and services in telephonic and electronic commerce
DE10318700A1 (en) * 2003-04-24 2004-11-25 Scan Coin Industries Ab Münzgeldloses POS system
GB0312487D0 (en) * 2003-05-30 2003-07-09 Littlewoods Promotions Ltd Till systems
KR200355186Y1 (en) * 2004-03-16 2004-07-03 한문기 A calculating machine of self-operating payment
US7962366B2 (en) 2004-03-16 2011-06-14 Moon-Key Han Automatic product price payment counter
US7386485B1 (en) 2004-06-25 2008-06-10 West Corporation Method and system for providing offers in real time to prospective customers
US7178720B1 (en) 2004-09-30 2007-02-20 West Corporation Methods, computer-readable media, and computer program product for intelligent selection of items encoded onto portable machine-playable entertainment media
US7509262B2 (en) * 2004-11-04 2009-03-24 International Business Machines Corporation Weight based upselling
US8241100B2 (en) 2006-10-11 2012-08-14 Milestone Entertainment Llc Methods and apparatus for enhanced interactive game play in lottery and gaming environments
GB0808898D0 (en) * 2007-08-01 2008-06-25 Gyertyak Silvester The Lottery System, especially for use in sale and shopping centres
US8535134B2 (en) 2008-01-28 2013-09-17 Milestone Entertainment Llc Method and system for electronic interaction in a multi-player gaming system
WO2011158271A1 (en) 2010-06-17 2011-12-22 Alessandro Mongarli Payment system and process
CN105139529A (en) * 2015-08-31 2015-12-09 成都创想智造科技有限公司 Intelligent loose-packed white spirit self-service selling device achieving automatic identity identification

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
BE881073A (en) * 1980-01-10 1980-05-02 Mele Louis Van Apparatus to make a bet on lotto and other games of chance permitted by means of the telephone
US4902880A (en) * 1988-09-30 1990-02-20 Peripheral Dynamics, Inc. Card reader system and method with printing and verification capability
US5353219A (en) 1989-06-28 1994-10-04 Management Information Support, Inc. Suggestive selling in a customer self-ordering system
US5119295A (en) * 1990-01-25 1992-06-02 Telecredit, Inc. Centralized lottery system for remote monitoring or operations and status data from lottery terminals including detection of malfunction and counterfeit units
US5216595A (en) * 1990-03-20 1993-06-01 Ncr Corporation System and method for integration of lottery terminals into point of sale systems
US4993714A (en) * 1990-03-27 1991-02-19 Golightly Cecelia K Point of sale lottery system
US5239165A (en) * 1991-04-11 1993-08-24 Spectra-Physics Scanning Systems, Inc. Bar code lottery ticket handling system
GB9211648D0 (en) * 1992-06-02 1992-07-15 Racal Datacom Ltd Data communication system
WO1996034358A1 (en) * 1995-04-25 1996-10-31 Every Penny Counts, Inc. System and its method of use for accepting financial overpayments

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103366465B (en) * 2003-05-09 2016-05-11 艾曼·H·阿勒兹尤德 System and method for real-time with a lottery jackpot of

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date Type
KR20010005536A (en) 2001-01-15 application
WO1998043149A3 (en) 1999-07-01 application
WO1998043149A2 (en) 1998-10-01 application
CA2284662A1 (en) 1998-10-01 application
CA2284662C (en) 2004-01-20 grant
EP1016012A4 (en) 2005-01-12 application
EP1016012A2 (en) 2000-07-05 application

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US5988346A (en) Method and apparatus for establishing and managing vending machine subscriptions
US7571139B1 (en) System and method for processing financial transactions
US6443843B1 (en) System to provide game play for products
US6138106A (en) Dynamically changing system for fulfilling concealed value gift certificate obligations
US20060020512A1 (en) Manufacturer promotion automation system and methods
US20040138953A1 (en) Method and apparatus for offering coupons during a transaction
US20050131792A1 (en) Financial transaction system with integrated, automatic reward detection
US6669088B2 (en) Multi-merchant gift registry
US20040133474A1 (en) Method of processing customer information for a retail environment
US20030040927A1 (en) System, method and apparatus for change management, cash dispenser for use with the system/apparatus, and computer-readable medium containing change management program
US5613680A (en) Game card and system of authorizing game card
US6908031B2 (en) Systems and methods for price matching on funds transfers
US20060293956A1 (en) Systems and methods for e-mail marketing via vending machines
US6634550B1 (en) Game presentation in a retail establishment
US20060249570A1 (en) System and method for accounting for activation of stored value cards
US20110099104A1 (en) Methods and Apparatus for Stored Value Token Creation
US20080040211A1 (en) Marketing System Employing Vending Machines
US20060011719A1 (en) Customer loyalty card and devices associated therewith
US20020161645A1 (en) Method and apparatus for offering forward commitment agreements
US20030105672A1 (en) Method and apparatus to facilitate payment over a computer network
US20100241502A1 (en) Method and apparatus for processing credit card transactions
US20060178986A1 (en) System and method for processing financial transactions using multi-payment preferences
US20020152123A1 (en) System and method for processing financial transactions
US20020177479A1 (en) Method and apparatus for gaming with alternate value payouts
US20050015301A1 (en) Method and apparatus for automated food court operation

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
C10 Request of examination as to substance
C53 Change or modification
COR Bibliographic change or correction in the description

Free format text: CORRECT: APPLICANT; FROM: WALKER ASSET MANAGEMENT LTD. PARTNERSHIP TO: WALKER DIGITIZATION CO., LTD.

C02 Deemed withdrawal of patent application after publication (patent law 2001)